India Wins Oval Thriller, Series Drawn Against England in Cricket

India clinched a thrilling victory by six runs in the fifth Test against England, with Mohammed Siraj playing a pivotal role by securing nine wickets, including five in the second innings.

India emerged victorious in a nail-biting finish against England in the fifth Test, underscored by a remarkable performance from fast bowler Mohammed Siraj. Siraj, who took a total of nine wickets in the match, was instrumental on the final day, particularly with five dismissals in the second innings, helping India defeat England by six runs.

The match, which concluded dramatically, commenced on the fifth day with India playing aggressively. Siraj and his teammate Prasidh Krishna struck early to keep the game finely balanced. Ultimately, it was Siraj who took the decisive last wicket, ensuring a hard-fought win for India.

England, chasing a challenging target of 374, found themselves at 339/6 by the close of the fourth day’s evening session, as bad lighting and rain halted play prematurely. Resuming the following day, India quickly wrapped up the remaining English wickets, resulting in England’s second innings concluding at 367 in 85.1 overs.

This victory significantly bolstered India’s standings in the World Test Championship (WTC) table, presenting them with an advantageous position, given their relatively uncomplicated schedule for the ongoing cycle.

The toss saw England opt to bowl first, setting the competitive tone for the match between the two cricketing giants.

The series prior to this fifth Test witnessed fluctuating fortunes for both teams. The results were as follows: England claimed the first Test at Headingley in Leeds by five wickets while India bounced back with a staggering 336-run win in the second Test at Edgbaston, Birmingham. The third Test at Lords saw England win by a narrow margin of 22 runs, and the fourth Test at Emirates Old Trafford in Manchester ended in a draw.

The playing XI for India included Yashasvi Jaiswal, KL Rahul, Sai Sudharsan, captain Shubman Gill, Karun Nair, Ravindra Jadeja, wicketkeeper Dhruv Jurel, Washington Sundar, Akash Deep, Prasidh Krishna, and Mohammed Siraj.

England’s team comprised Zak Crawley, Ben Duckett, captain Ollie Pope, Joe Root, Harry Brook, Jacob Bethell, wicketkeeper Jamie Smith, Chris Woakes, Gus Atkinson, Jamie Overton, and Josh Tongue.

The keenly contested series now paves the way for more exciting cricket as both teams continue to showcase prowess on international platforms.

Policy enhancements aim to prevent aliens who are males from being authorized to participate in women’s sports in the United States

WASHINGTON— U.S. Citizenship and Immigration Services is issuing guidance in the USCIS Policy Manual in alignment with Executive Order 14201, Keeping Men Out of Women’s Sports, which directs the Department of Homeland Security to develop policies to prevent the entry of male athletes seeking to compete in women’s sports. USCIS will affirmatively protect all-female athletic opportunities by granting certain athlete-related petitions and applications, that had previously been abused and offered to men, only to women, ensuring that male aliens seeking immigration benefits aren’t coming to the U.S. to participate in women’s sports.

USCIS has clarified eligibility for certain visa categories: O-1A aliens of extraordinary ability, E11 aliens of extraordinary ability, E21 aliens of exceptional ability, and for national interest waivers (NIWs), to guarantee an even playing field for all women’s athletics in the United States.

“Men do not belong in women’s sports. USCIS is closing the loophole for foreign male athletes whose only chance at winning elite sports is to change their gender identity and leverage their biological advantages against women,” said USCIS Spokesperson Matthew Tragesser. “It’s a matter of safety, fairness, respect, and truth that only female athletes receive a visa to come to the U.S. to participate in women’s sports. The Trump Administration is standing up for the silent majority who’ve long been victims of leftist policies that defy common sense.”

This policy update clarifies that USCIS considers the fact that a male athlete has been competing against women as a negative factor in determining whether the alien is among the small percentage at the very top of the field; USCIS does not consider a male athlete who has gained acclaim in men’s sports and seeks to compete in women’s sports in the United States to be seeking to continue work in his area of extraordinary ability; male athletes seeking to enter the country to compete in women’s sports do not substantially benefit the United States; and it is not in the national interest to the United States to waive the job offer and, thus, the labor certification requirement for male athletes whose proposed endeavor is to compete in women’s sports.

The guidance, in Volumes 2 and 6 of the USCIS Policy Manual, is effective immediately and applies to benefit requests pending or filed on or after the publication date, is controlling, and supersedes any related prior guidance.

For more information on USCIS and its programs, please visit uscis.gov or follow us on X (formerly Twitter)InstagramYouTubeFacebook and LinkedIn.

US to Revoke Student Visas for Class, Program Absences

The U.S. government has cautioned international students that failing to comply with student visa regulations could result in the revocation of their visas and disqualification from future U.S. visa applications.

The United States has issued a stern warning to international students, emphasizing the significant repercussions of violating student visa standards. This advisory was disseminated via the official X handle of the U.S. Mission in Nigeria on Monday. The warning underscores that students who fail to attend classes, drop out, or exit their academic programs without duly informing their educational institutions may face the revocation of their U.S. student visas.

Moreover, these violations could also lead to disqualification from obtaining future U.S. visas, according to the message. The U.S. Mission strongly advised all student visa holders to comply strictly with the terms of their visas. Maintaining academic status and adhering to regulations are crucial to prevent any immigration complications.

The advisory clearly stated the importance of keeping educational institutions informed of any changes in academic status. It read, “If you drop out, skip classes, or leave your programs of study without informing your school, your student visa may be revoked, and you may lose eligibility for future U.S. visas.”

The U.S. government urges students to “always adhere to the terms of your visa and maintain your student status to avoid any issues,” highlighting the importance of compliance with visa regulations for international students in the United States.

This advisory serves as a reminder for the thousands of international students studying in the U.S. who rely on their student visas to continue their education. It is essential for these students to understand and fulfil all conditions attached to their visa status to prevent any unforeseen immigration issues that could impede their academic pursuits.

According to Punch, these directives form part of broader measures to ensure that international students in the United States adhere to the stipulations of their visa agreements.

Indian-American Returns to US, Cites India’s Reality in Viral Post

Dr. Rajeshwari Iyer’s return to India ended with disappointment over societal issues, prompting her to move back to the U.S., sparking diverse reactions online.

Dr. Rajeshwari Iyer, a respected alumna of the Indian Institute of Technology Bombay and the National Institute of Technology Puducherry, recently recounted her mixed experiences upon returning to India from the United States. Originally, she returned home with a strong desire to rebuild her life and contribute to her homeland, an aspiration that she hoped would bridge the gap between her expectations and reality.

In a post that quickly went viral on social media platform X, Dr. Iyer expressed her disillusionment with what she termed as the “ground reality” in India. She articulated her concerns over societal attitudes, highlighting issues such as high taxes, unchecked corruption, and what she perceived as a lack of meritocracy. “I used to find it funny when people said – ‘The end goal of every Indian is to leave India,’” she reflected in her post.

Dr. Iyer shared that her initial return from the United States was fueled by a sense of purpose and belief in contributing positively to her country. However, she felt let down by what she described as a society that often defends poor decisions and neglects fundamental problems. Eventually, she decided to return to the U.S., stating, “I’ve never felt more at peace.”

Despite the disappointment, Dr. Iyer emphasized that India holds a special place in her heart. Nonetheless, she revealed a reluctance to raise her children in what she called “an environment of hate, noise, and wilful ignorance.”

Her candid revelations ignited a range of responses online. Some users supported her decision as valid and highly personal. One user empathized with her choice, saying that prioritizing peace for family life needs no justification. They remarked, “Some of us stayed… and we’re trying. One small battle at a time.”

Conversely, some questioned her departure, suggesting that leaving might not resolve the issues she initially intended to tackle. A user questioned, “How far will we keep running? We need people like you to stay and fight.” Another person challenged her viewpoint, saying, “If your parents thought like you, you would not have known the wonder that is India… Your kids would be fine too. Stop with the obsession of perfection.”

Others acknowledged that imperfections exist in every country, but highlighted the “resilience” and “spirit” that make residing in India worthwhile. A user presented an introspective take on the situation, offering questions and empathy: “My sympathies are with you, and I can understand the challenges you faced. I have a few questions, if you’d be willing to answer honestly: What was the condition of India when you first went abroad? What were your expectations from Bharat when you returned? Have you noticed any changes during this period? I’d love to hear your perspective. Take care!”

Despite the variety of reactions, Dr. Rajeshwari Iyer remains steadfast in her decision, valuing her newfound clarity. For now, her choice for peace leads her back to the U.S., away from the country she once hoped to help reshape.

Google CEO Sundar Pichai Addresses IT Layoffs with Employees

Google CEO Sundar Pichai has urged employees to do more as the tech giant navigates challenges brought on by widespread layoffs in the IT industry, primarily due to artificial intelligence advancements and economic uncertainties.

Amid a bleak outlook for the global IT sector, Google CEO Sundar Pichai has issued a directive to his workforce with a simple but significant message: “I think we have to accomplish more.” This statement was made in an internal town hall meeting and reiterated through a company-wide memo directed at Google’s employees worldwide, emphasizing the need for increased productivity, innovation, and responsible corporate behavior.

Pichai’s communication emerges at a pivotal time for Google and its parent company, Alphabet, both of which are facing increasing competition in emerging fields such as artificial intelligence (AI) and cloud services. These challenges are compounded by broader economic pressures prompting major firms to reconsider and restructure their human capital.

In his message to employees, Pichai underscored the expectation that “The world is looking to Google for leadership and responsible innovation.” He urged employees to push their limits, work more smartly, and elevate the standards of success. Google aims to channel its resources strategically into areas considered key for future growth. These priorities include making substantial investments in AI, developing cutting-edge climate technology, and creating next-generation search experiences.

Pichai highlighted the importance of speeding up execution to rapidly convert ideas into tangible outcomes. He insisted on optimizing internal operations, eliminating redundancies, and enhancing collective team productivity by reviewing projects to ascertain their alignment with Google’s strategic targets.

Moreover, Brian Saluzzo, a leading figure at Google, stressed the importance of equipping software engineers with advanced tools to make “everybody at Google be more AI-savvy.” This involves integrating AI into coding processes to address leading needs and accelerate development timelines.

To support these initiatives, Saluzzo mentioned the creation of a robust suite of AI products designed for employees to facilitate faster progress. A focal point of this development is a platform called “AI Savvy Google,” which acts as a central resource hub. It offers diverse resources, including specialized courses, practical toolkits, and engaging learning sessions, to help employees better navigate the AI landscape.

According to Financial Express, these moves reflect Google’s proactive approach to maintaining its competitive edge while adapting to rapidly evolving technological and economic landscapes.

Sara Tendulkar Named Brand Ambassador for Australia Tourism

Sara Tendulkar, daughter of famed cricketer Sachin Tendulkar, has been named a brand ambassador for Australia’s new tourism initiative, the “Come and Say G’day” campaign.

Sara Tendulkar, daughter of legendary Indian cricketer Sachin Tendulkar, has been appointed as a brand ambassador for the Australian government’s ambitious tourism campaign, “Come and Say G’day.” This announcement marks a significant move by the Australian Tourism Ministry to revitalize its global tourism efforts.

The campaign, with a substantial investment of $130 million, is designed to lure international travelers to experience the diverse attractions that Australia offers. Initially, it will launch in China on August 7, with plans to expand into other significant international markets by the year’s end.

Among the intriguing elements of the “Come and Say G’day” campaign is its eclectic mix of brand ambassadors and mascots intended to resonate with a broad spectrum of global audiences. Ruby the Roo, the campaign’s original mascot, will be joined by a cast of international figures to create unique tourism invitations tailored to each target market.

Phillipa Harrison, Managing Director of Australian Tourism, expressed enthusiasm about Sara Tendulkar’s role, noting her status as an “entrepreneur and philanthropist” and her appeal to the Indian audience. Besides Tendulkar, the campaign will feature Australian wildlife conservationist Robert Irwin, son of the late Steve Irwin, for the U.S. market.

In the United Kingdom, the campaign spotlights food writer and television chef Nigella Lawson. Other personalities include actor Yosh Yu in China and Japanese comedian Abareru-kun. Additionally, Australian actor Thomas Weatherall will appear in the new series of advertisements.

Harrison highlighted that these international stars, combined with local Australian talent, are expected to craft tailor-made invitations for five major markets, each showcasing the unique tourism offerings travelers seek.

This latest effort is the second chapter of the “Come and Say G’day” campaign, which initially launched in October 2022. Spanning the next two years, this new phase brings the total investment by the Australian federal government in the campaign to $255 million since its inception.

This initiative reflects Australia’s commitment to boosting its tourism industry by engaging globally recognized personalities and creating culturally relevant marketing strategies to appeal to diverse audiences.

Source: Original article

Putin and Netanyahu Challenge Trump on Global Stage

President Trump is facing increasing challenges from Russian President Vladimir Putin and Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu, complicating his foreign policy efforts as both leaders remain steadfast in their controversial actions.

President Donald Trump finds himself mired in complex relations with two longstanding and sometimes contentious partners: Russian President Vladimir Putin and Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu. Both leaders have added layers of difficulty to Trump’s global strategy, primarily due to their continued aggressive actions against Ukraine and Palestinians, respectively, and their reluctance to alter course.

The most pronounced shift in Trump’s attitude is toward Putin, who has ignored Trump’s calls to end the conflict in Ukraine, which began with Russia’s invasion in February 2022. Trump recently announced the deployment of two nuclear submarines to unspecified regions, a move prompted by what he described as “highly provocative statements” from Moscow. This escalation follows his tightening deadline for a ceasefire, mentioned during a trip to Scotland, from an indeterminate time frame to “10 or 12 days.”

However, Moscow appeared dismissive, with a Kremlin spokesperson declaring that Russia had developed “a certain immunity” to such threats. This scenario marks a significant departure from the atmosphere in February, when Trump and Vice President Vance criticized Ukrainian President Volodymyr Zelensky in the Oval Office for alleged ingratitude towards American aid.

Trump’s rhetoric has shifted, distancing from earlier comments suggesting Ukraine’s culpability for the war. In recent months, Trump expressed frustration with Putin, noting that seemingly cordial interactions often preceded aggressive Russian actions against Ukraine.

“We get a lot of bulls‑‑‑ thrown at us by Putin, if you want to know the truth,” Trump remarked in early July. “He’s very nice all the time, but it turns out to be meaningless.”

One underlying reason for Trump’s frustration could be the political quagmire Putin’s steadfastness creates for his administration, especially after Trump pledged during his campaign that he could resolve the conflict within 24 hours—a promise that remains unfulfilled.

Despite his frustrations, Trump seems unlikely to abandon his long-held skepticism about U.S. support for Ukraine, creating a political stalemate where the war neither ends nor sees dramatic U.S.-backed progress for Ukraine.

Similar complexities arise in Trump’s dealings with Netanyahu, though the specifics differ. While Trump has historically maintained a strong pro-Israel stance, evident in his first-term decisions like moving the U.S. Embassy to Jerusalem and crafting a highly pro-Israel peace plan, his relationship with Netanyahu has been more volatile.

The tension heightened after Netanyahu recognized former President Joe Biden’s victory in the 2020 election, leading Trump to criticize Netanyahu for allegedly retreating from a joint operation with the U.S. to kill Qassem Soleimani, the head of Iran’s Quds Force, in January 2020.

“Bibi Netanyahu let us down,” Trump commented in late 2023.

While Trump continues to push pro-Israel policies in his second term, his tone varies significantly. He has both encouraged and seemed indifferent to Israeli ceasefires, and most recently, he countered Netanyahu’s denial of starvation in Gaza, citing footage suggesting children in Gaza appeared hungry.

In a recent move, Trump’s special envoy Steve Witkoff and U.S. Ambassador to Israel Mike Huckabee visited a Gaza aid distribution center run by the controversial Gaza Humanitarian Foundation, to “help craft a plan to deliver food and medical aid to the people of Gaza,” highlighting a nuanced approach amidst broader support concerns for Israel from the U.S. right.

Rep. Marjorie Taylor Greene’s comments branding Israeli actions in Gaza as “genocide,” alongside critical opinions from influential conservative figures like Tucker Carlson, Theo Von, and Joe Rogan, indicate a shift within Trump’s base that could influence future Middle East policies.

Netanyahu, meanwhile, remains focused on broader war goals, including hostage release and “total victory.” His coalition’s hard-line stance and personal legal challenges, such as delaying his corruption trial, further complicate U.S.-Israel diplomatic dynamics.

While Trump holds leverage through significant U.S. aid to Israel, whether he will apply pressure is uncertain. For now, interactions with both Putin and Netanyahu suggest continued entanglements that challenge Trump’s foreign policy ambitions.

Source: Original article

AICU demands release of Nuns in Chhattisgarh, condemns Rising Tide of Anti-Christian Violence in India

The 106 year old All India Catholic Union condemns the unjust arrest of two Catholic nuns, Sister Preetha
Mary and Sister Vandana Francis of the Assisi Sisters of Mary Immaculate (ASMI), and their Tribal aide
Sukhman Mandavi in Chhattisgarh on July 25, 2025 and demands their immediate and unconditional release.
The arrests, coupled with the refusal of bail by multiple courts, the involvement of the National Investigation
Agency (NIA), and the complicity of state authorities with anti-Christian elements linked to the Sangh Parivar,
represents a grave assault on religious freedom, minority rights, and the secular fabric of India, AICU
president Engr. Elias Vaz said.

The severity of the pan Indian hate campaign in the last few years by members of the ruling Bharatiya Janata
party and its allies in the Sangh Parivar can be gauged by the fact that that a Maharashtra BJP legislator
Gopichand Padalkar is offering Rs 5 Lakh [ $5,756 USD), to anyone for “thrashing a missionary, the second
one to be given Rs 4 lakh, while the third one to be given Rs 3 lakh as prizes.”

The arrest of Sisters Preetha Mary and Vandana Francis is a shameful chapter in India’s history, reflecting the
erosion of constitutional values and the rise of communal forces that threaten the nation’s secular identity. The
Christian community, which has made immense contributions to education, healthcare, and social welfare,
deserves respect and protection, not persecution.

Sisters Preetha Mary and Vandana Francis were arrested at Durg Railway Station in Chhattisgarh by the
Government Railway Police, based on baseless allegations of human trafficking and forced religious
conversion.

The nuns were accompanying three young Christian women, all over 18 years of age, who were traveling to
Agra for employment opportunities at a convent-run institution. These women carried written consent letters
from their families, clearly indicating their voluntary decision to seek work. The girls attested they we’re
Christians and were travelling at their volition but were being coerced to speak against the nuns.
A women Sangh member, Jyoti Sharma, was filmed attacking the nuns while they were in the railway police
station where the constables were witness to the attack.

Members of the Bajrang Dal, the youth wing of the Vishwa Hindu Parishad (VHP) and a key affiliate of the
Sangh Parivar, staged a disruptive protest at the railway station, falsely accusing the nuns of trafficking and
conversion.

The refusal of bail by both the Lower Court and the Sessions Court in Durg, followed by the transfer of the
case to the National Investigation Agency (NIA) Court in Bilaspur, is a disturbing escalation that underscores
the politicization of the legal system. On July 30, 2025, Judge Aneesh Dubey of the Sessions Court ruled that
the case falls under the purview of the NIA due to the human trafficking charges, effectively delaying justice
and prolonging the nuns’ detention.

The involvement of the NIA, an agency typically tasked with handling terrorism-related cases, in a matter
involving baseless allegations against two nuns is both disproportionate and alarming. It suggests a deliberate
attempt to intimidate and suppress the Christian community by framing their legitimate activities as national security threats. This misuse of legal mechanisms to target minorities must be condemned in the strongest
terms.

The arrest of the nuns has sparked widespread protests across India, reflecting the deep sense of injustice
felt by citizens from all walks of life, in Kerala, the nuns’ home state.

The protests have extended beyond Kerala to Delhi, Bangalore, and other major cities.

On July 28 and 30, 2025, Members of Parliament from both the ruling Left Democratic Front (LDF) and the
opposition United Democratic Front (UDF) in Kerala staged demonstrations outside Parliament. Kerala Chief
Minister Pinarayi Vijayan, in a letter to Prime Minister Narendra Modi, described the arrests as a “blatant
display of the Sangh Parivar’s real character” and demanded immediate intervention to ensure justice.

The arrest of the nuns is a stark reminder of the escalating anti-Christian violence in India, particularly in BJPruled states. According to the United Christian Forum, attacks against Christians have risen dramatically, from
127 incidents in 2014 to 834 over the past decade. In 2025 alone, the Christian community has faced
relentless persecution, including vandalism of churches, harassment of clergy, and disruption of religious
services.

States like Chhattisgarh, Uttar Pradesh, Madhya Pradesh, and Odisha have become hotspots for such
violence, with Sangh Parivar affiliates acting with impunity under the protection of state governments.

The misuse of anti-conversion laws, such as the Chhattisgarh Religious Freedom Act, 1968, has become a
tool to target Christians, with vague provisions allowing for the harassment of missionaries and institutions.
The brutal killing of Graham Staines and his sons in Odisha in 1999 and the destruction of churches in
Gujarat’s Dang district are grim reminders of the Sangh Parivar’s history of violence against Christians.

We call for the following actions to address this grave injustice and the broader issue of anti-Christian violence
in India:

1. Immediate Release of the Nuns: The government must ensure the unconditional release of Sisters
Preetha Mary, Vandana Francis, and Sukhman Mandavi, and drop all charges against them.
2. Independent Investigation: An impartial inquiry must be conducted into the role of Bajrang Dal
activists and the complicity of the Chhattisgarh police in this incident.
3. Repeal of Anti-Conversion Laws: Draconian laws that enable the targeting of minorities must be
repealed to protect religious freedom.
4. Protection for Minorities: The Central and state governments must take concrete measures to curb
religious fanaticism and prevent mob violence against Christians and other minorities.

Catholic Union demands release of Nuns in Chhattisgarh and condemns Rising Tide of Anti-Christian Violence in India

ALL INDIA CATHOLIC UNION
Founded in 1919, Registered under Societies Registration Act 1850
Representing the Catholic Laity of India through 120 Diocesan Units Nation-wide
AICU ADMINISTRATION OFFICE, D. T. C. BUILDING, 6TH FLOOR, OFFICE NO.604 A, EDC COMPLEX, PATTO, PANAJI, GOA –
403001
Date: August 1, 2025
Press statement
AICU demands release of Nuns in Chhattisgarh, condemns Rising Tide of Anti-Christian Violence in India

The 106 year old All India Catholic Union condemns the unjust arrest of two Catholic nuns, Sister Preetha
Mary and Sister Vandana Francis of the Assisi Sisters of Mary Immaculate (ASMI), and their Tribal aide
Sukhman Mandavi in Chhattisgarh on July 25, 2025 and demands their immediate and unconditional release.
The arrests, coupled with the refusal of bail by multiple courts, the involvement of the National Investigation
Agency (NIA), and the complicity of state authorities with anti-Christian elements linked to the Sangh Parivar,
represents a grave assault on religious freedom, minority rights, and the secular fabric of India, AICU
president Engr. Elias Vaz said.
The severity of the pan Indian hate campaign in the last few years by members of the ruling Bharatiya Janata
party and its allies in the Sangh Parivar can be gauged by the fact that that a Maharashtra BJP legislator
Gopichand Padalkar is offering Rs 5 Lakh [ $5,756 USD), to anyone for “thrashing a missionary, the second
one to be given Rs 4 lakh, while the third one to be given Rs 3 lakh as prizes.”
The arrest of Sisters Preetha Mary and Vandana Francis is a shameful chapter in India’s history, reflecting the
erosion of constitutional values and the rise of communal forces that threaten the nation’s secular identity. The
Christian community, which has made immense contributions to education, healthcare, and social welfare,
deserves respect and protection, not persecution.
Sisters Preetha Mary and Vandana Francis were arrested at Durg Railway Station in Chhattisgarh by the
Government Railway Police, based on baseless allegations of human trafficking and forced religious
conversion.
The nuns were accompanying three young Christian women, all over 18 years of age, who were traveling to
Agra for employment opportunities at a convent-run institution. These women carried written consent letters
from their families, clearly indicating their voluntary decision to seek work. The girls attested they we’re
Christians and were travelling at their volition but were being coerced to speak against the nuns.
A women Sangh member, Jyoti Sharma, was filmed attacking the nuns while they were in the railway police
station where the constables were witness to the attack.
Members of the Bajrang Dal, the youth wing of the Vishwa Hindu Parishad (VHP) and a key affiliate of the
Sangh Parivar, staged a disruptive protest at the railway station, falsely accusing the nuns of trafficking and
conversion.
The refusal of bail by both the Lower Court and the Sessions Court in Durg, followed by the transfer of the
case to the National Investigation Agency (NIA) Court in Bilaspur, is a disturbing escalation that underscores
the politicization of the legal system. On July 30, 2025, Judge Aneesh Dubey of the Sessions Court ruled that
the case falls under the purview of the NIA due to the human trafficking charges, effectively delaying justice
and prolonging the nuns’ detention.
The involvement of the NIA, an agency typically tasked with handling terrorism-related cases, in a matter
involving baseless allegations against two nuns is both disproportionate and alarming. It suggests a deliberate
attempt to intimidate and suppress the Christian community by framing their legitimate activities as national
Administrative Office: DTC Building, 6th Floor, 604 A,EDC Complex, Patto Plaza, Panaji, Goa – 403001
Tel: (0832) 2437026 Email: aicufile@yahoo.com

ALL INDIA CATHOLIC UNION
Founded in 1919, Registered under Societies Registration Act 1850
Representing the Catholic Laity of India through 120 Diocesan Units Nation-wide
AICU ADMINISTRATION OFFICE, D. T. C. BUILDING, 6TH FLOOR, OFFICE NO.604 A, EDC COMPLEX, PATTO, PANAJI, GOA –
403001
security threats. This misuse of legal mechanisms to target minorities must be condemned in the strongest
terms.

The arrest of the nuns has sparked widespread protests across India, reflecting the deep sense of injustice
felt by citizens from all walks of life, in Kerala, the nuns’ home state.
The protests have extended beyond Kerala to Delhi, Bangalore, and other major cities.
On July 28 and 30, 2025, Members of Parliament from both the ruling Left Democratic Front (LDF) and the
opposition United Democratic Front (UDF) in Kerala staged demonstrations outside Parliament. Kerala Chief
Minister Pinarayi Vijayan, in a letter to Prime Minister Narendra Modi, described the arrests as a “blatant
display of the Sangh Parivar’s real character” and demanded immediate intervention to ensure justice.
The arrest of the nuns is a stark reminder of the escalating anti-Christian violence in India, particularly in BJP
ruled states. According to the United Christian Forum, attacks against Christians have risen dramatically, from
127 incidents in 2014 to 834 over the past decade. In 2025 alone, the Christian community has faced
relentless persecution, including vandalism of churches, harassment of clergy, and disruption of religious
services.
States like Chhattisgarh, Uttar Pradesh, Madhya Pradesh, and Odisha have become hotspots for such
violence, with Sangh Parivar affiliates acting with impunity under the protection of state governments.
The misuse of anti-conversion laws, such as the Chhattisgarh Religious Freedom Act, 1968, has become a
tool to target Christians, with vague provisions allowing for the harassment of missionaries and institutions.
The brutal killing of Graham Staines and his sons in Odisha in 1999 and the destruction of churches in
Gujarat’s Dang district are grim reminders of the Sangh Parivar’s history of violence against Christians.
We call for the following actions to address this grave injustice and the broader issue of anti-Christian violence
in India:
1. Immediate Release of the Nuns: The government must ensure the unconditional release of Sisters
Preetha Mary, Vandana Francis, and Sukhman Mandavi, and drop all charges against them.

2. Independent Investigation: An impartial inquiry must be conducted into the role of Bajrang Dal
activists and the complicity of the Chhattisgarh police in this incident.

3. Repeal of Anti-Conversion Laws: Draconian laws that enable the targeting of minorities must be
repealed to protect religious freedom.

4. Protection for Minorities: The Central and state governments must take concrete measures to curb
religious fanaticism and prevent mob violence against Christians and other minorities.
Released to the Media for publication. For any details, please contact the Official Spokesman, Dr John Dayal,
+91 9811021072; john.dayal@gmail.com
_____
Administrative Office: DTC Building, 6th Floor, 604 A,EDC Complex, Patto Plaza, Panaji, Goa – 403001

Modi Faces Challenges from Trump’s Tariffs and Remarks

U.S. President Donald Trump’s introduction of steep tariffs on India, alongside his criticisms of its economy and overtures to Pakistan, have placed Prime Minister Narendra Modi in a challenging political position.

Recent developments in international trade and diplomacy have significantly impacted India’s political landscape, focusing attention on Prime Minister Narendra Modi. Trump’s recent tariffs on Indian goods, coupled with his unfavorable remarks about India’s economy, have posed distinct challenges for Modi, separate from the broader national implications.

Modi, who has worked hard to present himself as a global statesman with close ties to influential world leaders, particularly in the United States, finds this carefully cultivated image under threat. The tariffs and Trump’s public criticism undermine Modi’s portrayal as a leader who can safeguard Indian interests on the global stage. Additionally, China’s persistent pressure without concessions adds to Modi’s burden, weakening his political image at home where foreign visits have been a tool to project his influence.

Opposition parties in India have seized on Trump’s critique of the Indian economy, labeling it “dead,” to challenge Modi’s economic strategies and foreign relations efforts. They argue that Modi’s previous support for Trump has backfired, leaving India diplomatically sidelined and economically vulnerable. This view is amplified by Modi’s recent omission of Trump’s name in a Lok Sabha speech, despite opposition leader Rahul Gandhi’s challenge to address the issue. This omission is used by political adversaries to portray Modi as reluctant to oppose the U.S. president, providing further fuel for criticism at a time when intra-party challenges are also emerging, particularly concerning the election of a new BJP president.

The economic repercussions of the U.S. tariffs are considerable. They pose risks to India’s export competitiveness, investor confidence, and Modi’s ambitious plans to attract global manufacturing to India. Affected sectors include labor-intensive industries like textiles, jewelry, and electronics, which may experience significant job losses. These developments threaten Modi’s narrative of transforming India into a global economic powerhouse, possibly endangering his vision of lifting India to the status of the world’s fourth-largest economy. Further complications could arise if the U.S. imposes penalties related to India’s policy towards Russia, potentially leading to higher energy prices and increased fiscal deficits.

Trump’s actions regarding Pakistan further complicate the situation for Modi. By equating India and Pakistan, Trump undermines Modi’s efforts to position India as a dominant regional power juxtaposed with its neighbors. This perceived American tilt towards Pakistan disrupts the nationalist rhetoric that is central to Modi’s support base, which values India’s independent global stature.

The sudden imposition of tariffs by Trump, notably higher than those encountered by other Asian economies, signals a disregard for prior diplomatic engagements, including Modi’s attempts to maintain amicable relations with the U.S. This abrupt policy shift leaves New Delhi with limited options, potentially requiring difficult concessions that could further negatively impact the economy.

As Modi grapples with these international challenges, his long-standing governance comes under scrutiny, with nowhere to deflect responsibility for the economic downturn. The situation marks a pivotal moment in Modi’s tenure, as foundational aspects of his political strength and domestic appeal are directly confronted by external forces.

Ultimately, Trump’s current diplomatic stance affects not only India but also directly challenges Modi’s political leadership and brand, presenting significant hurdles in his eleventh year in office, according to The Wire.

VFS Global Opens 8 New Indian Consular Centers in U.S.

The Indian Mission in the United States and VFS Global have announced the inauguration of eight new Indian Consular Application Centres (ICACs) in major U.S. cities, significantly expanding service accessibility for the 5.3 million Indian diaspora.

The Indian Mission in the United States and VFS Global, a leader in trusted technology services, have unveiled eight new Indian Consular Application Centres (ICACs) in the cities of Boston, Columbus, Dallas, Detroit, Edison, Orlando, Raleigh, and San Jose. This expansion brings the total number of ICACs in the United States to 16, enhancing service accessibility for the Indian diaspora and other applicants across the country.

A further expansion is planned with the opening of another ICAC in Los Angeles scheduled for August, which will increase the total number of centers nationwide to 17. These centers are vital, providing a range of essential services such as India Visa application, Overseas Citizenship of India (OCI), passport application, renunciation of Indian citizenship, Police clearance certificate, Global Entry Programme (GEP), and various miscellaneous/attestation services.

VFS Global remains the exclusive service provider for these important functions on behalf of the Government of India in the United States. The newly launched ICACs are part of a broader initiative to streamline the application process with several enhancements.

The enhancements include ICACs remaining open on Saturdays, offering greater flexibility for applicants. Additionally, return courier services are now part of the standard service fees. Basic amenities like photographs, photocopies, and form filling will be available at no extra cost. A broader range of consular services will also be accessible, improving overall convenience for applicants.

The Ambassador of India to the United States, Vinay Mohan Kwatra, highlighted the importance of the new centers, stating, “We are very happy to announce the opening of eight new Indian Consular Application Centres. With the opening of these centers, our presence to deliver extensive consular services will expand significantly, making them more accessible and faster for the vibrant Indian diaspora.”

The new ICACs are anticipated to benefit the Indian community within the consular jurisdiction of the Indian Consulate in cities like Atlanta, Chicago, Houston, New York, San Francisco, Seattle, and Washington D.C. The centers are equipped with world-class facilities aimed at providing a customer-centric experience, thereby making the application process more convenient.

Amit Kumar Sharma, Head of North America & Caribbean for VFS Global, emphasized the importance of these centers, “We are honored by the continued trust the Government of India has placed in VFS Global. These ICACs will play a crucial role in effectively meeting the growing demand for visa and consular services to India spurred by business partnerships, tourism, and trade.”

Established in 2008, VFS Global is the first outsourced visa services partner of the Ministry of External Affairs (India), offering passport, visa, and consular services for the Indian government. Since 2020, the firm has been providing these services across the United States and manages Application Centres for the Government of India across seven countries, including Australia, Iraq, the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia, South Africa, Switzerland, and the United Kingdom.

VFS Global stands as a global leader in trusted technology services, offering non-judgmental and administrative task management related to applications for visa, passport, and consular services for client governments worldwide. Inaugurating over 3,900 Application Centres in 165 countries, the company has processed over 499 million applications since 2001, with a focus on ethical practices and sustainability.

Headquartered in Zurich and Dubai, VFS Global is majorly owned by investment funds managed by Blackstone Inc., with stakeholders such as Swiss-based Kuoni and Hugentobler Foundation, according to Glocal Konsult.

Source: Original article

Shah Rukh Khan Wins First National Award After 33 Years

Shah Rukh Khan has been awarded his first National Film Award for Best Actor, marking a long-awaited milestone in his distinguished career.

After an illustrious career spanning over 33 years, Bollywood icon Shah Rukh Khan has received his first National Film Award for his role in Jawan. The recognition is seen as a significant milestone for the actor, who is affectionately known as the “King of Bollywood.” This award comes on the heels of a storied journey marked by numerous acclaimed and commercially successful films.

The 71st National Film Awards, announced today, honored Shah Rukh with the Best Actor award for his powerful performance in Jawan. Despite his long list of achievements across both critically lauded and blockbuster movies, this marks his first National Award. Many in the industry and among his fanbase view this achievement as long overdue.

Shah Rukh Khan began his film career in 1992 with Deewana and swiftly ascended to become one of India’s most celebrated and bankable actors. Over the years, he has starred in films such as Dilwale Dulhania Le Jayenge, Swades, Chak De! India, and My Name Is Khan, each earning critical acclaim.

Despite being a fan favorite, Shah Rukh often found the prestigious National Film Award just out of his reach. In 2004, his performance as Mohan Bhargava, a NASA engineer reconnecting with his roots in Swades, was highly praised but overshadowed by Saif Ali Khan’s win for Hum Tum.

His role in Chak De! India as Kabir Khan, a hockey coach on a redemption path, led to the film winning a National Award, yet Shah Rukh himself was once again passed over for Best Actor, a title which went to Hrithik Roshan for Dhoom 2 in 2007.

In 2010, Shah Rukh delivered a powerful performance in My Name Is Khan, portraying Rizwan Khan, a man with Asperger’s Syndrome navigating a complex global backdrop. While it won international accolades, Amitabh Bachchan took the National Award for Best Actor that year for his role in Paa.

Finally receiving this recognition after years of near misses, Shah Rukh Khan’s fans and critics alike believe the award confirms his status not only as a beloved superstar but also as one of the finest actors working in Indian cinema today.

Beyond this recent accolade, Shah Rukh Khan’s contributions to cinema have been recognized with numerous prestigious honors. He is a recipient of the Padma Shri, one of India’s highest civilian awards, and has been awarded two of France’s distinguished titles, the Ordre des Arts et des Lettres and the Legion of Honour.

His journey to receiving a National Award underscores a career marked by persistence, outstanding performances, and a profound impact on audiences worldwide, cementing his legacy in the annals of Indian film history.

According to Hindustan Times.

Source: Original article

India Successfully Launches $1.5 Billion NASA Satellite

India successfully launched the world’s most expensive Earth-observation satellite, a $1.5 billion joint project with NASA, marking a significant milestone in international space collaboration.

After over a decade of development, NASA’s science leadership traveled to India this week to witness the launch of the NASA-ISRO Synthetic Aperture Radar (NISAR) satellite. This marks the most expensive Earth-observation satellite project to date, with a price tag of $1.5 billion. The satellite successfully launched into orbit on Wednesday aboard India’s Geosynchronous Satellite Launch Vehicle, a medium-lift rocket.

The NISAR mission is designed to observe Earth’s land and ice surfaces from a Sun-synchronous orbit located 464 miles (747 kilometers) above the planet. The satellite will gather crucial data from these surfaces, including the polar regions, twice every 12 days. This data collection is expected to provide valuable insights into how various terrestrial surfaces change over time, including the impact of climate change.

The satellite’s main innovation lies in its combination of two synthetic aperture radar instruments. NASA has contributed the L-band radar, which is particularly effective at measuring soil moisture, forests, and the movements of land and ice surfaces. ISRO’s contribution, an S-band radar, excels at monitoring agricultural changes, as well as grassland and human-made structures.

Although synthetic aperture radar technology has been under development by NASA and other space organizations for decades, the NISAR spacecraft is one of the first missions to integrate two different radar bands on a single platform. This integration provides a more comprehensive real-time view of changes occurring on Earth’s surface.

Following the successful launch, the spacecraft will enter a three-month commissioning phase. During this period, the NISAR satellite will deploy a large antenna reflector measuring 39 feet (12 meters) in diameter. The reflector will be responsible for sending and receiving microwaves, enabling the satellite to accurately measure surface changes.

The mission’s collaborative nature and significant budget make it notable. Earth observation missions usually cost less due to lower requirements for deep-space durability. For NASA-Isro, however, this is their most complex and costly collaboration to date. The success of this partnership could pave the way for future cooperative projects such as the Artemis program.

V. Narayanan, chairman of the Indian space agency, expressed enthusiasm for the mission’s capability to study Earth’s dynamic land and ice surfaces with unprecedented detail. “With this successful launch, we are at the threshold of fulfilling the immense scientific potential NASA and ISRO envisioned for the NISAR mission more than 10 years ago,” he said.

The agreement between NASA and ISRO to design and develop the satellite was signed on September 30, 2014, with an initial launch target set for 2024. Missing this target by less than a year is considered a respectable achievement by both space agencies.

Following the successful launch, NASA Acting Administrator Sean Duffy took to social media site X to celebrate the event. In his post, however, Duffy mistakenly credited former President Donald Trump with facilitating the mission’s success. “The mission is a joint U.S.-India effort, negotiated by President TRUMP,” Duffy wrote. “Thanks to his LEADERSHIP & our friends at @ISRO, @NASA is Making Space Great Again!” However, Trump’s presidency began nearly two and a half years after the initial negotiation between NASA and ISRO.

Despite the factual inaccuracy, Duffy’s acknowledgment of the mission’s importance—even amid proposed cuts to NASA’s science programs during Trump’s administration—could serve as a reminder of the value of such projects in understanding Earth’s changing environment.

Birthright Citizenship and the U.S. Constitution

On his first day in office, President Trump issued an executive order challenging the 14th Amendment’s guarantee of birthright citizenship, sparking a series of legal battles across the United States.

President Trump’s attempt to end birthright citizenship via executive order marked the start of numerous legal challenges, as state attorneys general, civil rights organizations, and immigrant groups swiftly filed lawsuits. This debate centers on the interpretation of the 14th Amendment, which states: “All persons born or naturalized in the United States, and subject to the jurisdiction thereof, are citizens of the United States and of the State wherein they reside.”

The longstanding interpretation of this amendment has consistently affirmed a wide-ranging grant of citizenship. Highlighting this understanding, the Supreme Court’s 1898 ruling in United States v. Wong Kim Ark confirmed that the 14th Amendment guarantees birthright citizenship to all U.S.-born individuals, including those born to non-citizen parents. Notably, exceptions are rare, applying to cases such as children born to foreign diplomats.

Executive Order 14160, signed by Trump, seeks to deny citizenship to children born in the United States to mothers present unlawfully or temporarily and to fathers who are neither U.S. citizens nor lawful permanent residents. This would exclude the children of undocumented immigrants and those holding temporary visas, such as student or work visas, from being recognized as U.S. citizens.

The order directs federal agencies to withhold documents confirming citizenship for these children, implying a denial of passports and social security numbers, while potentially still receiving birth certificates.

The 14th Amendment’s Citizenship Clause, ratified in 1868, was designed to settle debates surrounding citizenship eligibility decisively. Prior to this, the legal stance on citizenship was largely ambiguous, particularly regarding non-white persons born in the U.S. Early legal interpretations generally held that U.S.-born individuals were citizens, but this did not necessarily extend to enslaved or free Black persons, who faced significant legal vulnerabilities.

In the landmark Dred Scott v. Sandford case of 1857, the Supreme Court infamously ruled that Black people could not be U.S. citizens. This controversial decision was later rebuked by Republicans post-Civil War, leading to the inclusion of an unequivocal citizenship guarantee within the 14th Amendment’s Citizenship Clause.

Congressional debate records reveal that the 14th Amendment’s inclusive citizenship guarantee was always intended to cover children of immigrants, regardless of parental legal status. During the 1866 discussions, Senator Jacob Howard clarified that the clause reflected existing national and natural law, affirming the citizenship of all born within U.S. borders. Despite concerns voiced by some lawmakers, Senator John Conness supported the inclusive nature of the language, emphasizing equal civil rights for all native-born individuals.

The Supreme Court reiterated this interpretation in Wong Kim Ark, dismissing claims against citizenship for U.S.-born children of non-citizens.

If implemented, Trump’s executive order could cause widespread issues, potentially rendering hundreds of thousands of children stateless, stripping them of essential rights and protections associated with citizenship. Stateless individuals lack access to crucial services and rights, including healthcare, education, and travel, and might face deportation to unfamiliar countries.

Additionally, the order risks creating severe bureaucratic challenges, as government entities would lose the reliability of birth certificates for citizenship verification, leading to increased potential for discriminatory practices.

Following numerous lawsuits disputing the order’s constitutionality, several federal district courts issued temporary blocks. The matter escalated to the Supreme Court in Trump v. CASA, where a divided court decided that universal preliminary injunctions are unlawful unless necessary to protect claimants’ rights. This decision led to further deliberations by lower courts without addressing the executive order’s constitutional validity.

While the Supreme Court’s recent decision allows for the potential enforcement of the order, recent lower court rulings have affirmed extensive blocks on its implementation. Despite the current legal ambiguity, many legal experts assert that the order is clearly unconstitutional, anticipating a future Supreme Court decision on the matter.

The question of birthright citizenship remains a contentious topic, with ongoing legal proceedings likely to shape this critical aspect of American citizenship law.

Source: Original article

Trump Imposes 25% Tariff on Indian Imports

President Donald Trump has announced a 25% tariff on imports from India, marking the latest development in his aggressive trade policy during his second term.

President Donald Trump declared on Wednesday that imports from India will be subjected to a new 25% tariff. This decision is the most recent action in his administration’s vigorous trade policies that have increasingly become a focal point of his presidency.

The announcement, made via Trump’s social media platform Truth Social, cited India’s existing tariffs as being “far too high” and criticized their trade restrictions as “strenuous and obnoxious.” Additionally, Trump mentioned penalties targeting India’s reliance on Russian energy and military hardware.

Trump’s declaration arrives just before a crucial trade negotiation deadline on Friday, which he asserted would remain firm without extensions. He has indicated that a plethora of other nations could also experience elevated baseline tariff levels, potentially reaching as high as 20%, which builds on the already heightened 10% tariffs introduced in April.

The potential tariff levels could approach the historic highs that Trump initially proposed on April 2, deemed “Liberation Day,” which had initially unsettled global markets and triggered stock market declines.

Having initially retreated from those threats, President Trump has gradually reinstated elevated tariff measures, reminiscent of levels seen during the 1930s when protectionist trade strategies were employed in a bid to reinvigorate the U.S. economy, albeit with counterproductive outcomes that exacerbated the Great Depression.

According to the Yale University Budget Lab, as of their recent Monday analysis, U.S. consumers face a de facto tariff rate of 18.2%, the highest since 1934. This could result in a household loss equivalent of up to $2,400 by 2025. Notably, these figures were calculated before Trump’s recent tariff announcement on India.

While the 25% tariff on Indian imports is lower than the previously suggested 26% on April 2, it marks a substantial rise from India’s customary average tariff rate of 2.4% on exports to the U.S. In recent years, India has been a critical partner for the U.S., exporting approximately $90 billion in annual goods.

India recently overtook other suppliers as the leading source of smartphones imported into the United States, aligning with Apple’s strategic move to relocate production away from China due to heightened tariffs and geopolitical tensions, as reported by Bloomberg. Apple notably exported $17 billion worth of iPhones from India last year.

Apple CEO Tim Cook noted during the company’s May 1 earnings call that, starting this quarter, the majority of iPhones sold in the U.S. would likely originate from India.

beyond smartphones, the U.S. imports a variety of products from India, including chemicals, plastics, leather goods, agricultural commodities, and metals.

In the previous year, India imposed an average tariff rate of 5.2% on U.S. goods, primarily purchasing oil, cement, stone, glass, and machinery from American markets.

President Trump’s focus on tariffs as a key trade strategy perpetuates a climate of unpredictability within the global economy. Over recent weeks, Trump has unveiled new agreements with several other countries aimed at refining trade conditions with the U.S. Despite the intentions, critics argue these deals are mired in ambiguous details and difficult promises to implement.

However, major stock indices have shown resilience and have continued to rise, partly because some companies observe that the tariffs’ impact may not be as severe as initially anticipated when Trump first introduced his sweeping country-specific tariffs in April.

Nonetheless, the recently negotiated bilateral trade agreements come with tariffs significantly higher than historical norms. These agreements stipulate 19% tariffs on goods from Indonesia and the Philippines, and 15% tariffs on imports from Japan and the European Union.

Furthermore, a new deal with Vietnam imposes tariffs of 20% on its exports, with potential increases to 40% for goods rerouted from China.

Dr. Amit Chakrabarty Assumes Charge as President of AAPI

CMEs, AI in Medicine, Health & Wellbeing, Women’s Forum, CEO Forum, Bollywood Extravaganza, Medical Research and Jeopardy Fill AAPI’s 43rd Annual Convention in Cincinnati, OH

Cincinnati, OH – July 27th: A historic moment unfolded as Dr. Amit Chakrabarty and Dr. Hetal Gor formally assumed charge as the President and the Chair, BOT respectively of the American Association of Physicians of Indian Origin (AAPI) during the 43rd annual convention at the iconic Cincinnati Marriott at RiverCenter and Northern Kentucky Convention Center, Cincinnati, OH on Saturday, July 26th, 2025 as the convention came to a close with the gala attended by over 1,000 delegates from across the nation.

AAPI Convention 3

During a solemn ceremony Dr. Satheesh Kathula, the outgoing President of AAPI, passed on the gavel to Dr. Amit Chakrabarty during the Gala on Saturday night at the end of the convention, marking a new chapter of service, collaboration, and vision. The event brought together hundreds of members of AAPI, past leaders, and incoming officers, symbolizing unity and a shared commitment to elevating the voice of Indian-origin physicians across the U.S.

Along with Dr. Amit Chakrabarty, his executive committee consisting of Dr. Meher Medavaram, President-Elect; Dr. Krishan Kumar, Vice President;  Dr. Seema Arora, Secretary; and Dr. Soumya NeravetlaTreasurer, assumed charge as part of the new Executive Committee.  Dr. Hetal Gor assumed charge as the Chair, BOT. Dr. Gautam Kamthan will serve as the President, YPS, and Dr. Priyanka Kolli is the President, MSRF, both, representing the Medical Students and Fellows at the national AAPI.

“Today marks a sacred beginning—one that’s not only about taking oath, but about embracing purpose,” said Dr. Chakrabarty, immediately after taking charge as the President of AAPI, the nation’s largest ethnic medical association. “This stage is illuminated not just by lights, but by the commitment of every physician who’s journeyed with faith, resilience, and passion. With this new chapter, we honor our heritage, step forward with courage, and vow to lead with integrity.”

“I am committed to unify AAPI by breaking down the barriers of various regions, languages, medical education within the organization and bringing everyone together as a whole organization rather than separate fragments of the organization,” Dr. Chakrabarty said.

Dr. Chakrabarty rose through the ranks of AAPI with his hard work and dedication, serving AAPI for nearly a quarter century. “We have the potential to make a significant impact on the healthcare landscape of this country,” Dr. Chakrabarty asserted. “My goal this year is to unify AAPI by transcending the regional divides that have hindered our progress in recent years. Indian American physicians represent tremendous talent and potential, and the key to realizing that lies in collective action and a united voice—something I am committed to fostering.”

AAPI Convention 1

As he steps into this leadership role, Dr. Chakrabarty pledged to work toward strengthening and expanding AAPI, which represents the interests of over 120,000 Indian American physicians, Residents, and Fellows. The Alabama-based urologist envisions a future where AAPI becomes “more vibrant, united, transparent, and politically active,” with increased membership and a stronger presence among younger physicians. He emphasized the importance of ensuring that “AAPI’s voice is heard in the corridors of power.”

He underscored transparency with regular Townhall meetings with members and direct accessibility to answer any questions that the members have, providing a platform to answer any concerns, where elected BOT/EC members will present their findings based on a rational, non-biased, and objective review that will be communicated with the members and posted on the AAPI website.

Working with his dedicated executive committee, Dr. Chakrabarty wants that “our voices must be heard by the people making the laws. AAPI must succeed in bringing to the forefront the many important health care issues facing the physician community and raising our voice unitedly before the US lawmakers. Our membership is our strength; as the 2nd largest medical association behind the AMA, we cannot stay silent any longer,” he said.

In his warm farewell address, Dr. Kathula shared with the audience the many programs and initiatives he and his executive committee have organized in the past year since assuming charge as the President of AAPI. Dr. Kathula, among others, highlighted the successful organization of Global health Summit in New Delhi and Hyderabad, and the many initiatives at the Summit,  research contest and the many charitable works and the webinars and workshops, as wells the Bone Marrow and Share a Blanket initiatives..

AAPI Convention 2

Dr. Kathula presented Presidential Awards to: Dr. Bhushan Pandya, Dr. Sunil Kaza, Dr. Vemuri Murthy, and Dr. Dwarkanda Reddy for their accomplishments and contribution to AAPI and to the larger society.  Dr. Satheesh Kathula was honored for his outstanding leadership, commitment to AAPI’s mission, and for carrying the entire AAPI family together, as well as for his contributions to realize the lofty goals of AAPI.

“The organizing committees have been working hard to make the AAPI Convention of 2025 rewarding and memorable for all. They have been working hard to put together an attractive program for our annual get together, educational activities, and family enjoyment. We are fortunate to have a dedicated team of convention committee members from the Ohio region helping us,” Dr. Kathula said. He particularly called out Vijaya Kodali, for her dedication, integrity, and hard work as she manages AAPI office and coordinates the activities related to AAPI functioning.

At the BOT luncheon, physicians with distinguished achievements and community services were honored. Dr. Navin Nanda, Dr. P K Vedantham, Dr. Krishan Kumar,  Dr. Jagdish Gupta, Dr. Ravi Parikh, and Dr. Avi Singh Gandhi were honored with AAPI’s prestigious Service Awards. Winners of the Research/Poster Presentation from across the nation who had presented the abstracts of their research on diverse medical topics, were honored with cash awards.

Reflecting back on AAPI’s progress over the last year, Dr. Sunil Kaza, the outgoing BOT Chair, said during the luncheon meeting, “Start of AAPI 2024-2025 term was like a storm, the likes of which, AAPI had never seen before !” and added, “Despite multiple and significant challenges, together with our EC, BOT and committee members, we have fulfilled our PROMISES.”

Dr. Hetral Gor shared with the audience, her journey as an ordinary member to how she has grown to be the chair of AAPI BOT. She described her plans for AAPI as the new Chair that she plans to initiative in collaboration with the new Executive Committee led by Dr. Amit Chakrabarty.

With the lighting of the traditional lamp and cutting the ribbon by Jacqueline Coleman, Lieutenant Governor of Kentucky, Dr. Bobby Mukkamala, president of the American Medical Association, Dr. D Nageshwar Reddy, a Padma Vibhushan awardee, Dr. Kathula, Dr. Sunil Kaza, outgoing Chair of AAPI BOT, Dr. Amit Chakrabarty, Dr. Hetal Gor, and Dr. Meher Medavram, President-Elect of AAPI. The ceremony began with the beautiful rendition of the national anthems of both the US and India by Dr. Aarti Pandya.

AAPI Convention 2025 4

Speakers at the Convention included: Dr. Bobby Mukkamala, president of the American Medical Association; Dr. Lyuba Konopasek, MD, Senior Vice President, Intealth/ECFMG, Executive Director, FAIMER; Michael Suk, MD, BOT Chair, AMA; George Abraham, MD, Chair, Federation of State Medical Boards; and Dr. D Nageshwar Reddy, a Padma Vibhushan awardee. Dr. Mario Capecchi, a Nobel laureate, who was awarded the Nobel Prize in Medicine/Physiology in 2007 for his contributions to the development of “Mouse knockout technology” delivered the keynote address at the AAPI Convention. Their addresses to the audience offered unprecedented insights into healthcare’s evolving landscape.

“I’ve been an AAPI member since I started medical school, and I’m an AMA member. But it’s like having a left hand and a right hand that don’t interact much. And that needs to be improved,” Dr. Bobby Mukamala, President of the American Medical Association, said in his keynote address. “I’m excited to be the first Indian descent president of the AMA to integrate that more. So that AAPI and the AMA both work together to improve physicians’ ability to take care of patients and the health of this country. Both are critical to make that happen, and if two critical aspects aren’t working together. We can work together, and we can watch them grow exponentially. When we work together, it will be exponential growth for both organizations.”

Jennifer Coleman, Lt. Governor of Kentucky, told AAPI members that, “We have so much appreciation for the work that you do, your compassion, the care that you provide, the long hours, the sacrifices that you make and that your families make. And you are the reason that the Governor and I refer to you as a title you have truly earned, which is healthcare heroes. So, thank you for what you do.”

Congressman Jonathan Jackson from Illinois, 1st congressional district sated, “Thank you for your outstanding leadership of this august body.”

Dr. Amit Chakrabarty Assumes Charge as President of AAP

Aftab Pureval, Mayor of Cincinnati, shared with the audience his life story as a child born to refugees from the Himalayas to the United States. “And it’s because of Trailblazers like you that next generations like me and my brother can pursue our dreams in whatever field that may be. Congratulations everybody! So excited for you to choose Cincinnati, and I hope you have a wonderful conference.”

The Convention was packed with 10 hours of Continuing Medical Education (CME) sessions delivered by world-renowned speakers, Women’s Forum, and specialized tracks on Medical Education and Medical Licensing, AAPI Has Got Talent, entertainment by world renowned artists, and upcoming talents from the local community.

“Whether you are a physician, a healthcare professional, or an industry partner, this convention has presented a valuable opportunity to showcase your business and connect with influential leaders in the medical field, said Dr. Meher Medavaram, President-Elect. “We are delighted to have you all in Cincinnati for this exceptional event.

The Convention delivered groundbreaking insights into modern healthcare, featuring top medical professionals from across the nation. Artificial Intelligence emerged as a critical theme, with Dr. Suresh Reddy and Dr. Nageshwara Rao explored AI’s transformative potential in healthcare delivery and patient management, while highlighting ethical considerations in medical technology.

Daily morning programs focused on sleep techniques and anxiety management, providing physicians innovative strategies for personal and professional well-being, emphasizing holistic professional development.

The Medical Licensing Forum, led by Dr. Amol Soin, brought together state medical board representatives to discuss critical practice pathways and professional standards. A comprehensive research symposium showcased cutting-edge medical research, with poster presentations and awards recognizing outstanding contributions to medical science.

According to Dr. Krishan Kumar, “The annual convention offered extensive academic presentations, recognition of achievements and achievers, and professional networking at the alumni and evening social events, in addition to offering an exciting venue to interact with leading physicians, healthcare industry leaders, academicians, and scientists of Indian origin.”

“The conference brought together acclaimed Physicians, healthcare professionals and leaders, in addition to including Academicians, Researchers and Medical students from across the world for a dynamic exchange of ideas, serving as a collaborative effort to shape the future of healthcare on a global scale,” Dr. Soumya Neravetla, Treasurer of AAPI said.

On July 24th, AAPI delegates had an exclusive Cruise on the majestic River Queen Boat at the famous Ohio River, with entertainment, live music, and dance.  “It was such a memorable experience, having a glimpse at the skyline and watching the river on a sightseeing cruise along the Ohio River departing from the Kentucky side of Cincinnati, and experiencing live entertainment as you go,” said Dr. Hetal Gor. The Biriyani Nite with Bollywood music on the banks of the Ohio River that went into midnight was yet another experience for the AAPI delegates at the convention.

Special Highlights at the Convention included, Women’s Forum, Cultural Extravaganza, Networking opportunities, Cruise and Entertainment on the Ohio River and Gala dinners celebrating medical excellence. . In addition to the academic and professional offerings, attendees enjoyed three nights of world-class entertainment, making this a well-rounded and memorable gathering.

The convention successfully bridged medical expertise, technological innovation, and professional networking, setting new benchmarks for the future of healthcare.

Dr. Chakrabarty urged all AAPI members to join in this historic journey. “AAPI’s mission is clear, our programs will continue to strive, and our impact is infectious in benefiting society. Today I ask you to set aside your differences and join me in this noble journey to make our mission possible. A new era has begun. AAPI will continue to discover her own potential to be an active and vital player in shaping the landscape of the national healthcare delivery system with a focus on health maintenance than disease intervention,” Dr. Chakrabarty said.

Dr. Chakrabarty invited AAPI members to “come and participate at the 44th annual convention to be held in Tampa, FL from July 2nd to 5th, 2026. We look forward to having you all join us in Tampa, FL!” For more information on AAPI and the 44th convention, please visit: www.aapiconvention.org. For more details on AAPI, please visit: www.aapiusa.org

Ajay Ghosh

Media Coordinator, AAPI

Phone # 203.583.6750

Dr. Hetal Gor Assumes Charge as AAPI BOT Chair

“We decided to ride the storm! We decided to right the ship!” Dr. Sunil Kaza  Said in His Farewell Address During AAPI’s 43rd Annual Convention in Cincinnati, OH

Cincinnati, OH – July 26th: Dr. Hetal Gor, a board-certified obstetrician-gynecologist from New Jersey, assumed charge as the Chair, Board of Trustees of AAPI, during the 43rd annual convention being organized here at the at the iconic Cincinnati Marriott at RiverCenter and Northern Kentucky Convention Center, Cincinnati, OH on Saturday, July 65, 2025. Dr. Sunil Kaza, the outgoing BOT Chair, during the luncheon meeting as part of the Convention officially handed over the mantle to Dr. Gor.

BOT 3

“Reflecting back on AAPI’s progress over the last year, Dr. Sunil Kaza, the outgoing BOT Chair, said during the luncheon meeting, “Start of AAPI 2024-2025 term was like a storm, the likes of which, AAPI had never seen before !” Quoting Sadhguru, Dr. Kaza said, “You can learn to prevent the storm, or you can learn to ride the storm! If you can learn how to ride the storm, the storm is not a problem anymore. We decided to ride the storm! We decided to right the ship !,” and added, “Despite multiple and significant challenges, together with our EC, BOT and committee members, we have fulfilled our PROMISES.”

Highlighting some of the major initiatives under his leadership, Dr. Kaza said, “We provided scholarships through the Kakani educational scholarship for 2023-2024 and 2024-2025. For medical students, residents, and fellows, funds were secured and raised to support MSRF and their convention. For young physicians, funding was obtained to support YPS and their convention.”

For AAPI, Dr. Kaza said, BOT helped address various legal matters. We secured IMRA membership for AAPI and united Indian physicians regardless of their state of origin. We prioritized fiscal responsibility by minimizing social event expenses, and ensured AAPI elections followed ethical standards. Collaboration with the Executive Committee maintained transparency and continued a conservative approach to spending.”

Sunil Kaza

Regarding the activities from the US to India, Dr. Kaza referred to AAPI meeting with India’s Health Minister, Mr. JP Nada, to discuss improvements in emergency medicine care, including expanding education and increasing availability of EMT technicians. Discussions also focused on increasing residency seats in family and emergency medicine.

During his leadership, he said, AAPI sponsored research awards for GAIMS, supported its peer-reviewed journal, collaborated to promote HPV vaccination awareness and raise $45,000 for health and education initiatives in India, began work on the AAPI Global Foundation, raised $31,000 to support 62 tribal schools through Ekal Vidyalaya, and worked to obtain FCRA exemption for future charitable activities via the AAPI India Foundation.

Dr. Hetal Gor is a board-certified obstetrician-gynecologist, is the president/Founder of Bergen Indian Medical Association , President /Founder of US chapter of FOGSI (Federation of OBGYN Society of India, and had served as the past President of the American Association of OBGYN of Indian Origin. Dr Gor is the Chair of North NJ chapter of the Indian American Women Entrepreneurs Association, and serves on the Board of Trustees of Bergen Performing Arts Center in Englewood, NJ, where she brings Indian art and artists to showcase Indian Heritage.

BOT

Dr. Gor shared with the audience, her TEN year journey in AAPI as co- Chair of NYC Covention in 2016 to the chairwoman of AAPI BOT. Dr.Gor described her plans for AAPI as the new Chair -Her plans in collaboration with the new Executive Committee led by Dr. Amit Chakrabarty.

“One thing that I’m very passionate about is knowledge , KNOWLEDGE IS POWER so starting this year a medical Legal monthly Zoom webinars ,this  will be in collaboration with SABA -South Asian Bar Association.”

Integrative medical wellness is another area Dr. Gor wants to focus on, she said. “This will help us have work work-life balance, tackle physician burnout, and a demanding, stressful work environment.”

“A well-balanced person is a better physician,” she said. Another area where AAPI plans to engage is organizing free health fairs and lecture sessions, educating the general public on common health issues that impact our communities.

“This year, we plan to implement and continue with the mentorship mentee program, guiding the junior physicians, medical student residents, alongside working with AMA,” Dr. Gor said. She promised financial stability, transparency, integrity, and hard work. “So, we’re going to make it a fun, entertaining, stress-free environment with positive vibrations, and everybody will be part of it.”

Feature and Cover Dr Hetal Gor Assumes Charge as AAPI BOT ChairDr. Satheesh Kathula, the outgoing President of AAPI lauded the support and guidance he received from Dr. Kaza and other members of the BOT, including the incoming BOT Chair, Dr. Gor. Expressing his gratitude to AAPI’s executive committee members, including  AAPI’s Convention committee chairs and members, volunteers and sponsors for their continued dedication and visionary leadership in their efforts to make this convention truly a historic one for all, Dr. Kathula, said. “The organizing committees have been working hard to make the AAPI Convention of 2025 rewarding and memorable for all.”

Announcing the recipients of the prestigious AAPI Service Awards, Dr. Uma Jonnalagadda, said,  “AAPI is glad to recognize and honor your accomplishments, hard work, dedication, and  contributions to the cause of AAPI.” Dr. Navin Nanda, Dr. P K Vedantham, Dr. Krishan Kumarm Dr. Jagdish Gupta, Dr. Ravi Parikh, and Dr. Avi Singh Gandhi were honored with the prestigious AAPI awards at the luncheon event. 

Dr. Sudhir Parikh, CEO of Parikh Media, shared with the audience his vision to share our heritage with the next generation of Indian origin people through his media platforms. He assured the audience of his collaboration and support for AAPI in reaching its message across the Indian American community. “It’s been an honor and privilege for me to be associated with AAPI because I recognize the tremendous role that is being played by AAPI in promoting friendship between India and the United States,” he said.

In his keynote address, Aftab Pureval, shared with the audience his life story as a child born to refugees from the Himalayas to the United States. “I’m the son of a refugee. My mom was born in Tibet, and she was forced to flee when the Communists took over. So my mom and my grandparents picked up, made their way through the Himalayas, through Nepal and into India. Against all odds, she made it to college by the grace of the support and generosity of the Indian government, where she met my father, who’s from Punjab, India. The young couple got married and decided to come to the United States.”

AAPI BOT 3

 Pureval went on to add, “I’m really proud of my parents story, and really proud of the fact, because the generations that came before you had to struggle and progress to create community. Had to take racism and xenophobia head on and nevertheless create community, whether it be religious or cultural or professional, in order to continue to thrive and grow in this country. My parents loved America even before they themselves were Americans. They loved the idea of the American dream, and they came here hard, and they achieved that dream for themselves, but also for their kids.”

 Referring to the flourishing community of Indian American Americans, Pureval said, “Our community is so drawn to healthcare, so drawn to helping others, so drawn to public service, so drawn to supporting the most vulnerable in our community. And it’s because of Trailblazers like you that next generations like me and my brother can pursue our dreams in whatever field that may be. Congratulations everybody so excited for you to choose Cincinnati and I hope you have a wonderful conference.”

 The growing influence of doctors of Indian heritage is evident, as increasingly physicians of Indian origin hold critical positions in the healthcare, academic, research and administrative positions across the nation. With their hard work, dedication, compassion, and skills, they have thus carved an enviable niche in the American medical community. AAPI’s role has come to be recognized as vital among members and among lawmakers. AAPI is also transitioning into a multiyear thinking and behavior by maintaining core continuity.

For more details, please visit:  www.aapiconvention.org   and www.aapiusa.org

Indian F-1 Visas Drop 44% in 2025; New Regions Rise

Fewer Indian students are heading to the United States in 2025, even as student visa numbers rise sharply in countries like Zimbabwe, Vietnam, and Pakistan.

Between October 2024 and March 2025, the United States issued nearly 89,000 F-1 student visas worldwide, marking a 15% decline compared to the same period in the previous year. This downward trend reflects a significant reshaping of international student inflows with a broader geographical spread, yet lower overall volumes.

Despite the overall reduction in F-1 student visas, specific regions have experienced sharp increases. Notably, there has been a surge in student visa issuance in countries such as Zimbabwe, Vietnam, and Pakistan, contrasting the decrease observed among Indian students.

The data released by the U.S. Department of State highlights this shift in trends, underscoring a diversifying pool of international applicants seeking educational opportunities in the United States.

The decline in the Indian student cohort seeking U.S. education is particularly noteworthy, given the traditionally high numbers of Indian students who pursue studies in American institutions. This change indicates evolving dynamics in global educational exchanges and the U.S. as an academic destination.

According to Business Today, these developments come amid broader global trends influencing international education and mobility, including geopolitical, economic, and policy factors that affect student decisions and institutional admissions.

Source: Original article

Trump Administration Proposes Stricter Citizenship Test and H-1B Reforms

The Trump administration is set to introduce significant immigration reforms, targeting the H-1B visa program and the U.S. citizenship test, with plans to make both processes more challenging.

The Trump administration is preparing to implement a new wave of immigration reforms aimed at changing the visa system for skilled foreign workers and revising the citizenship test. Joseph Edlow, the newly appointed Director of U.S. Citizenship and Immigration Services (USCIS), detailed these plans in an interview with The New York Times, describing the existing citizenship evaluation as “easy.”

“The test as it’s laid out right now, it’s not very difficult. It’s very easy to kind of memorize the answers. I don’t think we’re really comporting with the spirit of the law,” Edlow stated during the interview on Thursday.

The proposed changes arise amid a broader crackdown on immigration during Trump’s second term, which has seen tightened visa rules and reduced refugee programs, affecting both documented and undocumented immigrants. The administration intends to reintroduce a stricter version of the citizenship test first seen during Trump’s initial term in office. Under the new format, applicants must correctly answer 12 out of 20 civics questions compared to the current requirement of 6 out of 10, thereby ensuring a deeper understanding of U.S. civics and governance beyond rote memorization.

Another key proposal involves restructuring the H-1B visa program, which serves skilled foreign workers. Edlow indicated that the USCIS plans to prioritize companies offering higher wages over the current lottery-based system. This revision would address criticism that companies exploit the system by hiring cheaper foreign labor, thus undercutting American workers.

Vice President JD Vance echoed these concerns, criticizing companies that lay off domestic workers while continuing to hire foreign workers. However, Edlow maintains, “I really do think that the way H-1B needs to be used… is to, along with a lot of other parts of immigration, supplement, not supplant, U.S. economy and U.S. businesses and U.S. workers.”

Despite the administration’s push, not everyone agrees with the proposed direction. Doug Rand, a former Biden official, cautioned that favoring higher-salary positions might undermine the original purpose of the H-1B program. “Like it or not, the H-1B program is the main way that U.S. companies can hire the best and brightest international graduates of U.S. universities,” Rand remarked to The New York Times. “Congress never allowed DHS to put its thumb on the scale based on salary.”

Edlow, who was confirmed by the Senate in July 2025, is anticipated to play a pivotal role in shaping immigration policy. With extensive experience in immigration enforcement and policy, stemming from his previous tenure at USCIS and the Justice Department, Edlow emphasized that immigration should serve as a national asset. “I think it absolutely should be a net positive,” he commented. “And if we’re looking at the people that are coming over… to advance certain economic agendas and otherwise benefit the national interest, that’s absolutely what we need to be taking care of.”

Though detailed policy documents outlining these reforms have not yet been disclosed, the USCIS has signaled a broader return to the rigorous approach seen during Trump’s first term. That era witnessed tightened green card eligibility rules and alterations to the asylum system, many of which faced legal challenges.

According to The New York Times, the tangible impact of these proposed changes on businesses and immigrants remains closely watched as the policies unfold.

UK-India Trade Deal to Boost Bilateral Trade by $34 Billion

The United Kingdom and India have inked a historic free trade agreement projected to bolster their bilateral trade by over $34 billion annually, significantly boosting both economies.

The free trade agreement (FTA), signed on Thursday in the presence of Indian Prime Minister Narendra Modi and UK Prime Minister Keir Starmer, aims to enhance economic collaboration between the world’s fifth and sixth largest economies by reducing tariffs and expanding market access.

The finalized trade pact, which took three years of intense negotiations, addresses crucial issues like visas, tariff reductions, and tax breaks. The urgency to complete the agreement accelerated as global trade scenarios shifted with U.S. President Donald Trump’s tariff policies stirring global markets.

Once fully implemented, the agreement is expected to raise the bilateral trade by £25.5 billion annually by 2040. In 2024, the trade in goods and services between the two nations stood at over £40 billion.

This deal, hailed as a significant achievement by both leaders, promises to provide expansive benefits such as boosting wages, raising living standards, and lowering consumer prices, according to Starmer. Modi praised the agreement as a “blueprint for shared prosperity,” emphasizing the increased access to the UK market for Indian goods such as textiles, jewelry, agricultural products, and engineering items.

The terms of the agreement allow for the elimination or reduction of tariffs on 92% of UK goods exported to India, while up to 99% of Indian goods shipped to Britain will benefit from tariff exemptions. This development is a crucial strategic win for India’s trade position, enhancing market access for sectors previously burdened by high tariffs and regulatory hurdles.

According to Dhiraj Nim, an economist at ANZ Bank, the agreement reflects a strategic triumph for New Delhi’s trade diplomacy, offering Indian goods significant advantages. The UK government anticipates a reduction in the weighted average tariffs on its exports to India from 15% to 3%. However, the agreement awaits ratification by both countries’ parliaments, expected to take several months.

Beyond tariff reductions, the pact includes provisions exempting Indian temporary workers in the UK from paying social security contributions for three years, potentially increasing India’s talent presence in the UK.

The FTA’s impact extends across multiple sectors. For instance, tariffs on UK scotch and gin will be halved from 150% to 75%, eventually dropping to 40% over a decade. Similarly, tariffs on brandy and rum will be initially cut to 110% and further reduced to 75%. The automotive industry will see duties decline to 10% within five years under a quota system, down from the current rates of up to 110%.

Before this agreement, UK goods faced an average duty of 14.6% in India, while Indian goods attracted a 4.2% duty rate, as estimated by Samiran Chakraborty, a Citi Bank economist. This trade pact is among the first signed by India with a developed economy, highlighting the UK’s role in 3% of India’s total goods trade last year, primarily machinery and equipment, followed by textiles and footwear.

Benefiting significant Indian sectors like textiles, gems, and jewelry, the deal is poised to support employment and promote industrial growth in India, noted Nim. As market access improves, India’s trade surplus with the UK could widen over time, though easing UK export barriers might help narrow this gap in the future.

“It is hard to say exactly which direction the surplus would go,” Nim stated, though a rise in overall trade volume is certain.

For both countries, the agreement offers leverage in ongoing negotiations with other trading partners, including the U.S., analysts suggest. Alicia Garcia Herrero, chief economist at Natixis Bank, noted this deal enhances both nations’ positions compared to the U.S.

As London continues to work out the details of its trade pact with the U.S. following an agreement in May, a potential meeting between Starmer and Trump is anticipated during the U.S. President’s personal visit to Scotland.

Economically, the deal is expected to contribute an additional £4.8 billion ($6.5 billion) each year to the UK’s economic output, which was £2.85 trillion in 2024. Modi views this agreement as a strategic opportunity to propel India’s trade discussions with other developed nations, aiming to position India as a competitive and viable trade partner.

As Sameep Shastri, vice president of the BRICS Chamber of Commerce and Industry, articulated on CNBC’s Inside India, the UK agreement signals India’s readiness to engage on equitable trade terms with Western powers, strengthening its global trade voice.

Meanwhile, India is rushing to finalize a trade deal with Washington before August 1 to avoid increased U.S. tariffs scheduled to rise to 26%.

UN Staff Union Declares No Confidence in Secretary-General

The UN Staff Union in Geneva has unanimously declared a vote of no confidence in the Secretary-General and the UN80 restructuring plan, citing concerns over transparency, job cuts, and organizational direction.

The United Nations is facing a growing internal backlash against its ambitious UN80 restructuring initiative. Staff unions are rallying against the plan, which has now sparked a vote of no confidence targeting UN Secretary-General Antonio Guterres and Under-Secretary-General Guy Ryder, the leader of the restructuring process.

On July 24, an Extraordinary General Assembly meeting held by the Staff Union Council in Geneva culminated in the adoption of a critical motion. Attended by nearly 600 staff members—well above the quorum of 200—the meeting’s participants unanimously expressed grave concerns over the UN80 plan, voicing distrust in the leadership charged with its roll-out.

UN Deputy Spokesperson Farhan Haq responded cautiously, reaffirming the organization’s commitment to engaging with staff representatives. “We remain committed, as we have been from the beginning of the UN80 Initiative, to consultation with staff representatives and engagement with them through the procedures in place for this purpose,” Haq stated. He further urged a collective approach to mitigate negative impacts and navigate the challenging reforms ahead for a more effective United Nations.

A memo from Laura Johnson, Executive Secretary, and Ian Richards, President of the Staff Union in Geneva, presented multiple reasons for the disenchantment. One major point of contention is the lack of vision and evaluation in the UN80 initiative, which critics claim has been hastily conducted. Staff unions also criticize budget proposals for 2026, which suggest cutting 20 percent of posts without evidence of crisis resolution, while contrasting this with other organizations maintaining zero-growth budgets.

The union’s memo also denounces the reinforcement of a top-heavy UN structure. Most job cuts are expected at junior levels, with no reductions at the Under-Secretaries-General level. Additionally, allegations have surfaced that Secretary-General Guterres has extended some USG contracts beyond his mandate, promoting personnel selectively while limiting others to a year to avoid indemnities during separations.

Additional apprehension stems from the decentralization proposal, which could increase long-term costs, and the indictment of staff for organizational failures, which may partially result from the UN’s dwindling visibility in peace and security matters.

The UNOG Staff Union intends to deliver the motion and its underlying concerns to the Secretary-General and subsequently to UN Member States. Staff members are also encouraged to voice their grievances through a survey conducted by the Coordination Committee for International Staff Unions and Associations (CCISUA), active until July 27, as well as direct correspondence with union representatives.

Simultaneously, the UN80 Initiative is progressing under the oversight of Guy Ryder, with a Task Force exploring three primary areas: enhancing efficiencies and improvements, mandate reviews mandated by Member States, and a strategic review of deeper, structural organizational changes. Secretary-General Guterres underscores the initiative’s broader implications, stressing that UN budgets impact lives across the globe.

The initiative’s core objectives focus on improved efficiency and effectiveness by streamlining operations and reducing costs while better aligning the UN’s operations with its mandates. Ongoing structural reforms may consolidate departments and agencies, aiming for a strategic realignment of the UN’s programs to current necessities and priorities.

The discontent among staff highlights the challenges of implementing organizational change in a complex, globally-distributed workforce, as internal opposition and the drive for reform continue to shape the trajectory of the UN80 initiative.

Source: Original article

Trump’s Stance Changes on Prosecuting Former Presidents

As President Donald Trump and Director of National Intelligence Tulsi Gabbard seek to pacify their base over the Jeffrey Epstein files, they propose the idea of charging former President Barack Obama with treason for allegedly undermining Trump’s first presidency.

The suggestion by Trump and Gabbard involves allegations that Obama orchestrated false intelligence regarding Russian interference in the 2016 election to weaken Trump before assuming office. Despite the audacious claim, the primary challenge is the lack of evidence against Obama or other officials. Furthermore, even substantial evidence might clash with legal immunity afforded to former presidents.

Gabbard’s narrative suggests Obama engineered intelligence about Russian interference during the 2016 election to damage Trump. However, such claims are based on dubious interpretations and misleading information. Moreover, significant intelligence findings have been repeatedly validated, even by Republicans like Trump’s Secretary of State Marco Rubio in a crucial 2020 Senate report.

Besides evidentiary challenges, there’s the issue of whether Obama would be immune from prosecution—a situation paradoxically shaped by Trump himself. In 2024, Trump championed the notion that presidents should have extensive immunity from criminal charges, a stance upheld by the Supreme Court, potentially shielding Obama from any prosecution attempt.

Despite suggestions from Trump and Gabbard that Obama could face charges, Trump’s own legal team had previously argued against such actions, emphasizing the vital need for presidential immunity. Trump’s former personal lawyer, D. John Sauer, told the Supreme Court that without immunity from criminal prosecution, the presidency would be incapacitated.

Sauer went as far as positing that a president could make extreme decisions, like ordering the assassination of political opponents, without facing charges since such actions would fall under official presidential duties.

While the Supreme Court didn’t endorse this extreme interpretation, it did reinforce presidential immunity. This raises the question of whether such immunity would apply to Obama.

The Court concluded actions taken under a president’s core executive powers are immune. Furthermore, presidents possess presumed immunity for acts within their official responsibilities, which are not patently beyond their authority. However, Chief Justice John G. Roberts Jr. established a high threshold for instances in which immunity wouldn’t apply.

The ruling’s implications are still debated, especially concerning Trump’s alleged actions related to the January 6 Capitol riot. Although these cases never reached trial after Trump’s election, prosecutors and judges continue to reassess valid evidence and charges.

Harvard law professor Richard Lazarus noted, “Assuming this nonsense is true, if Obama were acting in his official capacity in merely communicating with his intelligence folks about Russian interference, clear immunity.” But if Obama’s actions were personal, aiming to support Clinton’s campaign, immunity might not be so apparent.

Comparatively, it would be simpler for Obama to argue that the actions in question encompassed official duties, unlike Trump’s attempts to contest election results, which fall outside a president’s established role, typically managed by states.

In the eyes of Trump’s and Gabbard’s accusations, Obama was involved in creating intelligence reports. However, seeking intelligence falls under a president’s core responsibilities. Even if not, such actions remain within the “outer perimeter” of official duties, where overcoming immunity is challenging.

UCLA law professor Rick Hasen noted “Communicating with intelligence officials would seem to fall into the scope of official duties.” Yet, theoretical charges would face a major hurdle due to the Supreme Court’s decision in Trump v. United States, precluding the use of official acts as criminal evidence.

White House press secretary Karoline Leavitt, during a press briefing, repeatedly deferred on whether immunity applied to Obama. “I’ll leave that to the Department of Justice,” she remarked.

Overall, while the situation appears academic, it remains highly speculative that Trump and his Justice Department would pursue prosecuting Obama. Historically, Trump’s claims often dissipate. However, media coverage, more focused on Obama allegations than the Epstein files, indicates a potential temporary diversion strategy.

This juxtaposition is striking. Trump’s legal position argued for comprehensive presidential immunity as essential for executive functions. Yet, he suggests abandoning those standards for his predecessor’s more official-seeming actions.

According to Trump’s legal rationale, Obama could arguably have taken far more drastic actions than adjusting intelligence reports, potentially without consequence.

Source: Original article

India’s Economy to Reach Third Largest Globally by 2028: Report

India is projected to become the world’s third-largest economy by 2028, with its GDP expected to exceed $10 trillion by 2035, driven by key states reaching significant economic milestones, according to a report by Morgan Stanley.

India is on the path to becoming the third-largest economy in the world by 2028, with its gross domestic product (GDP) anticipated to more than double to $10.6 trillion by 2035. This forecast comes from a recent report by Morgan Stanley released on July 23.

The financial services firm’s analysis suggests that India’s growth will be significantly influenced by its states, with Maharashtra, Tamil Nadu, Gujarat, Uttar Pradesh, and Karnataka expected to reach the $1 trillion economic milestone in the coming years.

Currently, the leading states include Maharashtra, Gujarat, and Telangana, according to Morgan Stanley. Additionally, Chhattisgarh, Uttar Pradesh, and Madhya Pradesh have shown substantial improvements in their economic rankings over the past five years.

The report highlights that India is poised to contribute approximately 20 percent to global growth in the near future, thereby elevating the earnings potential for major multinational corporations operating in the region.

In its latest bi-monthly monetary policy review, the Reserve Bank of India (RBI) maintained its GDP growth forecast for the fiscal year 2026 at 6.5 percent. This outlook comes after increased central government expenditure on infrastructure, which has risen to 3.2 percent of the GDP for fiscal year 2025, compared to 1.6 percent in fiscal year 2015.

According to Moneycontrol, these infrastructural investments and the economic dynamism at the state level are pivotal to India’s projected economic ascent.

Source: Original article

Youth Event Promotes Global Peacebuilding Efforts

The Jubilee of Youth, a pivotal event within the Jubilee Year of Hope, will welcome young people from around the globe in a celebration aimed at fostering peace and unity.

The Jubilee Year of Hope continues its series of events with the much-anticipated Jubilee of Influencers and the Jubilee of Youth, scheduled from July 28 to August 3. Archbishop Rino Fisichella, Pro-Prefect of the Dicastery for Evangelization, has highlighted the multicultural and diverse nature of these celebrations, designed to unite young minds from across the world in the Eternal City.

Youth from 146 countries will converge on Rome, with the majority – 78% – arriving from European nations. The remaining 22% consists of young people from various parts of the world, including countries experiencing conflict such as Iraq, South Sudan, and Lebanon. Archbishop Fisichella emphasized that these gatherings are not just moments of celebration but significant steps toward peace worldwide, offering a communal embrace as a gesture of solidarity and hope.

Expected to draw at least half a million participants, the gathering will see 370 churches, 400 school buildings, gyms, and numerous families open their doors to accommodate the influx of young visitors. The city is meticulously prepared, with 20 strategically placed food stations and 3,500 vendors ensuring that everyone is well-fed, including those requiring celiac-friendly options.

The Jubilee will kick off with “Dialogue with the City,” featuring 70 events over three days from Tuesday to Thursday in various Roman squares. Diverse groups, associations, and bishops’ conferences will host these events. Highlights include the Duc in Altum theatre group’s street performances on the life of St. Therese of Lisieux and Caritas Internationalis’ interactive exhibits showcasing their mission work. Mary’s Meals will be on hand to discuss their efforts to combat poverty worldwide. The day will culminate in a welcoming Mass in St. Peter’s Square at 7 p.m.

Friday, August 1, has been designated for the sacrament of confession. The historic Circus Maximus will host around 200 priests in tents, offering the penitent young people a day of spiritual reflection.

On the evening of Saturday, August 2, Tor Vergata, the site of World Youth Day 2000, will host one of the grandest events. Here, Pope Leo XIV will join the multitude for a prayer vigil, during which he will engage with the youth through questions posed by representatives from Mexico, the United States, and Italy.

The Jubilee of Youth will conclude with a Mass led by Pope Leo XIV on Sunday, August 3, bringing the week of faith, fun, and friendships to a resonant close.

According to Vatican News, this series of events marks both a celebration of youth and a step forward in the global quest for peace.

Dr. Reddy’s to Launch Generic Obesity Drugs in 87 Countries

Dr. Reddy’s Laboratories plans to launch a generic version of Novo Nordisk’s popular weight-loss drug Wegovy in 87 countries next year, focusing initially on emerging markets.

Dr. Reddy’s Laboratories, an India-based pharmaceutical company, announced plans to introduce a generic version of Novo Nordisk’s blockbuster weight-loss medication, Wegovy, to 87 countries in the following year. This strategic move, disclosed by CEO Erez Israeli, signals the company’s ambitions to capture a significant portion of the burgeoning global obesity drug market, projected to be worth approximately $150 billion by the early 2030s.

Initially, Dr. Reddy’s intends to release its generic semaglutide version—the active component in Wegovy and the diabetes treatment Ozempic—in countries such as Canada, India, Brazil, and Turkey, among various other emerging markets. This rollout is contingent upon the expiration of relevant patents, Israeli highlighted during a press conference discussing the firm’s earnings. He further noted that while the U.S. and European markets would open to these generics later, full access to other Western markets was expected between 2029 and 2033.

The company anticipates that sales of their generic drug will generate “hundreds of millions of dollars,” according to Israeli. The patent for semaglutide is expected to expire in multiple countries, including India in March of next year. Notably, in May, Novo Nordisk filed a lawsuit against Dr. Reddy’s, alleging infringement of its semaglutide patent, according to documents reviewed by Reuters.

Dr. Reddy’s has already submitted the necessary regulatory applications in all countries where it plans to launch the generic version. This aggressive expansion strategy aligns with broader industry trends, as several Indian pharmaceutical companies—including Cipla, Lupin, Biocon, and Sun Pharma—also aim to launch generic weight-loss medications, mirroring the success of Novo and its U.S. competitor, Eli Lilly.

Recently, Novo launched Wegovy in India, closely following Eli Lilly’s introduction of Mounjaro for weight-loss and diabetes management. Both Wegovy and Mounjaro belong to a class of drugs known as GLP-1 receptor agonists, which help manage blood sugar levels and slow digestion, contributing to prolonged feelings of satiety.

In addition to Wegovy’s generic, Dr. Reddy’s aims to launch 26 other GLP-1 drugs over the next decade as part of its long-term strategy, Israeli revealed. This expansion indicates the company’s proactive approach in capitalizing on the rapidly growing segment of obesity and diabetes treatments.

These developments underscore Dr. Reddy’s commitment to broadening its footprint in the global pharmaceutical market while addressing the escalating demand for affordable obesity medications.

GENIUS Act Enables Stablecoin Adoption via Mastercard

Mastercard stands poised to play a pivotal role in the burgeoning stablecoin ecosystem following the passage of the GENIUS Act, which ushers in a new era of regulatory clarity for digital assets with significant potential for global adoption.

On July 18, President Donald Trump signed the GENIUS Act into law, providing a regulatory framework for stablecoins. This development closely followed Mastercard’s announcement regarding its future role in the regulated cryptocurrency space. Mastercard views the legislation as the start of “a new era of regulatory clarity and confidence in digital assets,” according to a company article titled “Stablecoins are taking center stage,” authored by Jesse McWaters, Executive Vice President and Head of Global Policy at Mastercard.

McWaters emphasizes the importance of regulatory frameworks in other regions, such as Europe’s Markets in Crypto Assets (MiCA), and similar legislation in Hong Kong, Singapore, and the United Arab Emirates. These measures create a secure environment for digital assets, bolster trust, and stimulate innovation that yields real-world benefits. According to McWaters, stablecoins already enhance the financial experiences of content creators and gig workers by offering a quicker and cheaper remittance method compared to traditional payment tools. Still, he notes that stablecoins must be integrated within a trusted system, a role he believes Mastercard is well-suited to fulfill.

Highlighting Mastercard’s history of involvement in pioneering technologies, McWaters suggests the company has long been preparing for the time when stablecoins assume a central role. Mastercard aims to establish a compliance-first ecosystem that allows stablecoins to scale safely, seamlessly integrating them into the global financial system without losing the unique advantages of cryptocurrencies, such as flexibility and convenience. Key projects like the Mastercard Multi-Token Network and Mastercard Crypto Credential are instrumental in this vision, and the company’s global partnerships are poised to support a smooth user experience.

McWaters cites recent favorable crypto regulations in several countries as a gateway to an innovative future, a path that Mastercard is eager to pursue. To make cryptocurrencies as user-friendly as traditional currency, Mastercard is developing solutions such as the Mastercard Crypto Credential. This human-readable credential aims to simplify user experiences by replacing complex blockchain addresses with easily manageable credentials, specifically targeting crypto exchanges and everyday users to facilitate smoother interactions.

Another significant Mastercard initiative is the Multi-Token Network, a business-to-business platform designed to facilitate crypto transactions between financial institutions and companies, reflecting the ongoing trend of tokenizing assets. This platform is available 24/7 for both financial institutions and application providers, providing constant access to crypto transactions.

Mastercard’s collaboration with MoonPay, a platform specializing in crypto on- and off-ramps, aims to integrate Mastercard-branded cards with crypto wallets. This partnership, which was announced in May and involved a brainstorming session earlier in the month, will allow cardholders to use stablecoins at locations accepting Mastercard. The objective is to fundamentally transform payments and the very nature of money itself, a move referred to by MoonPay CEO Ivan Soto-Wright as “backwards compatibility,” as it extends the use of crypto beyond its initial applications.

Regarding regulations, Mastercard acknowledges the various legislative efforts around the world, including the American GENIUS Act, European MiCA, Singaporean Payment Services Act, UAE’s Law No. (4) of 2022, and Hong Kong’s drafted ASPIRe legislation. These regulations support the legal use of stablecoins, mitigating the constraints of restrictive securities laws while implementing protective measures to combat money laundering and other illicit activities. It appears that Mastercard was awaiting federal-level crypto adoption in the U.S. before expanding its crypto acceptance aggressively.

However, the GENIUS Act has not been universally well-received in the U.S. Some Democrats argue that while the legislation includes certain protections, it lacks mechanisms to prevent the misuse of cryptocurrencies by top officials for corrupt purposes. Nevertheless, Mastercard appears determined not to let such concerns impede their progress toward mass adoption of digital assets.

India’s Economy Steady Despite Global Uncertainties, Central Bank Reports

India’s economy remains resilient despite global geopolitical tensions and trade uncertainties, according to the Reserve Bank of India.

India’s economy is showing signs of resilience against the backdrop of global fluctuations, as the Reserve Bank of India (RBI) elaborated in its monthly bulletin released on Wednesday. The central bank highlighted India’s ability to withstand international challenges, such as geopolitical tensions and trade uncertainties.

Last month, the RBI made a significant move by reducing its key policy rate by an unexpected 50 basis points and lowering the cash reserve ratio for banks. These changes were possible due to low inflation, which offered the bank the flexibility to prioritize growth amid unpredictable global conditions. India’s economic activity has remained steady, the bulletin noted, supported by favorable prospects for summer-sown crops, robust momentum in the services sector, and moderate growth in industrial activity.

The report also pointed out that “high-frequency indicators suggest stability in aggregate demand,” signaling a positive outlook for India’s economic prospects. Retail inflation in the country dropped to 2.10% in June, marking a six-year low and further contributing to positive economic sentiment.

Additional factors propelling economic stability included “de-escalating geopolitical tensions in the Middle East and optimism on trade deals,” as well as a relaxation in regulatory norms for infrastructure financing, which collectively improved financial market sentiment in the latter part of June.

Despite these optimistic indicators, the bulletin also highlighted that domestic investor sentiment was cautious in the first half of July. This caution was attributed to ongoing uncertainty over a potential trade agreement between India and the United States and mixed corporate earnings for the quarter ending in June.

The RBI’s insights into India’s economic resilience underscore the country’s ability to navigate complex international challenges while maintaining domestic stability and growth.

Dalai Lama Inaugurates KarGön Mega Summer Symposium

Amidst a backdrop of inclement weather and eager anticipation, His Holiness the Dalai Lama inaugurated the prestigious Kargon Mega Summer Symposium in Zanskar, Ladakh, to the delight of thousands who gathered to extend their heartfelt welcome.

After a two-day delay due to poor weather conditions that hindered travel between Leh and Zanskar, His Holiness the Dalai Lama managed to arrive in Padum by helicopter. Upon his arrival, he was warmly received at the helipad by the locals of Zanskar and formally welcomed by key officials including the District Commissioner of Kargil, Rakesh Kumar, the Senior Superintendent of Police, and three councillors from the Ladakh Autonomous Hill Development Council.

His Holiness expressed his gratitude to the helicopter’s pilot and copilot for a comfortable journey and posed for photographs with them. He then traveled by car to the newly established Karsha Phodrang (KarGön Palace), where thousands of admirers lined the route, joyfully welcoming the revered leader with smiles and waves.

The Chief Executive Councilor of the Ladakh Autonomous Hill Development Council, Tashi Gyalson, joined the gathering at the temple, paying respects to the Tulkus before taking his seat. Traditional sounds of horns, drums, and cymbals announced the arrival of the Dalai Lama, who was welcomed by the Abbot of Karsha Monastery, Sonam Dorje, and was invited to inaugurate the new building with prayers and a ceremonial tossing of grain.

The event was marked by a verse of welcome expressing the hope for happiness and longevity for His Holiness. Prominent religious figures, including Thiksey Rinpoché and the Sharpa Chöjé Rinpoché, were in attendance, further highlighting the significance of the occasion.

Geshe Losang Tsephel, Chair of the Organizing Committee of the Summer Mega Symposium, praised His Holiness for gracing the event and acknowledged the support of the council and the Kargil DC. The symposium’s educational mission aligns with His Holiness’s advice for monastic and secular institutions to actively engage with classic texts.

As part of their curriculum, schoolchildren in the region are now regularly studying ‘mind and awareness,’ along with ‘logic and reasoning,’ underscoring the symposium’s broader educational impact.

Rakesh Kumar, the Kargil District Commissioner, addressed the audience, extending his respects to His Holiness and commendations to the symposium’s participants. During a demonstration, students showcased their debating skills, highlighting lessons learned from seminal texts such as Nagarjuna’s ‘Root Wisdom.’

The morning’s formalities concluded with participants and guests receiving blessings from the Dalai Lama, after which he spoke to the assembly about his enduring commitment to the teachings of Buddhism, emphasizing the utility of logic and reason within the tradition.

His Holiness reflected on his personal journey from Tibet, the challenges posed by Chinese governance, and the resilience shown by preserving Buddhist traditions in exile. His insights illuminated how logical and reasoned approaches can enhance both religious study and broader understanding.

The Dalai Lama’s address resonated with attendees, and children from the Rainbow School celebrated by performing songs in his honor, underscoring their gratitude for his presence at the inauguration of the new Karsha Phodrang.

Zanskari women, donned in traditional attire, added to the festivities through song and dance, celebrating the cultural richness of the region.

The event concluded with words of thanks from the chief organizer, who acknowledged the efforts made and funds raised to realize the vision of the Karsha Phodrang, emphasizing the collective gratitude toward His Holiness for his invaluable presence and support.

According to Tibet.net, the day’s proceedings were an embodiment of unity and cultural pride, enriched by the Dalai Lama’s teachings.

USA Takes Second in 66th International Mathematical Olympiad

The United States team, sponsored by the Mathematical Association of America, has secured second place in the 66th International Mathematical Olympiad, earning five gold medals and one silver in the highly competitive event held in Australia.

The United States team achieved an outstanding performance at the 66th International Mathematical Olympiad (IMO), hosted on the Sunshine Coast of Australia from July 10 to July 20, 2025. Sponsored by the Mathematical Association of America (MAA), the team earned second place overall, with an impressive score of 216 points.

The IMO is renowned as the world’s premier mathematics competition for high school students, attracting young mathematicians from every corner of the globe. In this year’s edition, 110 countries were represented by 630 students, all competing to solve six challenging mathematical problems.

Of the six talented members of the US team, five secured gold medals while one won a silver, highlighting their exceptional problem-solving skills. Notably, team members Tiger Zhang and Alexander Wang ranked in the top ten individual scorers, underscoring the level of their mathematical prowess.

Comprising the 2025 USA IMO team were: Hannah Fox, 17, from California; Karn Chutinan, 18, from Massachusetts; Andrew Lin, 18, from New Jersey; Alexander Wang, 17, also from New Jersey; Qiao (Tiger) Zhang, 17, from California; and Ruilin (Calvin) Wang, 17, from Virginia.

Hannah Fox’s participation is especially significant, marking the second consecutive year a young woman was included in the USA IMO team. Her achievement was further celebrated with the Maryam Mirzakhani medal, awarded to the top female scorer in the Americas region.

The team benefited from expert guidance under head coach John Berman and deputy coach Yang Liu. Both played crucial roles in the intense training regimen at the MAA Mathematical Olympiad Summer Program, preparing the students for the rigors of international competition.

Students aspiring to join the USA IMO team must first succeed in a series of competitions organized by the MAA American Mathematics Competitions. These events are part of a broader initiative that sees roughly 300,000 K-12 students from over 6,000 schools and learning centers participating annually.

The success of this year’s team was generously supported by Jane Street, which contributed resources to facilitate the team’s journey to the Olympiad.

Further details about the MAA American Mathematics Competitions, including information on hosting a competition or getting involved, can be found through the formal channels of the MAA.

This remarkable achievement at the 66th International Mathematical Olympiad underscores the dedication and skill of the US team, reinforcing their position as leaders on the global stage in mathematical challenges.

Obama Responds to Trump’s Call for Prosecution

In an unusual move, former President Barack Obama has publicly refuted allegations by Donald Trump that he attempted to orchestrate a coup following Trump’s 2016 election victory.

Barack Obama has stepped forward to confront accusations made by Donald Trump, who claimed that the former president orchestrated a coup against him after the 2016 presidential election. Obama’s office issued a rare and emphatic statement dismissing Trump’s allegations as “outrageous” and “a weak attempt at distraction.”

The statement was released after Trump alleged that Obama was guilty of treason for purportedly leading an effort to fabricate evidence of Russian interference in the election. This accusation was part of Trump’s comments during a meeting at the White House with Ferdinand Marcos Jr., the president of the Philippines and son of the country’s former autocratic leader.

“Out of respect for the office of the presidency, our office does not normally dignify the constant nonsense and misinformation flowing out of this White House with a response,” the statement from Obama’s office read. “But these claims are outrageous enough to merit one. These bizarre allegations are ridiculous and a weak attempt at distraction.”

The controversy escalated following an 11-page document released by Tulsi Gabbard, the director of national intelligence. The document claimed there was a “treasonous conspiracy” among Obama-era national security officials, and recommended their prosecution.

Obama’s office responded by highlighting the conclusions of several intelligence assessments that found Russia did influence the 2016 election, but did not manipulate vote tallies. The findings, originally supported by a 2020 report from the bipartisan Senate Intelligence Committee led by then-Chairman Marco Rubio, maintained that Russia’s interference aimed to damage Hillary Clinton’s campaign, not alter voting results.

The Gabbard report suggested otherwise, claiming that Obama’s administration had coerced intelligence agencies to modify their conclusions. The report conflated different issues in an attempt to undermine the intelligence community’s assessment, made public in 2017, which indicated Russian efforts to help Trump while harming Clinton.

During the White House meeting, Trump accused Obama as the leader of this supposed conspiracy, implicating other officials such as James Comey, the former FBI director, and James Clapper, the former director of national intelligence. He described the alleged actions as treasonous and accused Obama of attempting to “steal” and “obfuscate” the election.

Trump also mentioned that Gabbard had assured him that more documents would soon be available. However, critics have pointed out that the report misrepresented crucial aspects of the assessments and failed to alter the core finding that Russia intervened in the election.

A former CIA analyst, Fulton Armstrong, criticized Gabbard’s report, stating that it was crafted to reach a predetermined conclusion. Armstrong described the document as sloppy and manipulative, dismissing references to so-called “deep state officials” as amateurish and weakening the report’s credibility.

Assertions of Russian interference were further corroborated by special counsel Robert Mueller’s 2019 report and the bipartisan Senate intelligence committee’s report led by Marco Rubio the following year. Despite this, Gabbard’s document attempted to discredit these findings through misleading comparisons and conclusions.

According to The Guardian, the document used language that confused confidence levels with probability in intelligence assessments to present a one-sided narrative intended to support its claims.

Source: Original article

US Withdraws from UNESCO Again Under Trump’s Leadership

President Donald Trump has announced the United States will withdraw from UNESCO, the U.N. cultural and education agency, repeating a decision he made during his first term.

President Donald Trump has announced that the United States will exit the United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization (UNESCO) at the end of 2025, marking the second time he has taken such a step. The decision echoes his actions during his first term, which were later reversed by former President Joe Biden.

The White House explained the departure as part of the Trump administration’s “America first” foreign policy, expressing skepticism toward multilateral organizations such as the United Nations, the World Trade Organization, and NATO. White House spokeswoman Anna Kelly criticized UNESCO for supporting “woke” and “divisive” cultural causes that clash with what she termed “commonsense policies” favored by American voters.

The State Department further accused UNESCO of promoting a “globalist, ideological agenda” that is inconsistent with the Trump administration’s foreign policy. A significant point of contention was UNESCO’s 2011 decision to admit the Palestinians as a member state, which the U.S. deemed problematic and contributing to anti-Israel sentiment.

UNESCO Director-General Audrey Azoulay expressed regret over the U.S. decision but noted the organization was prepared for the possibility. She emphasized that UNESCO had diversified its funding sources, with the U.S. providing only about 8% of its budget.

French President Emmanuel Macron reaffirmed strong support for UNESCO, calling it a “universal protector” of world heritage, while condemning the U.S. decision as a blow to multilateralism.

UNESCO officials indicated that the U.S. withdrawal is expected to have a limited impact on U.S.-funded programs. However, Israel welcomed Washington’s move, with U.N. ambassador Danny Danon criticizing UNESCO for perceived biases against Israel. Israel’s Foreign Minister Gideon Sa’ar thanked the U.S. for its “moral support and leadership” in addressing what he described as the politicization and singling out of Israel within U.N. agencies.

Conversely, U.S. Senator Jeanne Shaheen, a senior Democrat on the Senate Foreign Relations Committee, labeled Trump’s decision as “short-sighted” and warned it could bolster China’s influence, which grew within UNESCO after Trump’s initial withdrawal.

Azoulay asserted that the issues cited by the U.S. for its withdrawal were outdated and failed to recognize UNESCO’s efforts in promoting Holocaust education and countering antisemitism. She described the organization as a rare forum for multilateralism focused on consensus and action.

UNESCO, established after World War II to foster peace through international cooperation in education, science, and culture, is renowned for designating World Heritage Sites. In the U.S., designated sites include the Grand Canyon and the Statue of Liberty, among others. The agency highlights 1,248 global locations of “outstanding universal value.”

The U.S. has had a complex history with UNESCO, having first withdrawn in 1984 under President Ronald Reagan amid accusations of financial mismanagement and anti-U.S. bias. The U.S. rejoined in 2003 under President George W. Bush, though funding was halted in 2011 following UNESCO’s vote to grant full membership to the Palestinians. Trump’s first term saw another withdrawal in 2017 over accusations of anti-Israeli bias, a decision reversed by Biden in 2023.

Source: Original article

US Food Insecurity Doubles Since 2021 Amid Economic Disparity Concerns

Amid economic prosperity, an increasing number of Americans are battling food insecurity, with recent data revealing that 15.6% of U.S. adults lacked sufficient food sometime in May, almost double from 2021.

The United States, despite being an economic powerhouse, faces a growing challenge as more citizens struggle to afford basic necessities like food. This alarming trend has been brought to light by new findings from Morning Consult, reported by Axios, which show a significant rise in the number of U.S. adults experiencing food scarcity.

In May, 15.6% of adults in the U.S. reported they sometimes or often did not have enough to eat, marking a nearly 100% increase from two years ago. Back in 2021, expanded benefits such as the Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program (SNAP) and an enhanced Child Tax Credit contributed to improving food access. However, the rollback of these supports has coincided with worsening food security for many.

John Leer, Chief Economist at Morning Consult, highlighted the widening gap between flourishing financial markets and the reality many Americans face daily. “There’s such a disconnect now between record highs on Wall Street and elevated levels of food insecurity,” Leer remarked in the report.

Philadelphia’s Share Food Program, a significant food bank network in the area, has observed a 120% surge in demand for food over the past three years. Program Director George Matysik noted that the need began rising as federal aid started decreasing in 2022. He expressed concern that the recent SNAP cuts approved by Congress could further exacerbate the situation. The Urban Institute’s research suggests that the reconciliation package could cause 22.3 million families to lose all or part of their SNAP benefits.

The spike in food insecurity accompanies a broader increase in living costs. Food prices, according to the Consumer Price Index, have climbed 26% over the last five years, with the USDA anticipating a further 2.9% rise in 2025. Inflation isn’t limited to groceries, affecting everything from rent to utilities and transportation, thereby eroding purchasing power for many households.

To combat rising costs, consumers are urged to be vigilant with their budgets. Reducing major expenses, such as car insurance, by comparing various options can help ease financial strains. Forbes reports the average cost of full-coverage auto insurance as $2,149 per year, though significant savings can be found by comparing quotes from different insurers.

Technological solutions like the Upside cash-back app provide additional avenues for savings, enabling users to earn cash-back on essential purchases like gas, groceries, and dining. Such strategies assist in managing the impact of inflation on household finances.

Investors concerned with protecting their assets from inflation often turn to traditional safeguards such as gold. Unlike fiat currency, gold cannot be produced in unlimited quantities and is viewed as a stable investment during economic uncertainties. Over the past year, gold prices have surged over 35%, emphasizing its value as an investment.

Financial expert Ray Dalio, founder of Bridgewater Associates, the world’s largest hedge fund, acknowledged gold’s role in a well-rounded investment portfolio, calling it an “effective diversifier” during economic downturns. Investors looking for tax advantages can consider opening a gold IRA through services like Priority Gold, which facilitate holding physical gold within retirement accounts.

Real estate also remains a popular hedge against inflation. As property values and rental incomes often rise with inflation, real estate investments can provide a reliable income stream. The S&P CoreLogic Case-Shiller U.S. National Home Price Index reports a more than 50% increase over the last five years, reflecting the sector’s resilience.

Crowdfunding platforms, such as Arrived, now offer easy access to the real estate market, allowing investors to purchase shares in rental properties with relatively small investments. Supported by high-profile investors like Jeff Bezos, Arrived simplifies the process by letting users select pre-vetted properties to invest in, offering an opportunity for income generation without the traditional burdens of property ownership.

This multifaceted approach to managing personal finances amid economic challenges provides a roadmap for maintaining stability and growth, even as larger structural inequities persist.

According to Axios, these revelations underline a critical disconnect between financial indices and the lived realities of millions of Americans grappling with basic needs.

Source: Original article

Winnie Varghese Becomes First Woman Dean of St. John’s

The Rev. Winnie Varghese has become the first woman elected to lead the Cathedral Church of St. John the Divine in New York City, marking a significant milestone for diversity and inclusion within the Episcopal Church.

The announcement of Varghese’s appointment as dean was marked by her emotional moment on the steps of the historic cathedral, a place that has loomed large in her imagination since her childhood in Dallas. Reflecting on her new role, Varghese expressed her awe at the responsibility and the vision she holds for the church community.

“What a beautiful responsibility it is to have to think about how to care for people and how to care for community,” Varghese remarked during an interview on July 14. Her involvement with the cathedral began with its evocative depiction in a local newspaper article she read at age 12, which introduced her to its vibrant St. Francis Day celebration.

Varghese officially assumed her new role as dean on July 1, becoming the first woman to lead the largest Episcopal cathedral in the U.S. The appointment of Varghese, a queer woman of Indian descent, signifies the Episcopal Church’s ongoing commitment to progressive values, particularly regarding LGBTQ inclusion and racial justice.

A prominent voice in support of marginalized communities, Varghese has been active in advocating for LGBTQ+ rights and racial equality and has served as a rector in New York City and Atlanta. Her leadership qualities are well recognized, reflecting the Episcopal Church’s intention to widen its embrace of diversity.

The Rev. Kelly Brown Douglas, who co-chaired the search committee for the dean, hailed Varghese as a trailblazer. Douglas emphasized the impact of Varghese’s competence and strength, stating that her leadership would break new grounds for the church.

Prior to her appointment as dean, Varghese served as rector of St. Luke’s Episcopal Church in Atlanta. Her journey in ministry has been marked by firsts and challenges, stepping into roles typically not envisioned for a queer woman of color within the church. According to statistics from the Church Pension Group from 2011 to 2021, only a small fraction of Episcopal priests were women of color.

The journey has come with unexpected hurdles. Varghese recalled past struggles in embracing her identity within the church, further underscoring the significance of her current role. Ordained in 2000, she has been a pioneering figure, reshaping traditional perceptions and practices within her communities.

The position of dean at St. John the Divine is not without challenges, as Varghese steps into her role during a politically charged environment in New York. Issues such as immigration policies and declining church attendance weigh heavily on religious leaders across the city. Varghese is familiar with these challenges, having previously addressed them in her role at St. Mark’s Church in-the-Bowery.

Her approach involves fostering a sense of outreach and welcome, encouraging parishioners to engage with their broader community. The vision of church as an inclusive, inviting space is core to her leadership philosophy as she takes on the task of revitalizing the cathedral’s congregational life.

The Cathedral Church of St. John the Divine, with its storied history intertwined with New York City’s cultural landscape, seeks to continue its tradition of being a hub for music, art, and social engagement. It has been a venue for various artistic presentations, from contemporary art installations to music performances.

In her role, Varghese will also oversee the upkeep of the cathedral’s expansive and unfinished structure. Significant projects, such as the $4 million restoration of the cathedral’s west wall, are underway. Varghese is committed to sustaining the physical and spiritual vibrancy of the cathedral, inviting supporters to invest in its mission.

Her ultimate goal is to continue building on the legacy of St. John the Divine, ensuring the cathedral remains a space of reflection, tradition, and opportunity. On September 27, Varghese will be formally installed as the dean, followed by leading the annual St. Francis Day Blessing of the Animals, embodying the cathedral’s tradition of openness and celebration.

Earth’s Spin on July 22 Creates 2nd-Shortest Day in History

On Tuesday, July 22, Earth will complete its rotation 1.34 milliseconds faster than usual, marking one of the shortest days in recorded history.

Earth’s rotation on July 22 will fall short of the standard 24-hour day by a mere 1.34 milliseconds. While this variance is too slight to be noticed in daily life, it forms part of a curious trend in Earth’s rotational dynamics that has emerged over the past few years. Some scientists suggest that, if this pattern persists, a negative leap second could become necessary around the year 2029—a correction unprecedented in atomic clockkeeping.

The planet’s rotation speed has never been constant. Historical data indicate that a day was much shorter in the distant past than the 86,400 seconds we are familiar with today. A 2023 study revealed that, for a significant period in Earth’s early history, each day lasted approximately 19 hours. This shift resulted from influences such as solar atmospheric tides and lunar ocean tides. Over extensive geological timescales, tidal friction from the moon has emerged as the primary factor gradually elongating Earth’s days. As the moon moves further away, it exerts less gravitational pull, effectively draining Earth’s rotational energy and slowing its spin rate.

Since the advent of the atomic clock in 1973, the shortest recorded day was just 1.05 milliseconds less than 24 hours, according to data from Timeanddate.com. Remarkably, since 2020, Earth has consistently set new records for rotational speed. Specifically, on July 5, 2024, Earth’s spin concluded 1.66 milliseconds sooner than typical, making it the shortest day documented thus far.

Current scientific forecasts for 2025 identified July 9, July 22, and August 5 as potential candidates for the year’s shortest days. Nonetheless, recent measurements now place July 10 in the lead, with a reduction of 1.36 milliseconds from the normal 24-hour period. On July 22, Earth’s rotation is anticipated to end 1.34 milliseconds early, clinching the position for the second-shortest day of the year in 2025. If existing trends persist, August 5 is expected to end roughly 1.25 milliseconds sooner than usual.

There is emerging evidence suggesting that this acceleration may be slowing. Preliminary observations indicate a deceleration in the rate at which day lengths are decreasing, but the root cause of the recent rotational modifications remains largely unknown. A 2024 study proposed that factors like polar ice melt and rising sea levels might be impacting Earth’s rotation by altering mass distribution. However, these factors may not be primary drivers of the acceleration. Another plausible explanation points toward influences deep within Earth: the deceleration of its liquid core could be redistributing angular momentum, causing the mantle and crust to spin slightly faster.

Leonid Zotov, an expert on Earth rotation from Moscow State University, commented on the mystery of this acceleration to Timeanddate.com. “Most scientists believe it is something inside the Earth. Ocean and atmospheric models don’t explain this huge acceleration.” Zotov also predicts that Earth’s rotation could slow again soon. If his prediction holds true, this quickening might merely represent a transient deviation in Earth’s long-term trajectory toward slower rotation and elongated days.

CBO: GOP Bill Adds $3.4T Deficit, 10M Lose Insurance

President Donald Trump’s megabill, signed on July 4, is projected to increase the federal deficit by $3.4 trillion and result in 10 million people losing health insurance over the next decade, according to a Congressional Budget Office (CBO) report.

The CBO released its final analysis on Monday, detailing the impact of the newly enacted legislation on the national debt and U.S. households. The structure of the bill, primarily a permanent extension of the 2017 tax cuts, is expected to significantly reduce incoming federal revenue while contributing to a marked increase in the deficit. The bill was a key legislative achievement for President Trump and the Republican-controlled Congress.

The primary driver of the mounting deficit is the GOP’s decision to maintain the tax cuts from Trump’s first term, which the Senate Finance Committee projects will decrease tax revenue by approximately $4.5 trillion. This figure also incorporates additional GOP-backed tax cuts that were introduced during the Senate floor debates.

The CBO’s report indicates that while the legislation will cut more than $1 trillion in federal healthcare spending—with the majority of cuts targeting Medicaid—the savings will not offset the costs of the package. The anticipated increase in the deficit highlights the imbalance between the package’s financial outflow and the savings from health expenditure reductions.

Additionally, the CBO predicts that 10 million people will lose their health insurance as a result of these legislative changes. This estimation marks a slight improvement from prior figures, which predicted that 11.8 million people would lose coverage. The updated numbers reflect the removal of a previous policy that would have caused an estimated 1.4 million undocumented immigrants to lose health insurance.

The CBO also provided additional insights into the bill’s impact on agricultural policies. Negotiations spearheaded by Senator Lisa Murkowski of Alaska led to a softening of initial requirements that would have compelled states to bear more costs related to SNAP, a key U.S. food assistance program. These modifications, along with cuts to federal agriculture spending, are projected to result in $120 billion in savings over the coming decade.

The bill initially contained provisions aimed at penalizing states that offer healthcare to undocumented immigrants, despite federal prohibitions on Medicaid coverage for this demographic. However, due to objections from the Senate parliamentarian, a controversial element that would have withdrawn funding from states that expanded Medicaid under the Democrats’ 2010 health law was removed from the final version.

In an alternate analysis requested by Senate Republicans, the CBO used a new accounting method that does not factor in the cost of permanently extending the 2017 tax cuts. Under this method, the projected increase in the federal deficit is limited to $366 billion. Republicans argue that utilizing traditional accounting methods presents a bias against maintaining existing tax rates, which they perceive as amounting to tax increases if not extended.

This controversial legislative package continues to be a subject of intense debate, with significant political and financial implications for the country, as outlined in the comprehensive report from the Congressional Budget Office.

Vice President Dhankhar Resigns Due to Health Concerns

Vice President Jagdeep Dhankhar, who was elected as India’s 14th Vice President in August 2022, resigned citing health reasons on the first day of the Monsoon Session.

Vice President Jagdeep Dhankhar announced his resignation on Monday, July 21, 2025, citing health concerns. The unexpected move came on the first day of the Monsoon Session while he was presiding over the Rajya Sabha as Chairman.

Dhankhar, 74, had two years remaining in his term after being elected in August 2022 as the 14th Vice President of India. He follows the precedent of two previous Vice Presidents, V.V. Giri in 1969 and R. Venkatraman in 1987, who resigned before their terms ended to assume the presidency.

In a resignation letter addressed to President Droupadi Murmu, and shared on his official “X” account, Dhankhar stated, “To prioritize health care and abide by medical advice, I hereby resign as the Vice President of India, effective immediately, in accordance with Article 67(a) of the Constitution.”

The letter further expressed Dhankhar’s gratitude towards Prime Minister Narendra Modi, the Council of Ministers, and the members of Parliament for their “warmth, trust, and affection.” This announcement took many by surprise, as he actively participated in parliamentary duties, including presiding over a session involving the motion for the removal of High Court judge Yashwant Varma the same day.

Dhankhar continued engaging with MPs and leadership until the evening but did not return for the subsequent post-lunch session. Reports from sources suggest he is unlikely to attend the Rajya Sabha on the following day. His resignation followed a significant health event in March, a cardiac issue from which he was believed to have recovered fully, enabling him to resume his duties thereafter.

Prior to serving as Vice President, Dhankhar was the Governor of West Bengal. His tenure as Vice President saw him dealing with critical issues, often marked by his forthright public speeches. Notably, he emphasized the necessity of dialogue with farmers during protests in late 2024, sharing a platform with Union Agriculture Minister Shivraj Singh Chouhan to advocate for open communication with the farming community.

Dhankhar’s term also witnessed friction with opposition parties. In December 2024, Deputy Chairperson of the Rajya Sabha, Harivansh, dismissed an impeachment motion against Dhankhar filed by the opposition, labeling it as a deterrent to the dignity of constitutional authorities.

As Vice President, Dhankhar was known to be vocal, often stepping into the political spotlight, yet maintaining a focus on issues pertinent to his rural upbringing. Despite his sudden resignation, he left an indelible mark through his advocacy and commitment to public discourse.

As of the time of this report, President Murmu had not publicly responded to or confirmed her acceptance of Dhankhar’s resignation.

Source: Original article

Trump Administration Closes EPA’s Scientific Research Division

The Trump administration is planning significant changes to the Environmental Protection Agency, including the closure of its scientific research arm, as part of a broader federal downsizing effort.

The Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) has announced plans to close its Office of Research and Development, the department tasked with providing critical expertise for environmental policies and regulations. This move is part of the Trump administration’s larger effort to downsize the federal government.

The Office of Research and Development plays a pivotal role in analyzing dangers related to toxic chemicals, climate change, smog, wildfires, indoor air pollutants, water contamination, watershed destruction, and drinking water safety. The office is also responsible for managing grant programs that support research at universities and private companies.

“Under President Trump’s leadership, EPA has taken a close look at our operations to ensure the agency is better equipped than ever to deliver on our core mission of protecting human health and the environment while powering the great American comeback,” stated EPA Administrator Lee Zeldin. He announced the plan on Friday, emphasizing that “this reduction in force will ensure we can better fulfill that mission while being responsible stewards of your hard-earned tax dollars.”

The downsizing, which forms part of a broader strategy to reduce the EPA’s workforce by 23%, is estimated to save approximately $748.8 million. The savings, according to the agency, will be reallocated to enhance “laboratory functions and hundreds of scientific, technical, bioinformatic, and information technology experts” within the EPA’s air, water, and chemical offices. These offices are home to thousands of scientists and engineers employed by the EPA.

Alongside these changes, the EPA also announced plans to establish a new “Office of Applied Science and Environmental Solutions”. The new office aims to prioritize research and science prominently in rulemaking processes and provide technical assistance to states.

While no layoffs have occurred yet, the EPA confirmed that some employees are being reassigned, and job cuts may be the next step. “That is the next step in the process,” the EPA commented in a statement to NPR.

The proposed changes have been met with strong criticism from several quarters. Democratic Rep. Zoe Lofgren of California, ranking member on the House Science, Space, and Technology Committee, denounced the planned cuts. “Administrator Zeldin has finally confirmed what he has denied for months and months — the destruction of the Office of Research and Development,” she said. Lofgren argued that the Trump administration is dismissing dedicated scientists while appointing political figures whose roles are to mislead Congress and the public. “The obliteration of ORD will have generational impacts on Americans’ health and safety. This is a travesty.”

Kyla Bennett, director of science policy for the nonprofit Public Employees for Environmental Responsibility (PEER), also voiced concerns. Bennett argued that eliminating the ORD will severely impair the EPA’s research capabilities and hinder its ability to utilize studies from other scientists. “This [reduction in force], together with the slashing of travel and training budgets, will leave EPA flying blind and unable to use the best available science. These short-sighted cuts will ultimately affect every American, and it is despicable,” she stated.

In contrast, the American Chemistry Council, representing chemical manufacturers, backed the EPA’s decision to review its resources. The council stressed the importance of ensuring taxpayer money is utilized efficiently and effectively to meet the agency’s legal obligations. “If necessary, that includes shifting resources from certain offices,” the organization commented.

The implications of the EPA’s restructuring remain to be fully understood, but the debate highlights significant divisions over the administration’s approach to environmental research and regulatory functions.

Source: Original article

Many Teens Use AI for Chatting, Prefer Human Interaction

Nearly three-quarters of U.S. teenagers have interacted with AI tools, using them for activities such as advice seeking, flirting, and deep conversations, a new study reveals.

Teenagers have traditionally turned to each other for advice, flirting, and sharing profound conversations. However, a new study indicates that nearly 75% of U.S. teens have used artificial intelligence (AI) tools for these activities at least once.

Conversational AI systems like CHAI, Character.AI, Nomi, and Replika present compelling opportunities for teens to engage in role-playing, seek support for mental health issues, or simply chat. The nationwide study, released by Common Sense Media, a nonprofit organization focused on media reviews and research funding for young people, highlights these tools as “digital friends or characters you can text or talk with whenever you want.” These AI companions are distinguished from AI assistants, image generators, or academic help tools.

The findings reveal that over half—52%—of teenagers use AI companions regularly, engaging with them at least a few times each month. “They’re using them for entertainment purposes, out of curiosity,” said Michael Robb, head of research at Common Sense Media. “Despite this, teens still spend more time with real friends and find human conversations more satisfying. But if you scratch the surface, some alarming trends emerge.”

For instance, one-third of teens surveyed admitted to having serious discussions with AI companions instead of real people at least once. Approximately the same percentage have found AI interactions just as, if not more, satisfying than conversations with humans.

Adolescence is critical for developing social, critical thinking, and emotional regulation skills. With an average screen time of 8 hours and 39 minutes daily, according to Common Sense Media, the study’s authors express concern about the influence of AI companions in teens’ digital landscapes. About 25% of the teens surveyed shared personal information, such as their name and location, with AI companions—tools designed to collect user data. Some AI platforms are marketed to audiences as young as 13, though age restrictions are often easily bypassed by young people.

A third of teens reported feeling uncomfortable during interactions with AI companions, troubled by something said or done by the AI. Nonetheless, many teenagers approach AI companions pragmatically; about half of the respondents expressed distrust in the information or advice from AI companions, with younger teens being more trusting by a margin of seven percentage points.

The vast majority of teenagers, 80%, still prioritize human friendships over AI interactions. Common Sense Media recommends that individuals under 18 avoid using AI companions altogether due to the risks involved and the potential for addictive behavior. “I’m not necessarily confident that the companies behind these companions have teens’ well-being in mind,” Robb stated. “If these companions were designed to promote well-being, rather than to capture attention and collect personal information, we might be having a different conversation.”

According to NPR, these findings spotlight the complex dynamics at play as AI tools become an integral part of teenagers’ lives, warranting attention from parents, educators, and technology developers alike.

Trump Supports Gabbard on Obama Prosecution, Criticizes Alleged Election Fraud

In a July 2025 social media post, former President Donald Trump endorsed Director of National Intelligence Tulsi Gabbard’s push for prosecution of former President Barack Obama and key officials for allegedly orchestrating election fraud during the 2016 presidential campaign.

Former President Donald Trump, using his platform on Truth Social, reiterated his claims on July 19, 2025, that former President Barack Obama and his associates were involved in a “treasonous conspiracy” aimed at undermining his 2016 election victory. Trump praised Director of National Intelligence Tulsi Gabbard for her role in exposing alleged election fraud and encouraged her to continue pushing for criminal charges against Obama and top officials.

Gabbard released a 114-page declassified report on July 18, detailing accusations against members of Obama’s national security team, including James Clapper, John Brennan, James Comey, and Susan Rice. She alleged that these individuals manipulated intelligence to falsely suggest that Russian interference had favored Trump in the election.

The report cites documents such as a December 7, 2016, memo stating that no cyberattacks altered the election outcome. Gabbard claims that a White House meeting held on December 9, 2016, resulted in a January 2017 intelligence report that wrongly attributed Trump’s victory to Russian interference, subsequently leading to Special Counsel Robert Mueller’s investigation.

The report and its conclusions, however, face significant counterarguments. Previous investigations, including a 2020 bipartisan report by the Senate Intelligence Committee, identified “irrefutable evidence” of Russia’s attempts to support Trump, without any indication of fabricated intelligence. Mueller’s 2019 report also described Russia’s interference as “sweeping and systematic,” yet found no evidence of collusion by Trump’s campaign.

Democratic leaders have dismissed Gabbard’s allegations as lacking in foundation. Senator Mark Warner, a senior member of the Senate Intelligence Committee, noted that the 2017 intelligence community assessment was the outcome of a comprehensive three-year investigation. Representative Jim Himes, a Democrat on the House Intelligence Committee, labeled the claims of treason as “baseless” due to the absence of credible investigative support.

Furthermore, a review conducted by CIA Director John Ratcliffe maintained the intelligence community’s assessment of Russia’s pro-Trump actions, even while criticizing some methods used in 2017. Gabbard’s expertise in intelligence has also been called into question amid criticism of her report.

The timing of these allegations coincides with increasing scrutiny on the White House regarding its management of Jeffrey Epstein’s files. On July 18, Trump directed Attorney General Pamela Bondi to unseal grand jury testimony tied to Epstein, amid pressure from his political base for a supposed “client list,” which the Department of Justice claims does not exist. Critics argue that Gabbard’s election fraud allegations are intended to divert attention from the Epstein controversy, which includes resurfaced images of Trump with Epstein from the 1990s and a recent report by the Wall Street Journal suggesting a suggestive 2003 letter from Trump.

The release of Gabbard’s report shortly after the Wall Street Journal’s story has prompted speculation that the administration is aiming to redirect public and media focus from the Epstein-related issues to past political disputes.

Democrats’ Poll Standing at Trump’s Six-Month Mark

Recent polls provide a complex picture for Democrats as they face challenges in regaining voter trust following a significant loss to President Trump in the last election.

Despite recent notable election victories, Democrats have struggled to distance themselves from the Republican Party as they look toward the upcoming midterms. Data experts suggest that while the party’s position has somewhat improved since Trump began his second term, much work remains to convince the American public and regain control of the House.

“You can’t just be on the attack. You can’t beat something with nothing,” said Democratic pollster Celinda Lake. “We have to show and tell what we would do, but I think that we’re on the precipice of a big opportunity, and I hope we take advantage of it.”

After losing ground when Trump swept all seven battleground states and the GOP gained control of Congress, Democrats are focusing on rebuilding. However, data on the party’s standing remains less than encouraging halfway through Trump’s first year back in office.

The Democratic Party continues to experience historically low favorability ratings. According to a YouGov average, the party’s favorability was over 20 points underwater as of late May. A CNN poll released recently found only 28% of surveyed Americans view the party favorably, a low not seen since CNN began the poll in 1992. While the Republican Party’s ratings aren’t much better, they haven’t reached the same depths.

A poll conducted by the Democratic super PAC Unite the Country revealed that voters perceive the party as “out of touch,” “woke,” and “weak.” An AP-NORC poll found a divide among party members, with just a third of Democrats optimistic about the party’s future, down from 57% last July.

Survey results highlight widespread frustration with Democratic leaders and a belief that they are not effectively countering the Trump administration. Senate Minority Leader Chuck Schumer (D-N.Y.) is a particular focus, with mid-to-upper 20s approval ratings during Trump’s second term, though his net favorability has recently improved slightly.

Scott Tranter, director of data science for Decision Desk HQ (DDHQ), noted that Democrats are struggling to form a coherent message and lack a clear “rallying cry.” Some Democrats have drawn attention, either through confrontations with Trump officials or visits to detention centers like “Alligator Alcatraz” in Florida, but Schumer is still seen as lacking the gravitas of a strong party leader.

One ongoing trend is the absence of a defined Democratic Party leader following the 2024 election defeat. A March CNN poll found that 30% of Democrats couldn’t name a leader reflecting the party’s core values, with Rep. Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez (D-N.Y.) receiving the most support at only 10%. Former Vice President Kamala Harris was supported by 9%, and Sen. Bernie Sanders (I-Vt.) by 8%.

An Emerson College poll shows a wide split among Democrats about preferred 2028 presidential contenders, with the leading candidate only garnering 16% support. Tranter indicated that such disarray is typical after a major election loss, comparing the situation to the post-loss transformations of Democrats in 2005 and Republicans in 2013.

“Coming out of Kerry, the Democrats were also in the wilderness,” he said. “And so I think that the takeaway is that every time something like this happens, each party goes through its transformation. I think we’re still pretty early on [in] it.”

Yet, there’s a silver lining for the Democrats in the data. Trump’s approval and favorability ratings remain underwater, which provides Democrats a potential opening. Democrats also hold a small lead in DDHQ’s generic congressional ballot average as of early March, a margin that continues to hover at a few points.

The same CNN poll that highlighted the Democrats’ low favorability also showed party members are more motivated to vote in the next year’s midterms. A Republican pollster Fabrizio Ward’s survey found Republicans trailing in the generic ballot across 28 battleground House districts. Moreover, Democrats are hopeful that opposing Trump’s recent “big beautiful bill” may provide the needed boost for their base before the midterms.

Ryan O’Donnell, interim executive director at Data for Progress, noted Trump’s focus on unpopular policies potentially benefits Democrats going into the midterms. However, he warned that Democrats also must listen to voter concerns and propose real solutions to improve quality of life and affordability.

Lake emphasized the lack of a clear leader could become an asset, with a crowded field in 2028 showcasing what the Democratic alternative to Trump could look like. However, finding and establishing a few strong leaders has been slow, and she doubts this will be “fixed” before the 2026 midterms. She encourages the party to present a unified voice with a strong economic message addressing who they will fight for.

Finally, a partnered poll between Lake’s firm and the Democratic donor network Way to Win surveyed those who voted for President Biden in 2020 but abstained in 2024. The findings showed these voters leaned Democratic if the midterms were held today and felt discontent about Medicaid cuts and stagnant living costs.

Jenifer Fernandez Ancona, the co-founder and vice president of Way to Win, stated that these concerns offer the party a clear opening. With respondents expressing regret over not voting, particularly regarding child aid program cuts and escalating living costs, Ancona urged the party to leverage this data to build an opposition narrative.

“The table has been set,” Fernandez Ancona said. “The question is, will we be able to take advantage of it? Will we really lean in? Will we not shy away from actually going on offense about this bill? It’s all about, can we seize the opportunity?”

Natasha Sarin and Yale Budget Lab Analyze Important Budget Bill

The One Big Beautiful Bill Act (OBBBA) is projected to significantly increase the U.S. federal deficit by more than $4 trillion over the next decade, while disproportionately affecting lower-income households by reducing their after-tax income.

The Yale Budget Lab estimates that the federal deficit will grow by over $4 trillion in the coming decade as a result of the One Big Beautiful Bill Act (OBBBA), according to Natasha Sarin, co-founder and president of The Budget Lab at Yale. Speaking at the American Community Media briefing, Sarin discussed the long-term economic impacts of this legislation on the national deficit and the broader economy.

The fiscal implications of the OBBBA are significant. Sarin, a professor at Yale Law School and the Yale School of Management, remarked that the bill functions as “Robinhood in reverse.” She explained that the federal deficit is expected to increase, leading to a debt-to-GDP ratio rising from its current level close to 100% to about 135% by the end of the decade. This would mean that the nation’s debts will substantially surpass its economic output.

Sarin noted that higher deficits will escalate the government’s borrowing costs, which will, in turn, affect households and businesses by increasing mortgage rates and the cost of various loans. This could result in higher expenses for car loans, student loans, and small business loans, contributing to a decreasing economic output over time.

Analyzing the winners and losers from the OBBBA, Sarin, along with her colleague Richard Prisinzano, Director of Policy Analysis at the Yale Budget Lab, questioned the distribution of trillions of dollars set to be spent under this legislation. Their findings indicate that households in the lowest 10% income bracket could lose approximately $700 annually in after-tax and transfer income over the decade spanning 2026 to 2034.

For the country’s wealthiest, the scenario is quite the opposite. The top 1% of earners could see an increase of about $30,000 per year in after-tax income. Those in the top 0.1% income bracket, earning more than $5.18 million, as per estimates from CBS MoneyWatch, could benefit by as much as $286,440 annually.

Sarin underscored that the bottom 40% of income earners would be worse off post-OBBBA, bearing the burden of cuts in programs like Medicaid and SNAP, which outweigh the benefits from any tax changes included in the bill.

The OBBBA entails significant changes in tariff policies, with effective tariff rates rising to about 18.7%, compared to approximately 2% at the beginning of the current administration. Sarin pointed out that lower-income households, which spend a larger portion of their income on essential goods, including food, energy, housing, and transportation, are particularly susceptible to the effects of higher tariffs.

The OBBBA incorporates a historic $900 billion cut to Medicaid, marking the largest reduction in the program’s history. Though framed primarily as a tax cut bill, the legislation represents the most profound change to the healthcare system since the Affordable Care Act (ACA), said Larry Levitt, Executive Vice President for Health Policy at the Kaiser Family Foundation.

Levitt stated that the Congressional Budget Office estimates this legislation will decrease federal health spending by more than a trillion dollars over the next decade and potentially increase the uninsured population by 11.8 million. These figures might decrease slightly due to last-minute bill changes. However, the magnitude of these healthcare system changes is considerable, with 4.8 million individuals expected to lose coverage primarily due to bureaucratic complexities and increased Medicaid renewal requirements.

The healthcare marketplace will also undergo significant transformation. New income verification procedures will complicate the process of obtaining coverage, and the discontinuation of automatic coverage renewal may result in many losing their insurance. Furthermore, many low-income, lawfully present immigrants will become ineligible for premium assistance under the ACA, as well as Medicaid and Medicare.

Levitt highlighted potential administrative efforts to penalize states like California for using state funds to provide healthcare to undocumented immigrants. Congress has waived notable amounts of Medicare and Medicaid funding, totaling about half a trillion dollars, but there is no certainty that such waivers will continue in the future.

The enhanced premium tax credits available under the ACA are set to expire at the year’s end. If not extended, these developments could cause out-of-pocket premiums for more than 20 million enrollees to surge by an average of more than 75%, potentially leaving millions uninsured by the beginning of 2026. Notably, many of the significant changes introduced by the OBBBA will unfold gradually, with notable effects emerging after the upcoming midterm elections and beyond.

Passport Renewal Eases for Some in America

Renewing a passport in the United States has been revolutionized by a new online system, making the process faster, simpler, and completely digital for many citizens.

For years, American citizens faced a complicated and time-consuming process when their passports expired. It involved extensive paperwork, frustrating visits to the post office, and long wait times. However, a recent transformation spearheaded by the U.S. State Department has ushered in a new era of digital convenience.

The Online Passport Renewal (OPR) program has fundamentally changed how U.S. citizens renew their passports. With no more paperwork, government office visits, or physical queues, citizens can now complete the entire renewal process from the comfort of their homes. By simply taking a digital photo, uploading it through a secure portal, and submitting an online payment, applicants often receive their new passports in under two weeks—an efficiency once unimaginable in the realm of government services.

Since its inception, the OPR program has become a quiet but significant revolution within the U.S. State Department, now managing nearly half of all passport renewals. To date, over three million Americans have utilized this system, with an impressive 94% satisfaction rate, a testament to its reliability and user-friendliness.

The success of the OPR system is even more remarkable considering the severe challenges the passport bureaucracy encountered just two years earlier. By 2023, a post-pandemic surge in international travel, combined with staffing challenges and outdated systems, resulted in an overwhelming demand for passport processing. With over 25 million passports being handled annually—an increase from previous decades—offices were swamped, with backlogs becoming the norm.

During those times, employees were even instructed to move storage bins closer to their workstations to save seconds in processing times, underscoring the desperation of the situation. In the words of former Assistant Secretary for Consular Affairs, Rena Bitter, “Our only tool was elbow grease.”

The idea of online renewal had been discussed for years, but previous attempts, including a botched 2022 pilot, yielded little success. Adjudicators accustomed to processing hundreds of paper applications daily could only manage a few with the new system, leading to a process ironically overflowing with inefficiencies, such as printing digital forms to rescan them later.

Despite initial setbacks, a determined team led by Chief Information Officer Luis Coronado and veteran passport official Matt Pierce refused to abandon the project. In 2024, they decided to reboot the initiative with a new approach. Instead of a broad launch, they introduced a controlled beta version, rolling it out incrementally and addressing user feedback at each stage.

With careful planning and attention to user needs, bugs—like those causing photo upload errors—were systematically rectified. By September 2024, the improved Online Passport Renewal system was launched to the entire eligible American citizenry.

Responses to the new system were swift and overwhelmingly positive. Users reported completing the renewal process in as little as 15 minutes, considerably faster than routine tasks like ordering dinner online. Some even received their passports within just 10 days, far surpassing expectations.

Matt Pierce himself illustrated the program’s dedication to public service by assisting an elderly applicant over the phone while boarding a cruise. Such personalized service has become emblematic of the OPR initiative. As stated by Rena Bitter, “You will not meet a group of people more committed to public service.”

According to Times of India, the meticulous approach and dedication of the team have turned the OPR program into a model of digital transformation within government services.

Source: Original article

Trump Sues WSJ for Libel Over Epstein Birthday Letters Report

President Donald Trump has initiated a $20 billion libel lawsuit against the Wall Street Journal over reports he allegedly gifted Jeffrey Epstein a note bearing his name and an image of a naked woman.

President Donald Trump has launched legal action against the Wall Street Journal and its reporters, seeking at least $20 billion in damages. The lawsuit, filed in a Miami federal court, accuses the publication of failing to adhere to journalistic standards in a story about a collection of letters allegedly gifted to Jeffrey Epstein, which included a note purportedly from Trump featuring an outline of a naked woman. Trump firmly denies authorship of the letter.

The 18-page lawsuit describes the Wall Street Journal’s alleged lapses, highlighting that the publication did not produce the drawing or the letter in their report, claiming their absence because “no authentic letter or drawing exists,” according to Trump’s attorney.

Trump expressed his intention to initiate legal proceedings promptly after the Journal’s article surfaced on Thursday, naming reporters Khadeeja Safdar and Joe Palazzolo as defendants. Trump also singled out Rupert Murdoch, owner of News Corp, during a Truth Social post, suggesting Murdoch had assured Trump he would manage the situation.

In response, Dow Jones, the Journal’s parent company, released a statement expressing confidence in the report’s accuracy and pledging to defend against the lawsuit vigorously.

Scrutiny has intensified lately concerning Trump’s past association with Epstein, the deceased convicted sex offender who died in a Manhattan jail in 2019 awaiting trial for federal sex trafficking charges. Amid his 2024 campaign, Trump spoke about potentially releasing more files on Epstein, responding to right-wing voices demanding further transparency around Epstein’s controversial case.

A Justice Department memo published earlier this month dismissed the existence of any “client list” maintained by Epstein implicating influential men in illegal activities. However, the absence of such a list has disappointed many of Trump’s supporters, creating a rift within his MAGA base.

The president’s relationship with media mogul Rupert Murdoch, who also owns Fox News, has been characterized by fluctuating dynamics over the years. Trump has repeatedly been a focal point in Murdoch’s media outlets, including Fox News, which prominently features Trump’s daughter-in-law, Lara Trump.

Facing ongoing legal battles with media entities, Trump seems undeterred, continuing to challenge stories he deems defamatory. Legal scholars note his presidency is one of the rare administrations seeing direct lawsuits from the president against media organizations.

First Amendment attorney Ted Boutrous mentioned that it is notably uncommon for a sitting president to sue a reporter or publication for defamation, emphasizing that the presidential “bully pulpit” often suffices in addressing grievances over alleged misrepresentations.

In 2024, Trump initiated legal actions against multiple media outlets during his reelection campaign. A notable instance involved ABC and claims from George Stephanopoulos regarding a jury’s findings in E. Jean Carroll’s case. ABC’s parent company, Disney, settled with Trump, setting a precedent for future settlements linked to Trump’s presidential library funding.

Trump recently withdrew a lawsuit against CBS News related to a “60 Minutes” segment, with Paramount agreeing to a payment as part of the settlement. Further settlements with Meta and X highlight Trump’s sustained focus on countering adversarial coverage.

Carl Tobias, a University of Richmond law professor, points to Trump’s approach as a tactical maneuver designed to instill caution among media outlets in their coverage of Trump and government matters, citing ongoing litigation as efforts that challenge First Amendment freedoms.

Following the lawsuit’s filing, Trump noted on Truth Social his anticipation of Murdoch and his associates undergoing extensive depositions and testimonies as part of the proceedings.

Source: Original article

Billionaires Pledge $1 Billion for AI-Driven Economic Mobility

Five of America’s leading philanthropists have pledged more than $1 billion to a new initiative aimed at improving economic mobility for low-income Americans, with the support of artificial intelligence company Anthropic.

In the United States, the dream of climbing the economic ladder is becoming increasingly elusive. In response, five influential billionaires—Bill Gates, Charles Koch, Steve Ballmer, Scott Cook, and John Overdeck—are joining forces in a bid to reverse this trend and reinvigorate the notion of equal opportunity. These philanthropists have collectively committed over $1 billion to establish NextLadder Ventures, a philanthropic venture focused on enhancing economic mobility. This new initiative also involves a partnership with artificial intelligence giant Anthropic to leverage technology for this cause.

Charles Koch, known for his book “Believe in People: Bottom-Up Solutions For A Top-Down World,” writes about the societal challenges contributing to a declining sense of upward mobility. He cites rising suicide rates and drug overdoses as indicative of a society moving towards a stark divide between those who progress and those who fall behind. Through NextLadder Ventures, Koch and his fellow billionaires aim to steer change toward a more equitable environment.

Ryan Rippel, CEO of NextLadder Ventures, brings valuable insight and experience from his tenure at the Gates Foundation, focusing on economic mobility. He explains that the coalition of these billionaires is driven by a shared question: how to effect meaningful change for individuals facing significant economic barriers daily.

Rippel, who faced his own financial challenges growing up in Missouri after losing both parents, sees this mission as vital. Currently, more than one in ten Americans live below the poverty line, according to the U.S. Census Bureau. On top of that, data from the Urban Institute indicates that over half of U.S. citizens are unable to save beyond their monthly expenses. Rippel believes advancing AI and similar technologies could play a significant role in addressing these economic challenges.

Kevin Bromer, executive director of the Ballmer Group, reflects on the collective effort: “We had a common recognition that we’re at an inflection point in the social impact and technology spaces and viewed this as the perfect time to come together and have an opportunity to go further as a group than we could individually.”

The $1 billion from NextLadder Ventures will be allocated over the next seven years across nonprofit and for-profit ventures. This funding will be dispersed via grants, equity investments, and revenue-based financing methods. Proceeds from such investments will be reinvested to maintain their philanthropic mission.

Though no funding commitments have been formalized yet, entities like CarePortal and Rasa-Legal are examples of initiatives aligned with NextLadder’s mission. CarePortal connects children and families in need with community resources, while Rasa-Legal assists clients in expunging criminal records at a fraction of the usual cost.

Anthropic’s contribution to the initiative includes providing free AI processing power and technical support to NextLadder Ventures’ beneficiaries, facilitating innovative solutions to reach the market more swiftly.

Over the coming 15 years, NextLadder Ventures plans to incorporate more philanthropic partners and secure additional funding. The goal is to foster a robust market of scalable technologies capable of aiding low-income individuals, social workers, legal aid providers, and others in overcoming economic hurdles such as job loss and housing instability.

Beyond NextLadder Ventures, these billionaire philanthropists intend to continue their support for economic mobility through their respective foundations. Gates, Ballmer, and Koch are notable figures on Forbes’ list of top American philanthropists, each having made significant contributions to various social causes. Gates, for instance, has distributed nearly $47.7 billion through the Gates Foundation, primarily targeting health and poverty alleviation.

Meanwhile, Steve Ballmer, alongside his wife Connie, has focused on education and economic mobility, including pledges to Communities In Schools and StriveTogether. Charles Koch has contributed approximately $1.9 billion, mainly through the Stand Together network, focusing on education and criminal justice reform. Though not in the top 25 philanthropists, Scott Cook and John Overdeck have each donated nearly $500 million through their foundations.

Brian Hooks, CEO of Koch’s Stand Together, highlights the uniqueness of this collaborative effort, stating, “I don’t think there’s ever been a collaboration among philanthropies quite like this. The potential for all of us to do much more than we could in another situation is just enormous.”

Source: Original article

India’s Cooling Inflation Spurs Rate Cut Calls, Demand Concerns

A significant drop in India’s retail inflation to record lows is fueling calls for interest rate cuts, highlighting concerns over weakening demand.

India has witnessed a substantial decrease in retail inflation, reaching a six-year low, prompting discussions about potential interest rate cuts within the year. Analysts suggest that this decline underscores a weakening demand in the economy, necessitating further financial stimulus.

The drop in June’s headline inflation is paired with low core inflation, which remains below 4% when excluding gold, silver, and fuel prices. This indicates softer underlying consumption, which analysts believe could require additional support from monetary policy.

The Reserve Bank of India (RBI) executed a greater-than-expected interest rate cut of 50 basis points in June, changing its stance to ‘neutral,’ which signaled limited scope for additional cuts. However, the unexpected inflation figures from Monday have led to increased speculation about further easing. Swap rates have declined, reflecting market bets on at least one more rate cut.

Economist Radhika Rao from DBS Bank anticipates another 50 basis point cut in the current easing cycle. She said the softer-than-expected data, such as production, credit growth, and auto sales, alongside inflation figures below projections for the first half of fiscal 2026, will likely motivate the RBI’s monetary policy committee to further reduce rates, without specifying a timeframe.

The next RBI policy review is in early August, but analysts predict the bank will wait for more data and clarity regarding global trade tensions before acting, potentially in September or October.

Signs of weak demand are emerging in sectors like automotive and real estate. Car sales to dealers in June hit an 18-month low, and home sales in India’s top seven cities fell by 20% during the April-June quarter, according to a report from real estate consultancy Anarock.

Gaura Sen Gupta, chief economist at IDFC First Bank, expects the central bank to cut rates once more in either October or December, citing high-frequency indicators that continue to show moderation in urban consumption and private capital expenditures.

India’s central bank projects inflation for the year to remain below 3.7%, as Governor Sanjay Malhotra told CNBC TV-18. He emphasized that the monetary policy committee will consider both the current and future inflation outlook when deciding on further rate adjustments.

In an earlier interview following the June policy decision, Governor Malhotra noted that lower-than-expected inflation could provide additional room for policy maneuvering. Economist Samiran Chakraborty from Citi mentioned that despite the RBI’s ‘neutral’ stance, the softer Consumer Price Index (CPI) figures present an opportunity for some monetary easing.

The average inflation rate in the April-June quarter was 2.7%, below the RBI’s forecast of 2.9%. Citi projects July’s inflation could hit a record low of 1.1% and estimates an annual average of 3.2% for the financial year 2025-26, the lowest since 1990.

The deceleration in urban consumption in India, attributed to weak wage growth and depleted household savings, began last year. Despite a rural demand recovery following a strong monsoon, progress has been inconsistent.

Sales of two-wheel vehicles, a rural demand proxy, increased by merely 4.7% in June but dropped 12.5% month-on-month. Private investment also remains sluggish, with capacity utilization stuck at around 75–76% for over a year—below the threshold typically needed to spur new capital expenditures.

Madhavi Arora, an economist at Emkay Global, suggested that investment is unlikely to see immediate growth due to global trade uncertainties and a skeptical domestic demand outlook. She pointed out that India’s growth seems stagnant at a range of 6.0%–6.5%, largely due to absent private sector participation.

Although government capital expenditures rose in the first quarter of fiscal 2026, the previously announced tax cuts in the budget limit further fiscal stimulus options. According to IDFC’s Sen Gupta, with constraints on fiscal policy to stimulate growth, monetary policy will need to play a critical role.

Source: Original article

Warren Buffett: Success in Life Hinges on Love

Warren Buffett, renowned investor, defines true success not through financial achievements but by the love and respect one earns from those around them.

Warren Buffett, one of the most celebrated investors of our time, offers a poignant perspective on success that goes beyond financial gain. His insights are not only rooted in investment acumen but also in understanding what truly matters in life—human connections and the love we cultivate from others.

A few years back, speaking to students at Georgia Tech, Buffett articulated his personal definition of success with disarming honesty. He emphasized, “If you get to my age in life and nobody thinks well of you, I don’t care how big your bank account is, your life is a disaster.” This insightful comment underscores Buffett’s belief that true success is measured not by wealth, but by the depth of relationships and the love one inspires.

Buffett elaborates on this in his biography, The Snowball: Warren Buffett and the Business of Life. He stated, “You’ll really measure your success in life by how many of the people you want to have love you actually do love you.” He further noted that despite financial accomplishments, a truly successful life is defined by genuine connections, which can only be cultivated by being lovable and giving love generously.

This sentiment challenges the conventional narrative of success, which often prioritizes ambition, competition, and personal advancement. While striving for wealth and recognition frequently isolates individuals, Buffett’s approach underscores the importance of trust, respect, and loyalty as core elements of meaningful success.

For leaders today, Buffett’s wisdom offers valuable guidance. Effective leaders do not focus excessively on self-promotion or singular achievement. Instead, they prioritize empowering others, cultivating communities, and nurturing relationships. This approach to leadership ultimately reflects in the legacy one leaves—how well one has cared for others rather than one’s own achievements.

In today’s climate of division and workplace dynamics shaped by remote work, diminishing employee loyalty, and widespread burnout, Buffett’s message becomes ever more relevant. It suggests that true leadership and legacy are not about your accomplishments in building companies or teams. Instead, it focuses on the impact you have on others and how you’ve treated them throughout your journey.

Buffett’s philosophy can be practically applied in several ways:

Lead Selflessly: Prioritize giving over receiving. Effective leaders selflessly support and develop others without expecting an immediate return. Research indicates that servant leaders cultivate teams that are more committed and productive because people tend to value leaders who make them feel appreciated and secure.

Strategic Love in Business: While affection and business may seem mismatched, Buffett illustrates the advantages of enjoying one’s work environment. Companies that cultivate a values-driven, supportive culture experience better overall performance. Investing in such cultures results in greater trust, collaboration, and employee satisfaction.

Adopt the Platinum Rule: While the Golden Rule encourages treating others as you wish to be treated, the Platinum Rule advocates for treating others as they want to be treated. This approach requires empathy and emotional intelligence, enabling leaders to adapt their methods based on understanding the needs of others.

Find and Share Your Passion: Align your work with what energizes you and support others in doing the same. Successful leaders encourage people to engage in work that is meaningful to them. The enthusiasm one brings to their work can be infectious, motivating and inspiring those around them.

In conclusion, Warren Buffett’s reflections on love as a metric of success challenge traditional ideals. His philosophy questions the singular pursuit of wealth and highlights the importance of nurturing meaningful relationships. The essence of success lies not in material gain but in the enduring impact of love and kindness shared with others.

Source: Original article

Dr. Abdulla Manjeri: From Kerala to Saudi Arabia: A Journey of Several Milestones

Dr. Abdulla Manjeri, a distinguished professional with a rich career spanning various leadership roles, wears many a hat. Dr. Manjeri is an accomplished academician, educator, entrepreneur, business leader, and community leader.

f25b83c5 8c77 4fc0 9a93 cf03a50ab217

Born and raised in Kerala, India, Dr. Manjeri has lived, studied, and worked in several countries, gaining experience and exposure to diverse cultures and peoples around the globe. He holds a Doctoral Degree in Business Administration and had his higher studies completed at the prestigious Aligarh Muslim University (AMU) in New Delhi, India.

Dr. Manjeri currently serves as the CEO & Managing Director of the British Scholar Olympiad (BSO), UK. Additionally, he coordinates the Indira Gandhi National Open University (IGNOU) and AMITY University in Saudi Arabia and is the Managing Trustee of the Tangible Liberators Smarme Anodyne Trust (TALSAT).Previously, Dr. Manjeri had served as the Associate Director (Middle East) at the International Institute for Science and Academic Collaboration (IISAC), USA.

A successful entrepreneur, owning and managing several businesses, Dr. Manjeri is the CMD of German Gulf Aviation Services India, with its registered office in Delhi. He is the Director & Partner of Ameri Air Aviation, based in United Arab Emirates, and is the President of MANJERSON Softech (P) Ltd.

f74a9df4 c71c 440f 83a6 91ad0cd463d6

Dr. Manjeri owned PAN Arab Co. in Doha, Qatar, and co-owned Allied Hospitality Services in Doha, Qatar. Currently, he runs KURIKKAL TRADERS LTD in India, a company specializing in building materials and innovative technology. In addition, he owns ISHA Designs in Bahrain.

His professional affiliations include serving as President and Chairman of the Indian Cultural Welfare Society (ICWS) and as the Global Vice Chairman and Global Good Will Ambassador of the World Malayalee Council. Currently, he serves as the managing Director of Global Malayalee festival, panned to be held in Kochi, India on Jan. 1-2, 2026.

When asked about his motivating factors in life that have enabled him to be a successful business leader and community leader, Dr. Manjeri is says, “They are driven by a desire for meaningful relationships, helping the downtrodden and desire for purpose, personal growth and community service making an enduring and perpetual impact in the life.”

84b2eaa0 98fe 4674 871b a1133b2faf90

Success comes to those with determination and dedication. Dr. Manjeri had to face many challenges in his endeavors to realize his mission in life. “As life is challenging for those who keep values, I had to overcome many challenges to reach where I am today,” he recalls.

Dr. Manjeri gives credit to his father, whom he describes as his mentor, who had instilled in him several qualities that help him to be a good human being and a successful business leader. “My dad was my mentor. He constantly guided me through my life. He always wanted me to be a shining crystal in the solution of life.”

Abdullla family

Dr. Manjeri’s dedication to community services is highlighted by his involvement in the Managing Committee of IISD. He was the chairman of the Board of Directors of International Indian School Dammam for two terms, and he was recognized for his contributions to literacy campaigns in Kerala.His commitment to professional service is evident through his roles as a symposium co-organizer and chief organizer of seminars on renewable energy.

Dr. Manjeri has shown profound passion for education. He has been actively involved in teaching and mentoring students. In the early years of his career, he worked as a lecturer at MTI Education Complex in Vallancheri, Kerala, where he eventually became the Administrative Principal of the institution. He has delivered guest lectures and conducted workshops at various institutions, sharing his expertise in business administration, entrepreneurship, and leadership.

A major highlight and accomplished aspect that Dr. Manjeri cherishes in life is that he had served the chairman of International Indian School Dammam, one of the largest schools in Asia. “While I was the chairman of IISD, the school had enrolled 19,500 students under one roof. I got elected to the Board of Management for three terms and had served as the Chairman of the Board twice,” Dr. Majeri proudly states.

His teaching philosophy emphasizes practical knowledge and real-world applications, preparing students to excel in their careers. Through his roles at IGNOU and AMITY University in Saudi Arabia, he has contributed significantly to the academic development of students, fostering a culture of learning and innovation.

Recognition and awards came his way, as he became a role model to his fellow citizens and communities around the world. Dr. Manjeri has been honored with several awards including the Youth Expat Award in 2005 by GARSHOM, recognizing his contributions to conserving culture and heritage.

Dr. Manjeri is married to Shamla, and the couple are blessed with four children, three boys  and a girl. His older son Aijas, working at a Multi-national Company, is married to Amina. His two younger sons are doing businesses and are licensed at the Ministry of Investment in Saudi Arabia. His youngest child is Alisha, who is born and raised in Saudi Arabia and is in High School.

While feeling elated and proud of his achievements, accomplishments, and contributionsto humanity, Dr. Manjeri says, “Being a good human being has been the mission and goal in my life.”

Fed Reports Businesses Passing Tariff Costs to Consumers

Businesses are transferring increased input costs due to tariffs onto consumers, resulting in higher prices, according to the Federal Reserve’s latest report.

The Federal Reserve’s recently released “Beige Book,” an anecdotal survey of domestic economic conditions, has highlighted a widespread trend wherein businesses across various sectors are raising prices to counter the additional costs imposed by tariffs. This trend was reported across all 12 of the Fed’s regional districts, reflecting a national impact.

“Many firms passed on at least a portion of cost increases to consumers through price hikes or surcharges,” noted the Beige Book. Companies that opted not to pass these costs on to consumers encountered narrowed profit margins, as consumer price sensitivity continues to grow.

The Labor Department reported an increase in the Consumer Price Index (CPI) in June, partially attributed to these tariffs, with the annual rise reaching 2.7% up from 2.4% in May and 2.3% in April. This increase aligns with economists’ predictions, who anticipated that the inflationary pressures from tariffs would become visible as summer progressed and as prior inventories cleared.

Fitch Ratings has cited the aggregate U.S. tariff rate at 14.1%, marking the highest rate in decades. This figure encompasses President Trump’s 10% general tariff, along with specific tariffs targeting China and certain individual goods. However, the country-specific “reciprocal” tariffs are currently on hold amid ongoing trade negotiations, and will remain paused until August 1.

Import prices recorded a modest increase of 0.1% in June, according to the Labor Department, yet they are down 0.2% compared to the previous year due to lower energy prices. This outcome fell short of economists’ expectations. Fuel import prices decreased by 0.7% in June, following a significant 5% drop in May, as tensions in the Middle East influenced global energy markets. West Texas Intermediate crude oil witnessed a decline of over 10% this month.

Excluding fuel and food imports, core import prices saw a moderate rise of 0.2% in June, following a smaller 0.1% increase in May.

Adding to the economic dynamics, the U.S. dollar has depreciated by approximately 9% since the start of the year, a trend exacerbated by the ongoing trade war initiated by President Trump. Economists suggest that this decline in the dollar’s value could further exacerbate inflation.

Michael Pearce, deputy chief U.S. economist at Oxford Economics, commented to Reuters, “Since the Trump administration began imposing tariffs, the dollar has depreciated, which could lead to a larger pass-through from tariffs to consumer prices.” He underscored the potential for a weaker dollar to amplify the likelihood of firms transferring a more significant share of tariff costs to consumers.

Russia Warns US of World War Three Risks

Russia has issued a stark warning to the Western world, cautioning that a potential World War Three would not be limited to European borders, following Ukraine’s attack on Russia’s Kursk region.

In the wake of a Ukrainian attack on the western Kursk region of Russia, which has resulted in significant territorial gains for Ukraine, Russian officials have escalated their rhetoric toward the West. The assault, described as the largest foreign incursion on Russian soil since World War Two, prompted a response from Russian President Vladimir Putin who warned of a “worthy” retaliatory action.

Russian Foreign Minister Sergei Lavrov, speaking from Moscow, accused the West of attempting to exacerbate the situation in Ukraine. He cautioned against the potential approval of Ukraine’s request to strike deeper into Russian territory with Western-supplied missiles. Lavrov emphasized the dangers posed by such actions, likening them to “playing with fire” and underscoring the risk of nuclear conflict.

“Americans unequivocally associate conversations about a Third World War as something that, God forbid, if it happens, will affect Europe exclusively,” Lavrov stated, indicating the wider implications of the conflict.

Russia also reiterated its military doctrine concerning the use of nuclear weapons, established in 2020, which reserves the use of such weapons as a retaliatory measure to attacks involving nuclear arms or other weapons of mass destruction that threaten the state’s very existence.

Ukrainian President Volodymyr Zelenskiy dismissed Kremlin threats of retaliation as bluffs, asserting that the attack on Kursk was a demonstration of their resolve. He highlighted existing restrictions by allies as limitations to Ukraine’s ability to target Russian military positions effectively. Zelenskiy called upon Ukraine’s allies to take bolder steps in supporting Kyiv’s military efforts.

The Kremlin accused Western countries, particularly the United States and Britain, of supplying tactical support and weaponry to Ukraine. This includes British tanks and U.S. rocket systems, which Kyiv has confirmed were part of their operations in Kursk. The U.S.-supplied HIMARS missiles were specifically used to sabotage bridges in the region.

The United States maintains that it was unaware of Ukraine’s plans for the operation in Kursk, emphasizing that it played no active role in the campaign. Nevertheless, The New York Times reported that intelligence provided by the United States and Britain, including satellite imagery, was shared with Ukraine post-attack to aid in tracking Russian troop movements.

Despite Western assertions to the contrary, Russian Deputy Foreign Minister Sergei Ryabkov labeled the involvement of the United States as an “obvious fact.” Meanwhile, Sergei Naryshkin, head of Russian foreign intelligence, also questioned Western denials of involvement in the Kursk attack.

As tensions remain high, the international community watches closely, aware that any further escalation could have far-reaching consequences beyond the European continent.

Trump Presidency News on July 17, 2025

House Republican leaders are working to expedite the passage of President Donald Trump’s proposed $9 billion federal funding cuts amid negotiations with party members pushing for a vote on a Jeffrey Epstein-related measure.

In efforts to secure enough support, House Republican leaders are gearing up for an extended session as they seek to advance a $9 billion package of federal funding cuts championed by President Donald Trump. The legislative push follows a day marked by intense discussions with GOP members who are advocating for a vote on a measure related to Jeffrey Epstein.

Simultaneously, a report from the Wall Street Journal has surfaced concerning a controversial letter allegedly linked to President Trump. The report highlighted a collection of letters given to Epstein on his 50th birthday in 2003, among which was a note purportedly bearing Trump’s name alongside an outline of a naked woman. In response, President Trump has denied authoring the letter and expressed intentions to file a lawsuit against the publication.

Adding to the developments surrounding the president, the White House has provided an update on Trump’s health. Recently, medical examinations were conducted on him due to swelling observed in his legs. According to his doctor, the diagnosis is chronic venous insufficiency, a condition prevalent among older individuals. The examination ruled out severe complications such as heart failure, arterial disease, or other significant illnesses.

The health update aims to allay concerns regarding the president’s well-being, as the administration simultaneously manages its legislative aims and addresses emerging issues tied to Trump’s long-standing affiliations and public controversies.

This article information is attributed to the Wall Street Journal, as well as the latest communications from the White House.

Musk’s $20 Trillion Plan Could Merge Two Continents

Elon Musk’s ambitious plan to construct a $20 trillion transatlantic tunnel aims to connect New York and London, cutting travel time to under an hour with high-speed magnetic trains.

Elon Musk, known for reshaping the transportation and infrastructure landscape through ventures like Tesla and SpaceX, is now turning his attention toward an audacious project: a $20 trillion plan to build a tunnel under the Atlantic Ocean. The goal is to link New York and London via magnetic trains traveling in low-pressure tubes, potentially reducing the trip to under an hour. This new project would be an extension of his work with The Boring Company, which has previously focused on shorter urban transit solutions.

The Boring Company claims that the transatlantic tunnel could be constructed at a fraction of the cost of traditional methods—up to 1,000 times cheaper. The trains within this tunnel would reportedly reach speeds close to 4,800 kilometers per hour. The concept isn’t entirely new to Musk, as he first introduced a high-speed transit system in 2013 with the Hyperloop, aimed at connecting San Francisco and Los Angeles. However, the Hyperloop has remained largely experimental, hindered by cost and technical challenges, even as test tracks have been developed in countries like India and China.

Historically, the idea of a transatlantic tunnel has fascinated engineers and futurists for more than a century, first proposed in the early 1900s. Yet, past attempts have never materialized due to the astronomical costs and the significant engineering hurdles involved. A tunnel stretching over 3,000 miles under the Atlantic would either need to traverse beneath the seabed or hang suspended underwater. For perspective, the Channel Tunnel between France and the U.K. is only 23 miles long yet took six years to complete. A project on the scale of an Atlantic tunnel could potentially take centuries to build.

Despite the excitement surrounding the proposal, there is currently no detailed plan, budget, or timeline for the monumental project. Although technology continues to advance, the notion of zipping under the Atlantic Ocean remains largely theoretical. Should the tunnel eventually come into existence, it could more than just reduce travel times. It has the potential to overhaul global trade routes, reshape economic ties, and redefine how nations interact. From an engineering standpoint, it represents a tremendous leap—pushing the boundaries of what’s feasible for oceanic infrastructure construction. However, the immense technical, financial, and political hurdles make the idea a distant prospect for now.

The formidable oceanic pressures beneath the Atlantic present a considerable challenge for any proposed tunnel design. Critics argue that the presented cost estimates challenge accepted engineering and logistical practicalities. The deep-sea pressures, combined with the extensive scale of excavation required and the various geopolitical obstacles, compound the hurdles to be overcome. Nevertheless, discussions regarding the transatlantic tunnel are no longer limited to speculative discussions or far-off future fantasies. As global transportation seeks its next significant evolution and with Musk’s history of turning the improbable into reality, enthusiasm for the project is beginning to gain momentum in influential circles.

According to EcoPortal, this ambitious vision reflects a broader interest in overhauling transportation infrastructure to meet future needs. The ongoing development of high-speed, long-distance travel technologies suggests this is a pivotal area of focus that may one day revolutionize global connections.

Source: Original article

Trust in US Dollar’s Global Supremacy Diminishing

Global de-dollarization is not a threat to stability but rather a rebalancing of global monetary dynamics as countries reject an economic system historically tilted in Washington’s favor.

For over eighty years, the U.S. dollar has held the position of the world’s leading reserve currency, established at the 1944 Bretton Woods Conference and reinforced by the United States’ postwar industrial prowess and military influence.

Today, this dominance is increasingly being challenged from various fronts worldwide—from African revolutionary initiatives to economic recalibrations within Europe, and from the collective counteractions of BRICS nations to the geopolitical complexities involving Ukraine and Israel.

The erosion of global trust in Washington’s leadership of the international financial order has hastened a long-anticipated shift toward a multi-polar monetary structure.

The BRICS economic alliance, consisting of Brazil, Russia, India, China, and South Africa, and recently expanded to include Egypt, Saudi Arabia, Argentina, Ethiopia, Iran, and the United Arab Emirates, is spearheading this de-dollarization trend. Now surpassing the G7 in purchasing power parity (PPP), BRICS is increasingly pushing for a reformed global financial system.

Nations within this bloc have begun trading in their own currencies, reducing reliance on the U.S. dollar. For example, India and Russia conduct oil transactions in rupees and rubles, while China and Brazil have developed processes for settling trade in yuan and Brazilian reals. Russia’s exclusion from the SWIFT financial system following its invasion of Ukraine has expedited this transition.

Economist Jeffrey Sachs has criticized the United States for using the dollar as a geopolitical tool through financial sanctions and trade restrictions. In response, countries in the global south are vigorously pursuing economic autonomy.

A quiet yet significant movement is unfolding in Africa, especially across the Sahel region. Influential leaders, such as Ibrahim Traoré of Burkina Faso, have declared intentions to abandon the CFA franc, a currency historically linked to French control and the euro. Traoré has emerged as a prominent voice in the call for economic self-governance, proposing the establishment of a pan-African currency to serve as a symbol of decolonization.

The proposed unified African currency, supported by countries like Mali, Niger, and Guinea, represents more than monetary policy; it signals a decades-long economic revolution. The West African bloc ECOWAS is actively discussing the long-overdue “Eco” currency as a challenge to U.S. and European monetary dominance.

African intellectuals and economists, including Kenyan professor PLO Lumumba, argue that political independence must coincide with economic sovereignty. This transformation is as much about identity and dignity as it is about financial transactions.

Recent calls in Italy and Germany to retrieve parts of their gold reserves from the United States highlight the underlying global uncertainty. Previously, the Bundesbank demonstrated its skepticism by recalling gold during the Obama administration. The potential for a second Trump presidency and his aggressive policies have further catalyzed these precautionary measures.

As the U.S. faces mounting national debt exceeding $36 trillion and annual interest payments surpassing $1 trillion, its reliance on the dollar’s reserve status to finance deficits is increasingly questioned. Unlike other nations, the U.S.’s monetary policy allows it to print dollars freely, maintaining an economic equilibrium others do not share.

Nobel laureate Joseph Stiglitz has repeatedly cautioned against the continuous exploitation of this “exorbitant privilege,” which seems unsustainable. Emerging economies bear the brunt of inflationary pressures resulting from U.S. monetary practices, enduring economic volatility not of their own making.

Ongoing military expenditures in Ukraine and Israel undermine confidence in American fiscal responsibility and the dollar’s stability. These conflicts, supported through deficit financing, amplify doubts about the sustainability of U.S. financial practices.

Despite this, over 58% of global reserves remain dollar-denominated, and nearly 90% of currency exchanges involve the dollar, underscoring its entrenched global presence. However, the strength of any currency fundamentally relies on trust, which appears to be waning. A shift toward a multi-currency global economy with regional financial systems is increasingly plausible.

The critical issue is not if but when the dollar will relinquish its supremacy. As former President Donald Trump proposes steep tariffs on BRICS nations, the path forward for the U.S. depends on whether it will embrace financial modernization or hold onto privileges that the world may soon leave behind.

Initially, the dollar’s dominance was built on U.S. moral authority and industrial strength, but the contemporary landscape has evolved post-COVID and post-colonization. Nations worldwide are redefining economic sovereignty, critiquing a financial system long perceived as biased toward Washington.

In 2025, the persistent conflict involving the Palestinian people has exacerbated global discontent, further tarnishing the U.S.’s moral standing. The de-dollarization movement represents a recalibration of global economic power, not a threat. The global south is no longer petitioning for change; it is materializing it. Continued U.S. intransigence risks forfeiting both its currency leadership and international influence.

As Sachs noted, reliance on force is unsustainable for global leadership. The global community is realigning, each nation asserting its place in the evolving financial landscape.

Source: Original article

JAINA Convention 2025 Highlights Unity in Chicago

The 23rd Biennial JAINA Convention held from July 3-6, 2025, in Schaumburg, Illinois, epitomized a global gathering of the Jain community, focusing on spirituality, culture, and unity with more than 5,000 participants from around the world.

JAINA Convention 2025 Highlights Unity in Chicago 2The 23rd Biennial JAINA Convention, hosted by the Federation of Jain Associations in North America (JAINA) in collaboration with the Jain Society of Metropolitan Chicago (JSMC), took place at the Renaissance Schaumburg Convention Center and Hyatt Regency in Schaumburg, Illinois. From July 3 to July 6, 2025, the convention gathered delegates from 72 Jain Centers across the U.S. and Canada, alongside attendees from 10 other countries including India, the UK, Germany, Oman, Dubai, and Kenya. Celebrated under the theme “Unity in Diversity: A Path to Peace,” this event highlighted Jain principles such as Ahimsa (non-violence), Anekantvad (multiple viewpoints), and Aparigraha (non-possessiveness).

The convention commenced on July 3 with registration and a memorable Temple Dwar Opening Ceremony,JAINA Convention 2025 Highlights Unity in Chicago 1 featuring Ashtapad—a unique creation showcasing 24 Tirthankaras—with sacred rituals and chants embracing the essence of Jainism. This was followed by the Exhibition Inauguration Ceremony displaying art, literature, and artifacts that emphasized the rich cultural heritage of Jainism.

A grand cultural procession in the South Parking area added to the vibrancy, with decorated vehicles and traditional dances performing under the banner of an overhead airplane marking the convention’s presence. The evening’s Opening Ceremony combined spirituality and artistry, welcoming delegates with blessings from renowned Jain spiritual leaders like Pujya Acharya Dr. Lokesh Muniji. A memorable performance of the Broadway-style production Sthulibhadra & Kosha—Nritya Natika, portraying Jain stories of love and renunciation, captivated the audience.

JAINA Convention 2025 Highlights Unity in Chicago 3 (1)Day two on July 4 began with calming yoga and meditation sessions, led by Samani Dr. Pratibha Pragyaji and Samani Punya Pragyaji, fostering inner peace among attendees. The day’s events included stirring speeches by JAINA President Bindesh Shah and JSMC President Pragnesh Shah, followed by a keynote by Pujya Dr. Gyanvatsal Swamiji on spiritual resilience. A variety of sessions included “મૈત્રીવાદ નો શંખવાદ” by Dr. Tej Sahebji and “The Most Urgent Act of True Ahimsa: What We Eat” by Dr. Faraz Harsini advocating for veganism.

The afternoon’s program included discussions on parenting within Jain principles led by Seema Jain, and a WomenJAINA Convention 2025 Highlights Unity in Chicago 3 Empowerment Forum featuring Judge Neera Bahl among others. Keynote presentations and sessions explored diverse themes such as ecological crises and crisis care, enriching attendees with knowledge and inspiration. A blood drive that started on this day exemplified Jainism’s commitment to compassion, potentially impacting 276 lives.

July 5, day three, saw a session with Jessica Cox, the world’s first licensed armless pilot, whose life story inspired many. Distinguished speaker Saman Shrut Pragyaji shared insights on living with compassion. The JAINA Awards recognized outstanding contributions within the community, awarding the prestigious JAINA Ratna to past president Mahesh Wadher of California.

JAINA Convention 2025 Highlights Unity in Chicago 3 (2)Attendees gained perspectives from sessions such as Digital Karma by Pinkesh Shah, exploring AI’s ethical dimensions, alongside unity and diversity topics. The evening culminated with cultural performances and a keynote by Bollywood icon Sonu Sood emphasizing charitable actions.

On the final day, July 6, meditation set a serene start to the day, with a closing ceremony that featured musical prodigy Sparsh Shah’s inspiring keynote, galvanizing attendees to embrace purpose and compassion in their lives. Conveners and JAINA leaders expressed gratitude to the volunteers, sponsors, and committees who ensured the convention’s success, highlighting crucial support roles such as that of the food committee led by Hitesh Shah and the transportation team.

JAINA, founded in 1981, connects over 200,000 members through its educational and humanitarian initiatives. Its reach and influence are further endorsed by USAID certification and UN Special Consultative Status. The event’s success reinforced the legacy of unity and collaboration within the Jain community. For more information, visit the original source.

Source: Original article

India, China Wealth Increased Through Rice Cultivation

Rice has long been central to economic growth in both India and China, fostering social structures that allowed entrepreneurial independence and later contributing significantly to the colonial economies through its adaptable cultivation.

Professor Emerita Francesca Bray of the University of Edinburgh, specializing in social anthropology, has explored the significant role of rice in historical agricultural societies. Her research reveals how rice cultivation shaped both the economic and social landscapes of regions, particularly in pre-colonial and colonial eras.

Initially delving into the history of agriculture in China, Bray’s interest broadened to agrarian networks and social systems, with a particular focus on rice due to its unique characteristics. Unlike global commodities like wheat and corn, which are traded and consumed internationally, rice is primarily consumed locally within the countries that produce it. This local consumption has kept rice fields smaller in scale and maintained a diversity of crops and occupations, unlike the standardized industrial monocultures prevalent with other grains.

This smaller scale of rice farming allowed for a deviation from feudal agricultural models. Many rice farms were managed by small-scale farmers rather than landlords, allowing them entrepreneurial freedom. As long as these farmers met rent obligations, they had autonomy and often evolved from tenants to landowners, a testament to the economic upward mobility facilitated by rice cultivation. In southern China and Malaysia, this system encouraged the accumulation of wealth within generations, as farmers frequently contributed taxes or reinvested into their own communities without the constraints of feudal labor systems.

Historian Roy Bin Wong’s work, “China Transformed,” challenges common characterizations of rice-based economies as less advanced than their Western counterparts. Bray highlights that the rice-centered economy of southern China evolved into a global economic powerhouse over centuries, developing sophisticated financial systems essential in global capitalism, even if it did not experience an industrial revolution akin to Europe’s.

With the onset of colonialism, rice became integral to the burgeoning global industrial economy. During the 18th century, it was a staple in the slave trade between West Africa and the Americas and became a primary food source for colonial workforces across the tropics. Rice cultivation expanded significantly under European colonial powers, who established export-driven rice zones in regions like Indochina and Indonesia. This expansion often displaced local markets and made rice a key commodity in supporting the global colonial labor force.

Colonial administrators imposed policies that formalized intensive labor practices, as noted by historian Peter Boomgaard. The expansion of rice fields often involved harsh conditions and tied workers to their labor through debt and cash taxes, a situation that later provided a foundation for the Green Revolution of the 1960s and 1970s.

Gender also played a significant role in rice production, differing from region to region. In China, traditional notions dictated that men worked the fields while women engaged in textile production at home, though the commercialization of the textile industry eventually saw more male participation. Despite many women working in rice fields, their contributions were underrepresented in historical records, highlighting a gendered perception of labor roles.

Rice’s historic and ongoing socio-economic impact in regions like India and China underscores its vital role in agricultural economies and its influence on broader global economic systems, according to Francesca Bray.

Source: Original article

World’s Wealthiest Family Worth $1.4 Trillion Outpaces Musk, Bezos

The House of Saud, the ruling family of Saudi Arabia, boasts a staggering net worth of $1.4 trillion, surpassing the combined fortunes of prominent billionaires Elon Musk and Jeff Bezos.

The world often turns its gaze toward the immense wealth of individuals like Elon Musk, Jeff Bezos, Mukesh Ambani, Mark Zuckerberg, and Warren Buffett. However, a royal dynasty quietly eclipses them all in terms of combined fortune—the House of Saud, the ruling family of Saudi Arabia. Originating not from the corporate or financial hubs of Silicon Valley or Wall Street, their wealth instead hails from the heart of the Middle East, where they govern one of the most resource-rich nations on the planet.

The House of Saud’s financial empire is vast, with a net worth estimated at a staggering $1.4 trillion (£1.1 trillion). This outsized fortune towers over other notable figures, with Musk’s net worth around $396 billion (£313 billion), and Bezos at $240 billion (£190 billion). Saudi Arabia’s royal family far surpasses each, maintaining wealth on an unmatched scale.

The source of this wealth is deeply rooted in oil. As the ruling family of the world’s largest oil-exporting country, they control one of Earth’s most valuable natural resources. Central to this is Saudi Aramco, the national oil company considered among the most profitable worldwide, significantly contributing to the family’s financial dominion. Yet, their wealth doesn’t reside solely in oil. The House of Saud has wisely diversified, investing in real estate, art, technology, and private business ventures, extending its reach far beyond its oil-rich borders.

There’s little secrecy about the opulent lifestyle maintained by the Saudi royals. Their assets are breathtaking, including private jets, mega-yachts, palatial residences, priceless art collections, and an array of exotic cars. Notably, the family owns the world’s largest private jet, a customized Boeing 747-400, renowned for its lavish interior. Royals ride in style, with some vehicles in their garage, like gold-plated Lamborghini Aventadors and Rolls-Royce Phantoms, tallying a worth of over $22 million. Al Yamamah Palace, the king’s residence, is an epitome of grandeur—reportedly containing over 1,000 rooms.

An expansive family, the House of Saud includes approximately 15,000 members, yet true power remains concentrated among about 2,000 close relatives. Spearheading this dynasty is King Salman bin Abdulaziz Al Saud, who ascended the throne in 2015. The king is one of the renowned “Sudairi Seven,” sons born to the favored wife of Ibn Saud, the kingdom’s founding leader. He is succeeded by Crown Prince Mohammed bin Salman, known as MBS since 2017. MBS stands as a pivotal and sometimes polarizing figure, credited with Vision 2030—a sweeping reform initiative aimed at modernizing Saudi Arabia and reducing its economic dependence on oil. His tenure, however, has faced criticism regarding human rights concerns, involvement in the Yemen conflict, and the suppression of dissent. Despite these contentious issues, MBS’s wealth and opulent lifestyle are extraordinary, with assets such as the $400 million superyacht Serene featuring helipads, underwater observation areas, and lavish suites.

The Al Saud dynasty has governed Saudi Arabia for over 80 years, tracing its roots as far back as the 18th century. As one of the world’s oldest and most influential monarchies, the family seamlessly blends conservative Islamic governance with immense modern wealth. Unlike other royal families that often serve a symbolic role, the House of Saud remains actively engaged in governance, wielding influence over politics, religion, economics, and global affairs. This stands in stark contrast to the British royal family, whose financial worth and global influence, notably under the leadership of the late Queen Elizabeth II and now King Charles III, remain modest in comparison to the towering trillions managed by the Saudis.

Source: Original article

Trump Confronts Crisis Amid Epstein Conspiracy Theories

President Donald Trump’s efforts to downplay the controversy surrounding the Jeffrey Epstein investigation have failed to quell the demands for transparency from his supporters.

President Donald Trump faces increased pressure from supporters demanding the release of documents related to Jeffrey Epstein’s sex trafficking investigation. His attempts to minimize the issue and call off his supporters have done little to halt the uproar, a situation of his own making after years of promoting conspiracy theories.

The Justice Department and FBI recently announced that no Epstein client list existed, leaving many of Trump’s supporters feeling disillusioned and demanding further transparency. Trump responded by defending Attorney General Pam Bondi while criticizing reporters for inquiries about the documents.

While speaking to reporters during a flight back to Washington, D.C., Trump labeled the Epstein case as “pretty boring,” stating, “I don’t understand why the Jeffrey Epstein case would be of interest to anybody.” Yet, his downplay of the situation contrasts with the significant interest in these documents among his followers.

Over the weekend, Trump attempted to redirect the focus away from Epstein. He urged his supporters on his Truth Social platform to shift attention toward investigating Democrats and criminals rather than dwelling on Epstein-related documents. However, right-wing figures such as Laura Loomer and Jack Posobiec continue to push for comprehensive disclosure of the files.

This political crisis underscores a broader challenge for Trump, who, throughout his political career, has cultivated a base attentive to conspiratorial narratives. Now in power, he faces the consequences of these narratives. Matt Dallek, a political scientist at George Washington University, noted, “The faulty assumption Trump and others make is they can peddle conspiracy theories without any blowback.”

Despite the Justice Department and FBI’s assertion that no client list exists, past statements by administration officials suggested otherwise, fueling conspiracy theories. Bondi had previously alluded to the existence of such documents but later clarified she was referring to Epstein’s case file in general.

Experts like Josephine Lukito from the University of Texas at Austin, caution that more transparency won’t necessarily alter the beliefs of those entrenched in conspiracy theories, as they often dismiss contradictory evidence.

The Epstein controversy presents an acute dilemma for the Trump administration. Trump and his allies in the administration, including FBI figures like Director Kash Patel, have historically allied themselves with such narratives, gaining significant political traction through them. But as the case revolves around tangible crimes by Epstein, additional transparency may either restore or undermine trust among Trump’s core supporters.

This issue extends beyond just political consequences. It highlights administrative challenges and inter-agency discord. There have been reports of intense discussions between Bondi and FBI Deputy Director Dan Bongino concerning their roles in handling the Epstein files. Laura Loomer claimed that Bongino is considering resignation amid this discord, highlighting the strain within Trump’s administration.

The Epstein case could prove costly for Trump’s broader political ambitions, according to critics like Steve Bannon, who warned that mishandling the situation might erode support from the MAGA movement. Some Democrats also suggest that Trump’s reluctance to release the files may be tied to the potential implications for himself or his close associates.

As the calls for transparency continue to resonate throughout political circles, the situation exemplifies the broader stakes of governance amid political theater. Trump finds himself at a crossroads where the maintenance of his political base competes with the imperatives of government transparency and accountability.

According to AP News, this controversy serves as a reminder of the intricate dynamics between political narratives and the expectations of truth among the electorate.

Dr. Amit Chakrabarty & Dr. Hetal Gor Formally Assume Charge as President & BOT Chairperson AAPI

6 Dr Amit Chakrabarty & Dr Hetal Gor Formally Assume Charge as President & BOT Chairperson AAPIFor the first time in the history of the American Association of Physicians of Indian Origin (AAPI), during a formal ceremony Dr. Amit Chakrabarty and Dr. Hetal Gor were formally administered the oath of office as  the President & Chairperson of the Board of Trustees of AAPI, respectively at a solemn ceremony at the AAPI office in Oak Brook, IL, on July 3rd, 2025.

Dr. Suresh Reddy, a past President of AAPI and an elected Trustee of the Oak Brook Township administered the oath of Office to the incoming leaders of AAPI, who are committed to take AAPI to the next level in the coming year.

According to Dr. Satheesh Kathula, current President of AAPI, “In accordance with AAPI Bylaws, the President-Elect and Chair-Elect of the Board of Trustees officially assumed office on July 3rd. While the ceremonial Gavel Transfer will be held during the Annual Convention Gala on Saturday, July 26, 2025, the formal Presidential & BOT Chair Handover Ceremony was held on Thursday, July 3, 2025. This ceremony marks a meaningful leadership transition for our organization.”

Dr Amit Chakrabarty Oath

2 Dr Amit Chakrabarty & Dr Hetal Gor Formally Assume Charge as President & BOT Chairperson AAPI“We have the potential to make a significant impact on the healthcare landscape of this country,” Dr. Chakrabarty said. “My goal this year is to unify AAPI by transcending the regional divides that have hindered our progress in recent years. Indian American physicians represent tremendous talent and potential, and the key to realizing that lies in collective action and a united voice—something I am committed to fostering.”

Dr. Hetal Gor, a board-certified obstetrician-gynecologist, assumed charge as the Chair, Board of Trustees of AAPI. Dr Gor is the president/Founder of Bergen Indian Medical Association , President /Founder of US chapter of FOGSI (Federation of OBGYN Society of India, and had served as the past President of the American Association of OBGYN of Indian Origin. Dr Gor is the Chair of North NJ chapter of Indian American Women Entrepreneurs Association. Dr Gor is a Board of Trustees of Bergen Performing Arts Center in Englewood, NJ, where she brings Indian art and artists to showcase Indian Heritage.

Dr. Meher Medavaram, a Board Certified in Family Medicine Physician and a Fellow of Academy of American Family3 Dr Amit Chakrabarty & Dr Hetal Gor Formally Assume Charge as President & BOT Chairperson AAPI Physician, serving as the Medical Director of Mount Sinai Hospital, FAQH Center, and a Staff Physician Advocate at Good Samaritan  Hospital as well as a Clinical Preceptor at UIC College of Medicine, Department of Family Medicine CMU School of Medicine also was administered the oath of office as the President Elect of AAPI.

The growing influence of physicians of Indian heritage is evident, as increasingly physicians of Indian origin hold critical positions in healthcare, academic, research, and administrative positions across the nation. We the physicians of Indian origin are proud of our great achievements and contributions to our motherland, India, our adopted land, the US, and in a very significant way to the transformation of Indo-US relations.

4 Dr Amit Chakrabarty & Dr Hetal Gor Formally Assume Charge as President & BOT Chairperson AAPIServing 1 in every 7 patients in the US, AAPI members care for millions of patients every day, while several of them have risen to hold high-flying jobs, shaping the policies and programs, and inventions that shape the landscape of healthcare in the US and around the world.

“Since its inception in 1982, AAPI has been at the forefront, representing a conglomeration of more than 125,000 practicing physicians in the United States, seeking to be the united voice for the physicians of Indian origin. I trust and believe that the new Team under Dr. Amit Chakrabarty will continue the noble mission and strengthen our efforts to make AAPI reach greater heights,” said Dr. Satheesh Kathula.  For more details about AAPI, please visit: www.appiusa,org

5 Dr Amit Chakrabarty & Dr Hetal Gor Formally Assume Charge as President & BOT Chairperson AAPI

House Approves Trump’s Tax Bill, Marking Second-Term Milestone

House Republicans successfully passed President Donald Trump’s significant tax cuts and spending reduction bill, heralding it as a landmark achievement for his second term, despite fierce opposition from Democrats.

In a closely contested vote, House Republicans pushed through President Donald Trump’s tax cuts and spending reductions bill with a slim 218-214 margin. The approval came just in time for the Fourth of July deadline, signaling a high-stakes victory for Trump’s administration as they compile a core policy initiative early in his second term.

The bill, widely seen as a key GOP victory, was finalized amidst controversy and political maneuvering. Two Republican lawmakers joined all Democrats in opposing the legislation. GOP leaders, in collaboration with Trump, worked tirelessly to quell internal dissent and secure the votes necessary for passage.

Celebrating the legislative success in Iowa at the start of events commemorating the nation’s approaching 250th anniversary, Trump expressed gratitude toward Republican lawmakers, disparaging Democrats for their resistance to what he described as a beneficial measure.

House Speaker Mike Johnson of Louisiana echoed Trump’s sentiment, encouraging Republicans to unify behind the bill. The colossal document, nearing 900 pages, encapsulates multiple Republican priorities under one legislative package, now labeled colloquially as Trump’s “one big beautiful bill.”

The enactment preserves $4.5 trillion in tax cuts from 2017 and introduces new ones, favoring provisions such as deductions for workers’ tips and overtime, and a sizeable deduction for older adults with particular income qualifications. Furthermore, it pledges $350 billion towards national security, including advancement in Trump’s deportation policies and the development of a new defensive system, dubbed the “Golden Dome.”

However, to offset substantial tax revenue losses, the bill implements substantial reductions, slashing $1.2 trillion from Medicaid and food stamp funding, with stricter work requirements imposed on beneficiaries. The Congressional Budget Office warns of a $3.3 trillion deficit increase over the next decade, with 11.8 million individuals potentially losing health coverage.

The bill starkly contrasts with Democratic priorities and faced unified Democratic opposition. Democratic leader Hakeem Jeffries of New York mounted a record-breaking speech on the House floor, challenging the ramifications of Trump’s “big ugly bill.” His extensive address underscored Democrats’ concerns over social program cutbacks, painting the legislation as detrimental to vulnerable populations.

As Jeffries highlighted the human costs, Democrats collectively denounced the measure as regressive and harmful to working-class citizens. Jeffries’ heartfelt oration warned of life-threatening consequences due to Medicaid cuts and their broader impact on public welfare. Republican counterarguments focused on preventing imminent tax increases while reaffirming beliefs in economic growth and program efficacy through regulatory revisions.

The Senate approved the bill days prior, with Vice President JD Vance casting the tie-breaking vote. As tensions simmered on the House floor, Johnson and Trump’s team marshaled extensive resources to rally wavering Republicans, balancing concerns between moderates and conservatives within the party.

After the conclusion of the vote, jubilant Republicans celebrated, with Trump loyalists attributing personal political stakes to the passage of the bill. Critics warned that bucking Trump’s agenda could result in significant electoral consequences, illustrating the fierce political entanglements intertwined with the passage of the legislation.

The bill represents a profound challenge to former Democratic administrations’ accomplishments, notably scaling back healthcare expansions from the Affordable Care Act and relaxing green energy incentives earmarked in prior congressional terms. Democrats caution against severe social repercussions, particularly for those reliant on federal assistance programs.

In summary, proponents argue the legislation fosters economic sustainability and secures Trump’s fiscal legacy, while detractors emphasize its expansive social health costs. The ongoing debate underscores entrenched partisan divides, persistent ideological battles, and the complexity of bipartisan governance.

According to Associated Press

Source: Original article

Powell: Fed Rates Unchanged This Year Due to Tariffs

The Federal Reserve would likely have lowered interest rates this year if not for significant policy changes by President Donald Trump, Chair Jerome Powell stated Tuesday.

In a central banking forum in Sintra, Portugal, Jerome Powell, Chair of the Federal Reserve, indicated that the Fed might have reduced interest rates this year had it not been for the substantial policy shifts implemented by President Donald Trump. When questioned about the possibility of rate cuts, Powell remarked, “I do think that’s right.”

So far this year, the Federal Reserve has refrained from lowering interest rates. Central bankers anticipate that Trump’s tariffs will impact the U.S. economy, prompting them to take a cautious approach, opting to monitor how these changes affect the economic landscape before making any decisions on rate adjustments.

This cautious stance, however, has drawn criticism from President Trump, who has persistently criticized Powell’s decision not to reduce rates. Trump has called Powell derogatory names such as a “numbskull” and a “moron” for maintaining higher interest rates compared to other countries.

In a handwritten note shared on his social media platform on Monday, Trump lambasted Powell, alleging that the Fed’s policies have financially harmed the United States. White House press secretary Karoline Leavitt confirmed that this note was delivered to the Fed on the same day.

The sentiment to cut rates is shared, albeit to a lesser extent, by others within the Fed. Two officials — Michelle Bowman, Fed Vice Chair for Supervision, and Fed Governor Christopher Waller — have opined that a rate cut could be considered as early as July. However, unlike Trump, they have refrained from advocating dramatic cuts, emphasizing that any decision should be contingent on economic conditions, specifically the severity of tariff-induced inflation.

Despite some internal support for rate adjustment, the likelihood of a rate cut in July remains slim, as indicated by futures data which estimate an 81% probability of rates holding steady at the Fed’s July 29-30 meeting, compared to a 19% chance of a quarter-point rate cut.

Powell, during his panel in Sintra, acknowledged that a majority of Fed officials foresee the necessity of reducing rates later this year, depending on inflation trends and labor market developments. He stated, “A solid majority of (Fed officials) do expect that it will become appropriate later this year to begin to reduce rates again.”

When asked about the possibility of a July rate cut, Powell refrained from giving a definitive answer, noting that he “can’t say” but would not dismiss any meeting from consideration.

European Central Bank President Christine Lagarde, who was also on the Sintra panel, expressed support for Powell’s data-driven approach to policymaking and commended him for his apolitical stance. She affirmed that Powell “epitomizes the standard of a courageous central banker.”

Powell has refrained from responding to President Trump’s public barbs and reiterated his commitment to his responsibilities, stating, “I’m very focused on just doing my job.” Lagarde, when asked how she would respond to criticisms akin to those from Trump, supported Powell’s stance, suggesting, “I think we would (all) do exactly the same thing as our colleague, Jay Powell, does.”

Following Lagarde’s comment, attendees at the conference offered applause in support. Powell reiterated the Fed’s mission to maintain macroeconomic stability, emphasizing the need for a non-partisan approach, stating, “We don’t take sides. We don’t play one side against the other. We stay out of issues that are really not our bailiwick.”

Source: Original article

Justice Department Intensifies Denaturalization Drive, Raising Constitutional Concerns

The Justice Department is increasingly focusing on stripping U.S. citizenship from certain naturalized Americans. According to a memo dated June 11, DOJ leadership is instructing attorneys to prioritize denaturalization in cases involving naturalized citizens who have committed specific crimes. The directive also grants U.S. attorneys more authority in deciding when to pursue such actions. This policy shift targets individuals not born in the United States, and as of 2023, nearly 25 million immigrants had obtained U.S. citizenship through naturalization.

The new emphasis on denaturalization has already produced results. On June 13, a judge revoked the citizenship of Elliott Duke, an American military veteran originally from the United Kingdom who uses they/them pronouns. Duke had been convicted of distributing child sexual abuse material, a crime they later admitted to committing even before becoming a U.S. citizen.

Historically, denaturalization was a prominent tool during the McCarthy era in the late 1940s and early 1950s. It was further utilized during the Obama administration and expanded under President Trump’s first term. The process has typically targeted individuals who concealed past crimes or affiliations with banned organizations—such as the Nazi Party or communist groups—on their citizenship applications.

In his memo, Assistant Attorney General Brett A. Shumate emphasized the importance of this effort: “The Civil Division shall prioritize and maximally pursue denaturalization proceedings in all cases permitted by law and supported by the evidence.”

This renewed focus aligns with the Trump administration’s broader effort to reshape the U.S. immigration system. President Trump has made immigration policy a central issue in his governance, seeking to end birthright citizenship and reduce refugee admissions. These moves reflect a fundamental redefinition of who is entitled to American citizenship.

However, constitutional scholars and immigration experts have expressed significant alarm about this denaturalization push. Cassandra Robertson, a law professor at Case Western Reserve University, noted that the DOJ’s reliance on civil litigation for denaturalization raises serious concerns. In civil court, those targeted do not have the right to government-appointed attorneys, the standard of proof is lower, and cases can be resolved more quickly.

Robertson warned, “Stripping Americans of citizenship through civil litigation violates due process and infringes on the rights guaranteed by the 14th Amendment.”

Still, the move has supporters. Hans von Spakovsky of the Heritage Foundation endorsed the initiative, stating, “I do not understand how anyone could possibly be opposed to the Justice Department taking such action to protect the nation from obvious predators, criminals, and terrorists.” Regarding concerns over legal representation, he added, “Nothing prevents that alien from hiring their own lawyer to represent them. They are not entitled to have the government — and thus the American taxpayer — pay for their lawyer.”

He further argued, “That is not a ‘due process’ violation since all immigration proceedings are civil matters and no individuals — including American citizens — are entitled to government-furnished lawyers in any type of civil matter.”

Neither the DOJ nor the Trump White House commented on the matter.

The June 11 memo significantly broadens the categories of offenses that could trigger denaturalization. These include crimes related to national security and fraud against individuals or the government, such as Paycheck Protection Program loan fraud or Medicaid and Medicare fraud.

Sameera Hafiz, policy director at the Immigrant Legal Resource Center, described the administration’s new approach as “very shocking and very concerning.” She stated, “It is kind of, in a way, trying to create a second class of U.S. citizens,” implying that naturalized citizens remain vulnerable to losing their status despite having followed legal processes.

Adding to these concerns, the memo grants federal attorneys the discretion to pursue denaturalization cases beyond the listed categories. “These categories do not limit the Civil Division from pursuing any particular case,” the memo reads, further noting that priorities may include “any other cases referred to the Civil Division that the Division determines to be sufficiently important to pursue.”

Steve Lubet, professor emeritus at Northwestern University’s Pritzker School of Law, found this language troubling. “Many of the categories are so vague as to be meaningless. It isn’t even clear that they relate to fraudulent procurement, as opposed to post-naturalization conduct,” he observed.

Von Spakovsky countered that the government is right to be uncompromising. “When we extend the opportunity for naturalization to aliens, we are granting them a great privilege — the privilege of becoming a U.S. citizen,” he said. “Anyone who has abused the privilege of the opportunity of becoming a U.S. citizen should have that citizenship revoked when they engage in such reprehensible behavior.”

Lubet also pointed out the broader implications for families, particularly children who derived citizenship through a naturalized parent. “People who thought they were safely American and had done nothing wrong can suddenly be at risk of losing citizenship,” he said.

The DOJ did not address questions about how children of denaturalized parents would be affected or what would happen if individuals were rendered stateless.

The case of Elliott Duke appears to be an early example of how the new denaturalization efforts might play out. Duke, who became a U.S. citizen in January 2013, was found to have started distributing child sexual abuse material while serving in Germany in 2012. Duke relinquished their U.K. citizenship to become an American. The DOJ filed the case in February in Louisiana, citing both the prior conviction and Duke’s failure to disclose criminal activity during the naturalization process.

During the legal proceedings, Duke struggled to secure representation and could not attend court in Louisiana. “My heart shattered when I read the lines [of the order]. My world broke apart,” Duke said.

Shumate, in a statement, warned, “If you commit serious crimes before you become a U.S. citizen and then lie about them during your naturalization process, the Justice Department will discover the truth and come after you.”

Laura Bingham, executive director of the Temple University Institute for Law Innovation and Technology, cautioned that the Duke case sets a worrying precedent. “Citizenship is not supposed to be something that you can continuously open up for some people, and you can’t for others,” she said.

Historically, denaturalization surged during the McCarthy era, with over 22,000 cases filed annually. “At the height of denaturalization, there were about 22,000 cases a year… It was huge,” Robertson recalled. However, a 1967 Supreme Court ruling curtailed the practice, citing its incompatibility with democratic values.

From that point until the Obama era, denaturalization became rare. The Obama administration revived it with initiatives like Operation Janus, which sought out potential naturalization fraud, especially linked to national security concerns.

Trump’s first term saw further expansion, with a preference for pursuing denaturalization through civil rather than criminal courts. Although Robertson questions how many cases will meet the criteria outlined in the recent memo, she fears the aggressive push may target individuals with minimal infractions. “It fits in with the other ways that we’ve seen immigration enforcement happening,” she said.

This recent policy shift marks a significant chapter in U.S. immigration enforcement, raising crucial questions about due process, equal protection, and the long-term security of naturalized citizenship.

US Embassy in India Emphasizes Strict Visa Screening and Social Media Disclosure as National Security Measure

The United States Embassy in India has reiterated the stringent vetting procedures tied to its visa policies, describing each visa adjudication as a matter of national security. In a statement posted on the social media platform X, the embassy highlighted the requirement for all applicants to provide complete details of their social media presence over the last five years while applying for nonimmigrant visas.

“Visa applicants are required to list all social media usernames or handles of every platform they have used from the last 5 years on the DS-160 visa application form. Applicants certify that the information in their visa application is true and correct before they sign and submit,” stated the US Embassy in a recent post.

This disclosure requirement, according to the embassy, is an integral part of the broader national security screening process employed by the United States. Failing to comply with this requirement could have serious consequences. “Omitting social media information could lead to visa denial and ineligibility for future visas,” the post further warned.

This advisory is part of a broader campaign by the embassy to inform and caution visa applicants about the importance of accuracy and transparency in their applications. The embassy’s post included digital posters reiterating the security aspect of the visa process. One poster read, “Every U.S. visa adjudication is a national security decision,” and emphasized, “The United States requires visa applicants to provide social media identifiers on visa application forms. We use all available information in our visa screening and vetting.”

In a related update earlier this month, the embassy had urged applicants falling under F, M, or J non-immigrant visa categories to make their social media accounts public. This recommendation was made to aid US authorities in verifying applicants’ identities and establishing their admissibility under American law. These visa categories include F and M for students and J for exchange visitors.

The embassy elaborated that since 2019, the United States has mandated the disclosure of “social media identifiers” as part of both immigrant and non-immigrant visa applications. This long-standing requirement, according to the embassy, is vital to national security and helps immigration authorities thoroughly vet each applicant.

The embassy’s statements come amid a wider crackdown on immigration in the United States. Recently, the Trump administration intensified enforcement actions in Los Angeles, targeting immigration violations more aggressively. In light of this, the US Embassy in India has stepped up its communication, providing frequent updates on policy and legal expectations for visa applicants.

On June 24, the embassy issued another warning, stating that immigration law enforcement had been stepped up across the country. The message was unambiguous—those found violating immigration laws would face strict penalties, including detention, deportation, and permanent ineligibility for future visas.

Adding to this, the embassy’s statement noted, “The US had increased enforcement of immigration laws, and violators would face detention, deportation and permanent consequences for future visa eligibility.” The warning was not limited to overstays or misrepresentation; it also made it clear that illegal entry into the United States would result in jail time and removal from the country.

This was not the only caution issued during the month. On June 19, the embassy released another strongly worded statement reminding applicants that obtaining a US visa is not a guaranteed right but a discretionary privilege. It emphasized that screening and scrutiny continue even after a visa is issued. Authorities in the US reserve the right to revoke a visa if the holder is found in violation of any laws.

The embassy said, “A US visa was a privilege, not a right,” underscoring that post-issuance reviews are routine and can result in visa cancellation if necessary. It further added that involvement in illegal activities, including drug use or breaking US laws while in the country on a student or visitor visa, could severely impact one’s ability to receive future visas.

This line of messaging from the US Embassy in India has been consistent throughout the month. The campaign has included reminders that although the US continues to welcome legal travelers, any attempt to enter the country illegally or abuse the visa system will not be tolerated.

Reiterating this stance, the embassy made a significant statement on June 16, asserting that the United States “will not tolerate those who facilitate illegal and mass immigration to the US.” This message also revealed a policy shift: the US had introduced “new visa restrictions” aimed specifically at foreign government officials and individuals who violate immigration laws.

This multi-pronged approach by the US government reflects a broader tightening of immigration and visa processes, especially in the wake of mounting concerns around illegal immigration. With policies targeting both individual applicants and those facilitating unlawful entry, the US is sending a clear signal about the importance of legal compliance.

By highlighting these issues through multiple channels and on various dates, the US Embassy in India is working to ensure that prospective travelers are well aware of the rules and expectations. The detailed advisories, warnings about visa ineligibility, and emphasis on national security collectively serve to underline the gravity with which the US government views visa applications.

These measures not only aim to safeguard national interests but also serve as a deterrent for those considering bypassing legal immigration processes. By requiring disclosure of social media identifiers, encouraging transparency, and increasing legal enforcement, the United States is fortifying its immigration system against potential risks.

At the same time, the US government continues to stress that it welcomes legal immigration and supports those who abide by the rules. But any deviation from lawful practices will result in serious and lasting consequences.

The embassy’s message, repeated throughout June, is unambiguous: compliance with visa rules, honesty in the application process, and adherence to US laws are non-negotiable. The US authorities are equipped to detect discrepancies and enforce immigration laws without hesitation.

From urging public visibility of social media accounts to warning against drug use and law violations, the embassy has rolled out a series of reminders to leave no room for misunderstanding. These reminders serve both as guidance for sincere applicants and a deterrent for those contemplating any kind of misuse of the system.

Ultimately, the consistent tone and content of the embassy’s advisories reflect a strategic policy direction that prioritizes national security while maintaining opportunities for legal entry. Through transparency, accountability, and firm enforcement, the United States aims to maintain the integrity of its immigration system.

Shifting Social Security Rules Push Retirement Age Higher: How Americans Can Strategize Early Retirement Plans

For many years, the age of 65 has represented a symbolic point at which Americans envisioned hanging up their work boots and enjoying retirement. However, due to a series of gradual legislative changes, the Social Security system is moving the goalposts. Starting in 2025, individuals born in 1959 will reach full retirement age (FRA) at 66 years and 10 months. For everyone born in 1960 or later, the FRA will be a full 67 years. While this shift might appear minor, its financial effects are far from negligible, particularly for those considering retiring early.

These changes reflect long-term policy decisions intended to keep the Social Security system financially sustainable. Understanding how the adjustments impact benefits and creating a financial plan tailored to these evolving realities is crucial for ensuring a comfortable retirement.

Understanding the Adjustment to Full Retirement Age

The phased increase in the full retirement age can be traced back to the 1983 Social Security Amendments, which were designed to improve the program’s long-term viability. These amendments incrementally raised the FRA from the longstanding age of 65 to 67. The implementation has been gradual, increasing by two months for each birth year.

For example:

  • Those born in 1958 face an FRA of 66 years and 8 months
  • Individuals born in 1959 will reach FRA at 66 years and 10 months
  • Anyone born in 1960 or after will face an FRA of 67

Though people can start claiming Social Security as early as age 62, doing so comes with a permanent reduction in benefits. For those born in 1959, claiming benefits at 62 results in about a 29% decrease in monthly payments. The cut increases to 30% for those born in 1960 or later.

On the other hand, delaying benefits past FRA can result in an 8% annual boost, continuing until age 70. If you wait until then, you can receive up to 32% more each month. These numbers can significantly impact your long-term financial picture.

How to Handle the Income Gap Before Full Benefits

While many workers aim to retire before hitting FRA, doing so without careful planning can harm long-term financial health. Several strategies can help bridge the income gap from early retirement until full Social Security benefits become available.

One practical method is phased retirement. Instead of leaving the workforce entirely, you might negotiate a lighter schedule—working three or four days per week. Even working 15 to 20 hours weekly can help cover essential expenses and slow the depletion of your savings.

Another recommended approach is building a financial buffer. Experts advise saving enough to cover 18 to 24 months of living expenses in a high-yield savings or money market account. This safety net allows you to avoid dipping into long-term investments during volatile market periods.

Unused personal assets can also generate income. For instance, homeowners might consider renting out a spare room, potentially bringing in $700 to $1,000 per month. If you live in an urban area, leasing your driveway for parking could yield $150 to $300 per month.

There’s also the option of taking on a bridge job that offers both pay and benefits. Employers like Costco, Home Depot, and Trader Joe’s often hire part-time workers and provide health coverage for those working 20 to 28 hours weekly. These roles are especially attractive for early retirees looking for flexibility and medical benefits.

Making Withdrawals Work for You

If you retire before age 65 or delay claiming Social Security, your finances will depend heavily on personal savings. Using tax-efficient withdrawal strategies can minimize your tax burden and help your money go further.

One approach is to withdraw from taxable brokerage accounts first. This avoids early withdrawal penalties and allows retirement accounts to continue growing in a tax-advantaged environment.

You can also tap into Roth IRA contributions at any time without penalties or taxes, as long as you only withdraw the contributions and not the earnings. This provides an additional source of tax-free income.

Keeping your Modified Adjusted Gross Income (MAGI) low is another valuable tactic. A lower MAGI can help you qualify for subsidies under the Affordable Care Act, which can dramatically reduce health insurance costs before you’re eligible for Medicare at age 65.

Generating Side Income Can Help Too

If you’re looking for extra income without the responsibilities of a full-time job, side gigs can offer flexibility and supplemental cash flow. Tutoring, for example, pays between $30 and $50 per hour and can be done on your schedule. Other options include pet sitting, dog walking, or selling crafts through platforms like Etsy.

Prepare for the Possibility of Future Policy Changes

Though the FRA currently caps at 67, ongoing discussions in Washington suggest it could rise further. Some proposals have floated the idea of increasing it to 68 or even 69, citing long-term funding concerns for the Social Security system. While these are not yet law, staying prepared for further changes is wise.

To stay ahead, build a plan that allows for delayed benefits if necessary. Emergency savings and alternative income sources offer greater financial flexibility. Regularly reviewing your retirement income plan will also help you adapt to any policy shifts.

Conclusion: Retirement on Your Own Terms

The gradual rise in Social Security’s full retirement age might seem like a bureaucratic detail, but for millions of Americans, it redefines when and how retirement can happen. Without planning, it can mean smaller monthly checks and more years of work. However, by strategically saving, leveraging assets, working part-time, and utilizing smart withdrawal tactics, you can take control of your financial future.

Retirement shouldn’t be defined by a government schedule. With a solid plan in place, you can retire when you’re ready—on your own terms.

By recognizing the impact of changing policies and preparing accordingly, you give yourself the freedom to shape your own retirement journey.

House Passes Bill to Deport Noncitizens Convicted of Drunk Driving

The U.S. House of Representatives on Friday passed a bill that would mandate the deportation of noncitizens convicted of driving under the influence, according to a report by Breitbart. The legislation, titled the Jeremy and Angel Seay and Sergeant Brandon Mendoza Protect Our Communities from DUIs Act, was put forward by Representative Barry Moore, a Republican from Alabama. The bill is named in remembrance of victims who lost their lives due to accidents caused by intoxicated migrant drivers.

Representative Moore introduced the legislation to honor Jeremy and Angel Seay, a couple from his district, who were tragically killed when a noncitizen driving under the influence struck them while they were riding a motorcycle. Speaking to the Alabama Daily News, Moore said, “Their lives were cut short by the senseless act.” He added, “Tragedies like this are not uncommon across this country,” emphasizing the wider impact of such incidents involving impaired driving by noncitizens.

The bill has ignited a heated debate in Congress, receiving overwhelming support from Republican lawmakers. Most Republicans view the legislation as a necessary measure to safeguard American communities from individuals who repeatedly break laws and endanger lives through reckless behavior such as drunk driving. The bill aims to amend existing immigration policy by making DUI convictions grounds for mandatory deportation.

In contrast, 160 Democrats voted against the bill, raising concerns about the potential for overly broad enforcement and its implications for immigration justice. Opponents argue that while DUI offenses are serious, automatic deportation removes the opportunity for due process or context to be considered, especially for immigrants who may have lived in the U.S. for extended periods or have deep family and community ties.

Despite the partisan split, the legislation’s passage in the House marks a significant step in the ongoing political effort to link public safety and immigration enforcement. The bill now moves to the Senate, where its future remains uncertain, particularly given the different power dynamics and legislative priorities in that chamber.

Representative Moore, in advocating for the legislation, has highlighted personal tragedies such as those experienced by the Seay family to bring attention to what he sees as preventable deaths caused by lax immigration enforcement. By attaching specific names to the bill, including that of Sergeant Brandon Mendoza, a police officer killed in a similar incident, Moore is stressing the real-world consequences of policy gaps. Mendoza’s case, like that of the Seays, has become a symbol in political discussions about the intersection of immigration and criminal law.

“Their lives were cut short by the senseless act,” Moore repeated in statements to the press, underscoring the emotional weight behind the legislation. His remarks reflect a broader Republican viewpoint that public safety should take precedence in immigration decisions, especially when there is a criminal record involved.

The bill’s language stipulates that any noncitizen convicted of driving under the influence would be subject to mandatory removal from the United States. Supporters argue that the measure closes a loophole that allows dangerous individuals to remain in the country despite endangering others through impaired driving. Critics, however, caution that the legislation could lead to disproportionate punishment and may particularly impact certain immigrant communities more heavily than others.

Immigration rights groups and some Democratic lawmakers have expressed concerns that such legislation could further criminalize immigrant populations and erode trust between law enforcement and communities. They argue that while preventing DUI-related deaths is important, a one-size-fits-all deportation policy fails to take into account rehabilitation efforts, family situations, and other mitigating circumstances.

Still, proponents believe the law will serve as a deterrent to noncitizens who might otherwise engage in reckless behavior. By introducing automatic consequences for DUI convictions, supporters contend that the law strengthens both immigration policy and public safety.

The bill’s naming after specific victims adds a human face to what is otherwise a policy discussion, which may help in gaining public support. The use of personal stories has become a common legislative strategy to create empathy and urgency around specific issues, and Moore’s bill is a prominent example.

While the political divide on immigration-related bills continues to grow, this legislation’s focus on DUI offenses could garner some bipartisan interest in the Senate, especially among lawmakers who prioritize public safety. However, it is expected that the bill will face stronger opposition in the Senate, where Democratic control and a more moderate stance on immigration issues could result in amendments or outright rejection.

For now, the bill’s approval in the House reflects a broader Republican push to tighten immigration enforcement and prioritize citizen safety, especially in cases involving criminal behavior. Whether or not this bill becomes law, it has already sparked a national conversation about how the U.S. should handle immigration enforcement in cases involving criminal activity, and how policy can be crafted to prevent further tragedies like those that took the lives of Jeremy and Angel Seay.

With its passage, the House has signaled its stance on the matter, placing the burden of next steps on the Senate. If the bill passes there, it could significantly alter how DUI offenses are treated in the context of immigration law, potentially impacting thousands of noncitizens across the country.

Until then, the debate over balancing compassion in immigration policy with accountability for criminal conduct is likely to continue, both in Congress and among the American public.

Discovery of TOI-1452 b: A Possible Ocean World Just 100 Light-Years from Earth Sparks Scientific Excitement

A remarkable exoplanet located merely 100 light-years away from Earth has caught the attention of the astronomical community. Identified as TOI-1452 b, this celestial body is not just another planet outside our solar system—it might be the first documented “ocean planet.” Scientists believe that up to 30% of this planet could be covered in water. The potential presence of such a large amount of water on a distant planet is stirring conversations about the possibility of life beyond Earth.

What makes this finding even more intriguing is the apparent contradiction between the planet’s physical characteristics and current scientific understanding. TOI-1452 b orbits a star in a zone where prevailing theories in physics and chemistry suggest that liquid water shouldn’t be able to exist. Despite this, all available data points to the possible presence of vast water reserves. As one researcher observed, “The unthinkable seems real: TOI-1452 b challenges everything we thought we knew about exoplanets!”

This potentially groundbreaking discovery has prompted many scientists to label TOI-1452 b as a kind of cosmic cousin to Earth, albeit a more distant and significantly larger one. In terms of physical features, this exoplanet has an ideal combination of properties that set it apart: low density, a balanced temperature based on the energy it receives from its star, and a substantial size.

Initial scientific assessments hint that the planet might be composed of layers of water or ice, possibly resembling the hidden subsurface oceans found on some of our solar system’s moons, such as Ganymede and Enceladus. Located in the Draco constellation, TOI-1452 b is also perfectly positioned for detailed study by the James Webb Space Telescope. The telescope is already being readied to analyze the planet’s atmosphere for any indicators of habitability—or even signs of life.

From a classification standpoint, TOI-1452 b qualifies as a “super-Earth.” Although the term may sound dramatic, it simply refers to a type of rocky planet that is larger than Earth but smaller than the gas giants such as Neptune or Jupiter. With a diameter 70% greater than Earth’s and a mass approximately five times larger, it certainly earns this designation.

What really piqued scientists’ interest was the planet’s density. Based on the numbers, something didn’t quite add up. A planet of that size and mass should be composed primarily of rock or metal, but the relatively low density pointed to another possibility. “Was it a bird? A plane? No! Water!” one scientist quipped, highlighting their conclusion that the most plausible explanation for the low density is a substantial water composition. The presence of such a significant amount of water would also explain how the planet could support potentially habitable conditions, despite its closeness to its host star.

Indeed, TOI-1452 b orbits its star in just 11 Earth days, indicating that it lies very close to the star. Under normal circumstances, a planet in such proximity would be far too hot to support liquid water. However, TOI-1452 b’s host star is not a sun-like star. It is a red dwarf, significantly smaller and cooler than our Sun. This difference may allow the planet to retain moderate temperatures, potentially supporting water in its liquid state. “Isn’t it incredible?” the article exclaims, reflecting widespread astonishment in the scientific community.

To uncover more about this strange world, all eyes are now on the James Webb Space Telescope. The plan is to analyze the exoplanet’s atmosphere as it transits across the face of its star. This method allows researchers to detect specific gases, such as water vapor or hydrogen, in the planet’s atmosphere. Scientists are even optimistic about the possibility of detecting organic molecules—biosignatures that could indicate the presence of life. Are we witnessing the first step toward discovering life beyond Earth?

The label “water world” is not given lightly. While the presence of water on TOI-1452 b has not yet been directly confirmed, the planet exhibits more Earth-like features than any previously discovered exoplanet. That alone makes it a strong candidate for the first confirmed water-covered planet outside our solar system. “We can say that TOI-1452 b is emerging as the planet with the most characteristics similar to Earth,” notes the report.

The broader scientific mission remains focused on understanding how planetary systems form and evolve. However, discoveries like TOI-1452 b inevitably turn the discussion toward the age-old question of life beyond Earth. Based on what is currently known, it’s conceivable that TOI-1452 b could support life in ways similar to Earth. Although, as the article humorously suggests, “maybe they’re not as conflictive as us humans.”

One of the most exciting implications of this discovery is what it suggests about the prevalence of habitable planets in our galaxy. If a planet so close to its star can sustain large quantities of water, perhaps the criteria scientists use to define “habitable zones” have been too narrow. Without a doubt, what stands out most about this discovery is that, if a planet so close to its star can have large amounts of water, we may have underestimated the number of habitable worlds in our galaxy!

In essence, TOI-1452 b may be more than just an exciting discovery. It could mark a turning point in the search for extraterrestrial life, redefining what scientists look for when evaluating whether a planet might support life. As technology advances and more exoplanets like this are observed, the chances of finding a truly Earth-like world—or even alien life—continue to grow.

Rupee at Record High in Real Effective Terms Despite Dollar Weakness

The Indian rupee is hitting new lows against the US dollar, but its value has surged to an all-time high in “real effective” terms.

According to the Reserve Bank of India (RBI), the rupee’s Real Effective Exchange Rate (REER) index reached a record level of 108.14 in November, showing a 4.5% appreciation this calendar year. The REER is a measure that compares the rupee’s value not only against the US dollar but also against other global currencies. This index accounts for inflation differences between India and its trading partners and is calculated as a weighted average of the rupee’s exchange rates with 40 currencies, covering around 88% of India’s annual trade.

The rupee’s REER, using 2015-16 as the base year and assigning currency weights based on trade shares, initially declined from 105.32 in January 2022 to 99.03 in April 2023. However, it has been on an upward trend since then, climbing to 107.20 in October and peaking at 108.14 in November.

Why the Divergence in Rupee Trends?

The apparent contradiction—where the rupee weakens while simultaneously strengthening—can be attributed to the US dollar’s movements over the last three months, especially following Donald Trump’s victory in the US presidential elections on November 5.

During the period from September 27 to December 24, the dollar index futures, which measure the dollar’s value against six other major currencies (euro, Japanese yen, British pound, Canadian dollar, Swedish krona, and Swiss franc), rose from 99.88 to 108.02. Much of this increase occurred after November 5, when the index was at 102.98.

In the same timeframe, the rupee depreciated from 83.67 to 85.19 against the dollar. However, it appreciated against other major currencies: from 93.46 to 88.56 against the euro, 112.05 to 106.79 against the British pound, and 0.5823 to 0.5425 against the Japanese yen.

Challenges for Exporters

A REER value above 100 indicates an overvalued rupee, meaning its exchange rate has not depreciated enough to balance out India’s higher domestic inflation. This overvaluation makes imports cheaper but reduces the competitiveness of Indian exports in global markets.

Effectively, while the rupee has weakened against the dollar, it hasn’t depreciated as much as the dollar has strengthened relative to other currencies. This strengthening of the dollar has been driven by Trump’s policy outlook, which includes proposed tariff hikes, particularly on Chinese imports, deficit-funded tax cuts, and plans for mass deportations of undocumented immigrants. If implemented, these policies could fuel inflation in the US, compelling the Federal Reserve to maintain a tight monetary stance.

The tightening monetary environment in the US has led to a surge in 10-year government bond yields, which rose from 3.75% to 4.59% between September 27 and December 24. This, in turn, has triggered capital outflows from countries like India to the US, further pressuring the rupee.

A Broader Perspective

Since the beginning of 2022, the rupee has generally weakened against major currencies. It declined from 74.30 to 85.19 against the dollar, 84.04 to 88.56 against the euro, and 100.30 to 106.79 against the pound. The only exception was the Japanese yen, where the rupee strengthened from 0.6454 to 0.5425.

Despite this depreciation against most currencies, the REER index for the rupee has risen. This paradox is mainly due to India’s inflation rate outpacing those of its major trading partners.

Assuming the rupee was “fairly” valued in 2015-16, when the REER base was set at 100, any value above 100 indicates overvaluation. This suggests that the rupee’s exchange rate has not fallen enough to compensate for India’s higher inflation. As a result, imports have become cheaper, and exports less competitive.

RBI’s Stance on the Rupee

The RBI seems to be tolerating a depreciation of the rupee, at least against the dollar, to address these imbalances. Analysts point to the central bank’s efforts to allow market forces to guide the currency, thereby improving the competitiveness of Indian exports.

“The rupee is highly overvalued today, making imports into India cheaper and exports less cost-competitive,” experts note. This overvaluation underscores the challenges faced by exporters, particularly in a global environment where the dollar’s dominance affects currency markets worldwide.

In summary, while the rupee’s REER highlights its relative strength in real effective terms, its simultaneous depreciation against the dollar reflects the broader pressures of global economic dynamics, driven significantly by US policies and market expectations.

US Campuses on Edge Ahead of Trump’s Return: International Students Brace for Changes

As President-elect Donald Trump’s January 20 inauguration approaches, anxiety and uncertainty are growing across US college campuses. Many universities have urged international students to return early from winter break, fearing a repeat of the previous travel ban that left students stranded during Trump’s earlier term.

The United States, which hosted over 1.1 million international students in the 2023-24 academic year, could see renewed challenges for these students. Trump has promised stricter immigration measures, including an expanded travel ban targeting predominantly Muslim countries and plans to revoke visas for students deemed “radical anti-American and antisemitic.”

International students, who typically hold nonimmigrant visas allowing them to study but not reside permanently in the US, find themselves in a precarious position. “It’s a scary time for international students,” remarked Pramath Pratap Misra, a 23-year-old political science graduate from New York University (NYU). NYU had the nation’s largest population of international students last year, with over 27,000 enrolled.

Amid final exams and winter travel plans, students across the country are preparing for potential disruptions. Universities have cautioned against leaving the US before the inauguration, fearing new restrictions.

Cornell University’s Office of Global Learning has advised students to return before January 21, when spring classes begin. The office warned that “a travel ban is likely to go into effect soon after inauguration,” possibly affecting citizens from countries previously included in Trump’s first ban—such as Iran, Libya, and Syria—as well as potentially adding nations like China and India.

Similarly, the University of Southern California (USC), which has the highest number of international students in California, encouraged students to arrive by January 6. In an email, the USC Office of International Service said, “The safest way to avoid any challenges is to be physically present in the U.S. before the Spring semester begins.”

Trump’s proposed “mass deportations” have further amplified concerns, not just for workers in industries like agriculture and healthcare but also for students. While Trump has also suggested granting green cards to international graduates of US colleges, his campaign clarified that only “the most skilled graduates” would qualify. These individuals would undergo strict screenings to exclude “communists, radical Islamists, Hamas supporters, America haters, and public charges.”

For students like Gabrielle Balreira Fontenelle Mota, a 21-year-old Brazilian studying journalism and international relations at NYU, the uncertainty is unsettling. “I’m not from a Muslim country or from China, which are places that Trump usually criticizes,” she explained. “What makes me a little bit more concerned is the ideological screenings that he said he will be implementing.”

In response, NYU reassured its international community, emphasizing the importance of cross-border student mobility. “We will be monitoring any immigration-related proposals, laws, and actions that could be of concern to our community,” the university stated in a post-election email.

Other universities have also taken proactive measures. The University of Massachusetts Amherst has urged international students to return before the new administration takes office, citing “an abundance of caution.” The Massachusetts Institute of Technology (MIT) advised against relying on social media rumors when making travel decisions.

Meanwhile, Northeastern University, which has the second-largest international student body after NYU, suggested students return by January 6 to avoid disruptions. Harvard University echoed similar advice, urging students to budget time ahead of the semester start to mitigate risks.

For some, the looming challenges recall Trump’s first term, marked by efforts to restrict immigration across various categories. “The best way to anticipate or predict what will happen in the second Trump administration is to look at what happened in the first administration,” noted Stuart Anderson, executive director of the National Foundation for American Policy.

As universities brace for potential policy shifts, the fear of restrictive immigration measures weighs heavily on students and faculty alike, casting a shadow over the upcoming semester.

India to Have the Largest Muslim Population by 2050, Study Predicts

The world is home to a variety of religions, including Hinduism, Islam, Christianity, Buddhism, Jainism, Zoroastrianism, and Sikhism. Among these, Islam stands out as the fastest-growing religion globally. A report by the Pew Research Center titled The Future of World Religions: Population Growth Projections, 2010-2050 projects a significant shift in global Muslim demographics. By 2050, India is expected to surpass Indonesia and become the country with the largest Muslim population, estimated at 311 million.

Muslim and Hindu Population Projections

According to the report, India’s Muslim population, which accounted for 14.4% of the total population in 2010, is projected to rise to 18.4% by 2050. This growth will make India home to 11% of the global Muslim population. Pakistan, currently second to Indonesia in terms of Muslim population, is expected to rank second globally by 2050, with 273 million Muslims. Indonesia, which held the top spot in 2010, is likely to fall to third place with 257 million Muslims.

In addition to the growth of the Muslim population, the report highlights the significant size of India’s Hindu population. By 2050, India is projected to have 1.03 billion Hindus, maintaining its position as the country with the largest Hindu population. Globally, Hindus will become the third-largest religious group by mid-century.

Currently, the Hindu population in India is not only substantial but also surpasses the Muslim populations of the largest Muslim-majority countries, including Pakistan, Indonesia, Nigeria, and Bangladesh.

Fertility Rates and Age Dynamics

One key factor driving the rapid growth of India’s Muslim population is the higher fertility rate among Muslims. The Pew Research Center study notes that Muslim women in India have an average of 3.2 children, compared to 2.5 children for Hindu women and 2.3 children for Christian women. The younger median age of Muslims also contributes to this trend. Globally, the average age for Muslims is 22 years, compared to 26 years for Hindus and 28 years for Christians.

This demographic advantage, coupled with higher fertility rates, positions the Muslim population to grow more rapidly than other religious groups in India. Meanwhile, the growth rate for Hindus and Christians is expected to be more moderate, with India’s Christian population decreasing slightly from 2.5% of the total population in 2010 to 2.3% by 2050.

Global Growth of Islam

The report also emphasizes Islam’s position as the fastest-growing major religion worldwide. In 2010, there were 1.6 billion Muslims globally, making up approximately 23% of the world’s population. By 2050, the Muslim population is expected to reach 2.8 billion, an increase of 73%. This growth rate is significantly faster than the global population’s projected growth of 35% during the same period.

As of now, Islam is the second-largest religion after Christianity. However, current demographic trends suggest that by the end of this century, Muslims could outnumber Christians globally. This is attributed to higher fertility rates and a younger median age among Muslims compared to other religious groups.

Regional Distribution of Muslims

A substantial majority of the world’s Muslim population resides in the Asia-Pacific region. As of now, approximately 72% of Muslims live in this region, which includes countries like Indonesia, India, Pakistan, Bangladesh, Iran, and Turkey. Indonesia, currently home to the largest Muslim population, will cede this position to India by 2050.

The projected demographic shift is a significant milestone in global religious dynamics. By mid-century, India’s Muslim population, at 310 million, will surpass Indonesia’s, marking a historic change in the distribution of the world’s Muslim population.

Future Implications

The Pew Research Center’s findings underscore the transformative impact of demographic trends on the global religious landscape. The rapid growth of the Muslim population, both in India and worldwide, reflects broader patterns of fertility, age distribution, and regional concentrations. These changes have implications for cultural, social, and political dynamics in the decades to come.

As the report concludes, “The future of the world’s religions is being shaped by two overarching factors: differences in fertility rates and the size of youth populations among the world’s major religions.” These trends are poised to redefine religious demographics and influence global interactions in significant ways.

Manmohan Singh, Former Indian Prime Minister and Economic Reformer, Passes Away at 92

Manmohan Singh, one of India’s most revered leaders and the architect of the country’s economic liberalization, has passed away at the age of 92. Singh, who served as India’s Prime Minister from 2004 to 2014, was instrumental in introducing key economic reforms during his tenure as finance minister in the early 1990s.

Admitted to a hospital in Delhi following a decline in health, Singh’s passing prompted tributes from leaders across the political spectrum. Prime Minister Narendra Modi expressed his condolences, calling Singh “one of India’s most distinguished leaders” and commending his wisdom and dedication to improving lives. Congress leader Rahul Gandhi remembered Singh as a mentor and guide, while Priyanka Gandhi described him as “wise, egalitarian, strong-willed, and courageous.”

Early Life and Education

Born on September 26, 1932, in a remote village in Punjab, Singh overcame significant hardships. His village lacked basic amenities like water and electricity. Singh pursued higher education with remarkable determination, earning a master’s degree from the University of Cambridge and a doctorate from Oxford University. Despite financial struggles during his studies, he excelled academically, laying the foundation for his illustrious career.

A Reformist Leader

Singh’s political prominence rose in 1991 when, as finance minister, he spearheaded transformative economic reforms that revitalized a near-bankrupt India. In his maiden budget speech, he famously quoted Victor Hugo, declaring, “No power on Earth can stop an idea whose time has come.” His reforms, which included tax cuts, rupee devaluation, privatization, and opening up to foreign investment, ushered in an era of rapid industrial growth and economic stability.

Prime Ministerial Tenure

In 2004, Singh became India’s Prime Minister, the first Sikh to hold the position, following Congress leader Sonia Gandhi’s decision to decline the role. His leadership secured India’s re-entry into the global nuclear community through a landmark deal with the United States, though the agreement faced strong political opposition domestically.

Known as a consensus builder, Singh managed a coalition government despite frequent challenges from assertive regional allies. However, his second term was overshadowed by allegations of corruption and policy paralysis, culminating in Congress’s defeat in the 2014 elections.

Foreign Policy and Legacy

As Prime Minister, Singh adopted pragmatic foreign policies, strengthening ties with Afghanistan, reopening trade routes with China, and continuing peace talks with Pakistan. However, his decision to distance India from traditional ally Iran drew criticism.

Singh’s calm demeanor, academic rigor, and integrity earned him respect across party lines. Despite facing allegations of corruption during his tenure, he maintained that his government worked with “utmost commitment and dedication.”

A Quiet Statesman

Singh’s low-profile nature stood out in the political arena. Known for his reserved demeanor, he often avoided confrontation, stating that “silence is better than a thousand answers.” Even after leaving office, Singh remained active in public discourse, offering solutions during the economic challenges of the COVID-19 pandemic.

Singh will be remembered as the leader who steered India out of economic and nuclear isolation. While some critics felt he stayed in politics too long, Singh himself believed that “history will be kinder to me than the contemporary media or opposition.”

Manmohan Singh is survived by his wife, Gursharan Kaur, and their three daughters. His contributions to India’s economic and political landscape will be remembered as a defining chapter in the nation’s history.

Macron Vows Resilience Amid Political Turmoil Following No-Confidence Vote

French President Emmanuel Macron, facing mounting political challenges, announced plans to appoint a new prime minister within days during a televised address on Thursday. His defiant tone sought to address the fallout from Prime Minister Michel Barnier’s ousting in a historic no-confidence vote a day earlier. However, his remarks are unlikely to quell the intensifying political crisis.

The no-confidence vote, a rare occurrence in French politics, was propelled by an alliance between left-wing and far-right lawmakers, marking a significant setback for Macron’s administration. In response, the president refrained from conceding any personal failures, instead directing criticism at the factions that united to topple Barnier’s government.

Macron singled out the far-right National Rally, led by Marine Le Pen, accusing the party of orchestrating political instability. “The extreme right and the extreme left united together in an anti-Republican front,” he stated, referencing the coalition that led to Barnier’s downfall. This political vacuum complicates Macron’s agenda, particularly his push for a contentious budget.

Following the no-confidence vote, Barnier submitted his resignation, which Macron accepted on Thursday. Until a new government is formed, Barnier will serve in a caretaker role. “Let’s be honest, they think about one thing: the presidential election,” Macron remarked, criticizing Le Pen’s party for what he described as a “cynical” strategy that had fostered “a sense of chaos” across France. He further accused them of prioritizing disorder over governance, stating, “They insulted their own voters, and they have chosen simply disorder.”

During his address, Macron expressed optimism about a turning point in French politics. “From today, it’s [a] new era,” he declared, urging the National Assembly to fulfill its mandate and act “in the service of the French people.” However, his ability to usher in a smoother era remains uncertain. The selection of a new prime minister must gain approval from a deeply divided parliament, where opposition persists on both sides of the political spectrum.

Macron, now halfway through his second and final presidential term, faces diminished authority domestically and internationally. The snap election he called in June, intended to solidify his mandate, resulted in a fractured parliament, complicating his governance in the critical final years of his presidency. Further complicating matters, another snap election is not possible until June 2025, leaving Macron to navigate a highly polarized legislative body in the meantime.

The president initially sought to bridge the divide in parliament by appointing Barnier in September, hoping to balance support across political factions. However, his approach proved unsuccessful, and Macron may now focus on consolidating support from one side, potentially alienating the other. His address suggested little willingness to compromise with Le Pen, whose party remains steadfast in its opposition. On Thursday, Le Pen told French network CNews, “We have not changed our minds: we are opposed to a left-wing Prime Minister,” signaling continued resistance to any move that marginalizes her political bloc.

Adding to the urgency, the government must finalize a budget by December 21 to prevent a potential fiscal crisis. Failure to meet this deadline could result in the implementation of a “fiscal continuity law,” which would allow the government to continue essential operations. According to credit rating agency S&P Global Ratings, this stopgap measure would enable tax collection and salary payments but cap spending at 2024 levels.

Barnier’s government became the first in France to be toppled by a no-confidence vote since 1962, a reflection of the deep divisions within the current parliament. At the center of the dispute was a proposed financing bill aimed at reducing the country’s budget deficit to 5% by next year. The bill included €60 billion ($63 billion) in tax increases and spending cuts, measures that faced staunch opposition from various quarters. Among the contentious provisions was a delay in matching pension increases to inflation, a move that drew sharp criticism from opposition parties.

Macron now faces the daunting task of navigating a fragmented political landscape while maintaining public trust and advancing his legislative priorities. The coming days, particularly the appointment of a new prime minister and the passage of the budget, will be pivotal in determining the trajectory of his presidency.

Pope Francis Highlights Interreligious Dialogue Inspired by Sree Narayana Guru’s Legacy

The practice of interreligious dialogue has deep roots in Asia, as demonstrated once again on November 30 when Pope Francis welcomed participants of a significant meeting promoted by the Indian foundation Sree Narayana Guru to the Vatican. This foundation carries forward the vision of the influential Hindu leader Sree Narayana Guru, who, over a century ago, initiated the gathering of diverse religious representatives at his ashram in India. The landmark conference, first organized in 1923 during a period of severe religious tension in Kerala, has since become an annual tradition. To commemorate the centenary of this initiative, the meeting was brought to the Vatican in collaboration with the Dicastery for Interreligious Dialogue.

This event served as a moment to reflect on the remarkable life of Sree Narayana Guru (1856–1928), a revered Hindu figure who devoted himself to the fight against caste discrimination. In 1925, Mahatma Gandhi visited Guru’s ashram and was deeply moved by its inclusive environment, where Dalit children studied sacred texts like the Upanishads alongside others. Inspired by this experience, Gandhi integrated caste reform into his political ideology.

During his address to the interreligious assembly, Pope Francis praised the profound relevance of Sree Narayana Guru’s principles to contemporary global challenges. “Sree Narayana Guru,” he stated, “dedicated his life to promoting social and religious redemption with his clear message that all human beings, regardless of their ethnicity or religious and cultural traditions, are members of the one human family.” The Pope underscored Guru’s insistence on eliminating all forms of discrimination, a stance he deemed especially vital in a world increasingly plagued by intolerance and hatred.

The Pope elaborated on the widespread suffering caused by ethnic, social, racial, linguistic, and religious prejudices, particularly among marginalized and vulnerable populations. He emphasized the pressing need to combat these divides, stating, “His message is very apt for our world today, where we see increasing instances of intolerance and hatred between peoples and nations. Unfortunately, manifestations of discrimination and exclusion, tensions and violence… are a daily experience for many people and communities, especially among the poor, the defenceless, and those who have no voice.”

Pope Francis drew parallels between Sree Narayana Guru’s ideals and two significant interfaith documents he has championed: the Abu Dhabi Document of 2019 and the Istiqlal Declaration, signed during his visit to Indonesia in September 2023. Both agreements emphasize the importance of fraternity in interreligious dialogue, a theme that resonates with Guru’s teachings.

“All religions,” the Pope remarked, “teach the fundamental truth that, as children of the one God, we must love and honour one another, respect diversity and differences in a spirit of fraternity and inclusion, taking care of one another and of the earth, our common home.” He cautioned against ignoring these noble teachings, suggesting that such neglect contributes to the world’s current instability.

In urging a renewed commitment to living out the values espoused by religious traditions, Pope Francis highlighted the transformative power of fostering fraternal and amicable relations. He stressed the necessity of unity in diversity and harmonious coexistence, emphasizing the role of peacemaking amid today’s challenges. “Our contemporaries,” he said, “will rediscover the value of the lofty teachings of religious traditions only if we all strive to live them and to cultivate fraternal and friendly relations with all, for the sole purpose of strengthening unity in diversity, ensuring harmonious coexistence among differences and being peacemakers, despite the difficulties and challenges we face.”

Concluding his address, the Pope called for a collective effort to counteract harmful societal trends such as individualism, exclusion, indifference, and violence. “In this way,” he stated, “we can contribute to defeating the culture of individualism, exclusion, indifference, and violence that is unfortunately spreading.”

The commemoration of Sree Narayana Guru’s work at the Vatican symbolizes the enduring significance of his vision for interreligious harmony. It also reflects Pope Francis’s commitment to fostering dialogue and fraternity among religions in pursuit of a more united and compassionate world.

Why ‘Pur’ Appears in the Names of Indian Cities

India, the world’s largest democracy, is a country of immense diversity and cultural richness. It comprises 28 states and 8 union territories, encompassing a total of 797 districts—752 in states and 45 in union territories. Within these districts lie numerous cities, each marked by its unique history, culture, and heritage. Many of these cities, rich in centuries-old traditions, bear names that narrate their stories.

A common feature observed in the names of many Indian cities and villages is the suffix “Pur.” Examples include Jaipur, Udaipur, Raipur, Saharanpur, Nagpur, Mubarakpur, Sultanpur, Gorakhpur, Jaunpur, Kanpur, and Rampur. But why is this word so prevalent in the names of places across India? What is the origin of “Pur,” and what does it signify? Let us delve into the fascinating story behind this suffix.

The Origin of “Pur” in Place Names

The tradition of adding “Pur” to place names dates back to ancient times. Often used at the end of a name, it was typically introduced by kings and emperors who sought to immortalize their legacy. One prominent example is the city of Jaipur, named after Raja Jai Singh, who appended “Pur” to his name to form the city’s name.

What Does “Pur” Mean?

The meaning of “Pur” can be traced to its mention in the Rigveda, one of the oldest known scriptures. Derived from Sanskrit, “Pur” translates to “city” or “fort.” Historically, the term symbolized the fortified cities or strongholds ruled by kings and emperors. In naming their cities, rulers often combined the word “Pur” with their names or the names of significant elements in their kingdoms, thus creating unique identities for these places.

For instance, a particular name or feature was placed before “Pur,” signifying ownership or association with the king. This practice effectively tied the name of the city to the ruler, reinforcing their authority and legacy. Over time, these names became deeply ingrained in history and culture, preserving the memory of their founders.

A Broader Usage of “Pur”

Interestingly, the usage of “Pur” is not limited to India. According to some linguistic experts, the term is also found in Arabic. This linguistic crossover explains the presence of “Pur” in the names of certain cities in Afghanistan and Iran. The cultural and linguistic exchanges between regions over centuries likely contributed to this shared tradition.

The legacy of “Pur” in Indian place names continues to resonate with the country’s rich heritage. Whether denoting a king’s city, a fort, or simply a place with a unique history, the suffix reflects the enduring influence of ancient traditions on modern geography.

Modi and Biden Strengthen U.S.-India Partnership for a Global Future

In a pivotal bilateral meeting, Prime Minister Narendra Modi and U.S. President Joe Biden reaffirmed their commitment to advancing the U.S.-India Comprehensive Global Strategic Partnership. Hailed as the defining partnership of the 21st century, both leaders emphasized its importance in shaping a prosperous and secure future for the global community.

The meeting addressed crucial global and regional issues, particularly in the Indo-Pacific region. President Biden praised India’s leadership on the world stage, notably through its role in the G-20 and Global South initiatives. Modi’s historic visits to Poland and Ukraine were also acknowledged as a demonstration of India’s growing global influence.

Both leaders celebrated the success of the Initiative on Critical and Emerging Technology (iCET), which has expanded strategic cooperation across sectors like space, semiconductors, and advanced telecommunications. They reviewed progress on the “Innovation Handshake” agenda, a collaboration between the U.S. Commerce Department and India’s Ministry of Commerce to foster innovation ecosystems in both countries.

In the defense sector, ongoing projects were recognized, particularly in co-production of jet engines, munitions, and mobility systems. They also lauded the Security of Supply Arrangement (SOSA), aimed at ensuring a steady mutual supply of defense goods and services.

To promote clean energy, the leaders launched a program under the U.S.-India Roadmap to Build Safe and Secure Global Clean Energy Supply Chains. This initiative will accelerate the production and supply of clean energy technologies in both nations, enhancing sustainability efforts.

India’s signing of the Indo-Pacific Economic Framework for Prosperity (IPEF) was another highlight, marking a commitment to advancing resilience, sustainability, and economic growth across the region.

The leaders concluded by reviewing agreements in sectors like trade, business, healthcare, and agriculture, underscoring that the U.S.-India partnership is vital for a cleaner, inclusive, and secure global future. Their joint statement expressed confidence that this partnership will continue to reach new heights in the years to come.

Barack Obama Endorses Kamala Harris for Democratic Presidential Nomination Amid Biden’s Exit

Barack Obama has officially endorsed Vice-President Kamala Harris for the Democratic presidential nomination, concluding days of speculation about his support. In a joint statement with former First Lady Michelle Obama, the couple expressed their strong belief in Harris’s capabilities, stating she possesses the “vision, the character, and the strength that this critical moment demands.”

Following President Joe Biden’s recent announcement of his withdrawal from the race, Harris engaged in discussions with over 100 prominent Democrats, including Obama. Although Obama had praised Biden’s decision to exit the race, he had initially refrained from endorsing Harris.

Harris has already garnered the backing of a majority of Democratic delegates, positioning her as the likely nominee at the party’s convention in August. The Obamas declared in their statement that they were “thrilled to endorse” Harris and committed to doing “everything we can” to ensure her election. They praised Biden’s choice of Harris, stating, “Choosing Kamala was one of the best decisions he’s made. She has the resume to prove it,” referencing her tenure as California’s attorney general, a US senator, and vice-president.

“But Kamala has more than a resume,” the statement added. “She has the vision, the character, and the strength that this critical moment demands. There is no doubt in our mind that Kamala Harris has exactly what it takes to win this election and deliver for the American people. At a time when the stakes have never been higher, she gives us all reason to hope.” The endorsement was shared alongside a video of Harris receiving a phone call from the Obamas, during which they pledged their support. “Oh my goodness,” Harris exclaimed in the video. “Michelle, Barack, this means so much to me.”

In the days following Biden’s withdrawal, Harris has been active on the campaign trail. On Thursday, she addressed the American Federation of Teachers union in Houston. Although the event was officially part of her vice-presidential duties, it had the feel of a campaign rally, with enthusiastic applause and cheers from the audience. Harris criticized “extremist” Republicans and their “failed” policies, stating, “We want to ban assault weapons, and they want to ban books.”

Meanwhile, Donald Trump, the Republican presidential nominee, has ramped up his attacks on Harris. On his social media platform Truth Social, Trump labeled her “Lyin’ Kamala Harris” and a “radical left Marxist, and worse!” He also indicated he would not agree to a televised debate with Harris until her nomination is official, suggesting Democrats might still be seeking a different candidate.

In addition to her campaign activities, Harris has been involved in international diplomacy. She had “frank and constructive” discussions with Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu, urging an end to the Israel-Gaza war. The conflict began after an attack on southern Israel in October, which resulted in approximately 1,200 deaths and 251 hostages being taken. Since then, the Gaza health ministry, controlled by Hamas, reports that over 39,000 people have been killed.

Harris expressed her “serious concerns” about the casualties in Gaza, emphasizing to Netanyahu the importance of how Israel conducts its defense. She also reiterated the necessity for a two-state solution. Netanyahu has met with President Biden and is scheduled to meet with Trump as well.

Harris’s multi-faceted campaign approach, including both domestic engagements and international diplomacy, highlights her readiness to address the varied and significant challenges facing the nation. As the Democratic convention approaches, her endorsement by influential figures like the Obamas strengthens her position and amplifies her message of hope and resilience during critical times.

Balancing Act: Navigating Employee Privacy Concerns in the Age of AI Monitoring

Last month, reports emerged indicating that major corporations like Walmart, Starbucks, Delta, and Chevron had begun utilizing AI systems to monitor employee communications. This revelation sparked immediate concern among employees and workplace advocates regarding potential privacy infringements. However, experts assert that while the implementation of AI tools may introduce novel efficiencies and raise ethical and legal dilemmas, the monitoring of employee conversations is not a new practice. David Johnson, a principal analyst at Forrester Research, notes, “Monitoring employee communications isn’t new, but the growing sophistication of the analysis that’s possible with ongoing advances in AI is.”

A recent study by Qualtrics revealed contrasting attitudes toward AI software in the workplace. Managers exhibit enthusiasm for its potential, whereas employees express apprehension, with 46% describing its use as “scary.” Johnson emphasizes the importance of trust, stating, “Trust is lost in buckets and gained back in drops, so missteps in applying the technology early will have a long tail of implications for employee trust over time.”

Aware, a startup established seven years ago, is integrating AI into common work-related platforms such as Slack, Zoom, Microsoft Teams, and Meta’s Workplace. Collaborating with companies like Starbucks, Chevron, and Walmart, Aware’s product aims to detect various issues ranging from bullying and harassment to cyber threats and insider trading. According to Aware, data remains anonymous until the technology identifies instances requiring attention, at which point it alerts HR, IT, or legal departments for further action.

Companies like Chevron, Starbucks, Walmart, and Delta have disclosed their utilization of Aware’s technology for purposes such as monitoring public interactions on internal platforms, enhancing employee experiences, ensuring community safety, and tracking trends among employees. Additionally, other services like Proofpoint employ AI to monitor cyber risks and enforce company policies regarding AI tool usage, thus addressing concerns regarding data security.

Despite the potential benefits, the integration of AI in the workplace raises apprehensions among employees regarding surveillance. Reece Hayden, a senior analyst at ABI Research, acknowledges the possibility of a “big brother effect,” potentially impacting the candidness of employee communications on internal messaging services.

The use of AI for employee monitoring represents a contemporary iteration of longstanding practices. Social media platforms like Meta have employed similar techniques for content moderation, albeit facing criticism for inadequacies. Moreover, companies have monitored employee behavior on work systems since the advent of email, even extending to browser activity. However, the integration of advanced AI tools directly into employee workflows facilitates real-time analysis of vast datasets, providing insights into trends and discussions.

Hayden suggests that companies’ interest in monitoring employee conversations stems from a desire for real-time insights into workforce dynamics, aiding in the formulation of internal strategies and policies. Nevertheless, Johnson emphasizes the paramount importance of gaining and maintaining employee trust amidst the implementation of AI technologies. Organizations must exercise caution and prudence in their approach to avoid eroding trust through perceived surveillance and punitive actions based on AI-derived insights.

While the deployment of AI for employee monitoring introduces unprecedented capabilities and challenges, it also necessitates a careful balance between operational efficiency and safeguarding employee privacy and trust.

AAPI Confers Lifetime Achievement Award to Dr. Ramdas Pai, Chair of MAHE During GHS in Manipal

(Manipal, Karnataka — January 6, 2024) During the 17th annual Global Healthcare Summit 2024 by the American Association of Physicians of Indian Origin (AAPI) being held in Manipal, Karnataka, Dr. Ramdas Pai, Chancellor of Manipal Academy of Higher Education (MAHE) was conferred with the Lifetime Achievement Award for his visionary leadership and dedication to quality education in the nation.

His son Ranjan Pai, an educationist and healthcare baron, who manages the Manipal Group, along with his mother Mrs. Vasanthi Pai, received the award from Dr. Aarti Krishna, Deputy Chair of non-Residents Indian Forum, Karnataka, who was the chief guest at the inaugural ceremony of the GHS – Manipal on January 5, 2024. AAPI’s 17th annual Global Healthcare Summit (GHS) 2024 being held at the Kasturba Medical College, Manipal in Karnataka from January 4th to 6th, 2023.

AAPI 2024 Collage 7In her remarks, Mrs. Vasanthi Pai said, “Dr Ramdas M Pai has always set a high bar for the institutions he has set up. She shared with the audience the high regards and appreciation Dr. Pai has for AAPI and its valuable services in promoting healthcare and exchange of knowledge and advocacy of policy initiatives in the US.

Recipient of numerous awards, Dr. Pai was honored with the prestigious awards such as Padma Bhushan from the Government of India, ‘Datuk’ Award from the Government of Melaka, Malaysia and the Golden Peacock Lifetime Achievement Award in recognition of his contribution in the field of education and healthcare.

In her address, Dr. Anjana Samadder, President of the American Association of Physicians of Indian Origin (AAPI) said, “I extend my warmest greetings to each and every one of you attending this prestigious 17th annual Global Healthcare Summit in New Delhi and Manipal. As the president of AAPI, I’m honored to welcome a diverse gathering of experts, policymakers, healthcare professionals, and advocates dedicate dedicated to advancing global health. I want to thank was speakers and sponsors for their contributions.”

GHS is being organized by AAPI in collaboration with AIIMS, Kasturba Medical College in Manipal, the Indian Medical Association, and the Government of the State of Karnataka and the Global Association of Indian Medical Students (GAIMS),

Dr. Sampat Shivangi, Chair of GHS 2024 said, “With the rapidly changing healthcare landscape, AAPI has rightly chosen to focus on the Future of Healthcare and Artificial Intelligence during the GHS 2024, and is being organized in collaboration with AIIMs, and University of Manipal, which are in the league of the best academic centers. With the invention of Artificial Intelligence, we want to explore its impact on Medicine and Healthcare in the 21st century.”

In her keynote address, Dr. Aarti Krishna extended her felicitations to AAPI and all the participants at the Global Healthcare Summit in Manipal. She appreciated the special focus being given to the future of healthcare and artificial intelligence, as well as holding a special segment for women. She recalled her long association with AAPI and its leaders during her tenure in Washington DC where she had interacted with several AAPI leaders. She highlighted how “Karnataka has been in the forefront and now the is the foremost state of India in the healthcare sector and has taken numerous and tremendous strides to raise high quality health care to the people of the state. In fact, it has become the hub of healthcare for Indians all over India. I’m confident that initiatives taken up during the GHS 2924 will be mutually beneficial to all.”

AAPI 2024 Collage 8Dr. Krishna said, “AAPI has been a pioneering institution in the United States to support and nurture the Indian American physicians, the pursuit of excellence in professionalism patient care, teaching and research. They steadfastly pursue collective advocacy for furthering the costs of medicine, medical profession, and knowledge of ethics and legislative and regulatory changes in the profession. I’m delighted that AAPI has partnered with India to share the knowledge and progress in both our countries in the field as well as contributing to the health sector in India.”

In a message sent by the honorable Chief Minister of Karnataka Shree Siddaramaiah, he extended his heartfelt greetings to all the participants who are attending the GHS conference in Karnataka. “Karnataka takes immense pride in being at the forefront of health care, and hosting this conference is a testament to our commitment to advancing the field as we bring together minds that have dedicated themselves to the noble cost of healthcare, I am confident that this conference will serve as a dynamic platform for brainstorming and exchanging ideas.”

Lt. Gen. Dr. Venkatesh, Chair of GHS, India described the great achievements of Manipal Academy as one of the most pioneering institutes in the world, among the top six universities in the country, which effectively means that it is number one, multidisciplinary private university in the country. “I think this is a testament to our commitments, more importantly, as the world is grappling with environmental issues, and global warming, we focus on sustainability, targeting our commitment to unwavering support for environment. And today, we are ranked as the number one university in terms of environmental friendliness, and being a green campus,”

Dr. H S Ballal, MAHE Pro Vice Chancellor in his address said, “I’m very happy that AAPI is hosting a scientific conference here in Manipal, today and tomorrow. Congratulations to the more than 100 delegates with their families from the US, who are participating in this conference. Your presence contributes to the richness and diversity to our vibrant community and we are very delighted to have you here.”

The 2 days long sessions in Manipal is packed with top end CMEs delivered by several prominent physicians and academicians who are participating at the GHS and are leading and chairing various academic sessions that are being organized during the summit.

AAPI 2024 Collage 10The awesome hospitality and warmth of the local organizing committee, cultural extravaganza depicting the cultural traditions of southern India, delicious Karnataka special cusine, served on banana leaves and the visits to the local education centers, Temples and cultural sites are added attractions that made the Summit in Manipal unique.

Dr. Sampat Shivangi, Chair of GHS 2024 expressed his gratitude to all who have been instrum ental in organizing the highly successful GHS in Manipal, particularly Dr. Subra Bghat, Dr. Annapurna Bhat, Dr. Udaya Shivangi, Dr. Ballal, Dr. Venkatesh, Dr. Rohit Singh, Dr, Sharat Kumar, Dr. Raj Alappan, Dr. Bantwal S. Baliga, Dr. Unnikrishnan, and Dr, Padmaraj Hegde.

India is making tremendous progress in the healthcare sector and is building modern medical facilities throughout the country. Physicians of Indian origin have earned a name for themselves in the medical field and India is now being touted as a medical tourism hub. With a rise in population, there is an urgent need to create additional health infrastructure, which entails a higher level of investment in the Indian healthcare market in the coming years.

It’s in this context, the groundbreaking AAPI Global Healthcare Summit (GHS) from January 1-6th, 2024 in Delhi and Manipal, Karnataka, being organized with participation from some of the world’s most well known physicians, and industry leaders becomes very critical and significant. This international healthcare summit is a progressive transformation from the first Indo-US Healthcare Summit launched by AAPI USA in 2007.

Providing a forum for innovative opportunities for learning, networking and giving back to our motherland that have now enabled us to plan ahead and prepare for an outstanding event with very prominent and talented physicians and surgeons from abroad, in addition to the hundreds of physicians from India, who are very passionate about serving their homeland, mother India. For more details, please visit: www.aapiusa.org/

AAPI’s 17th Annual Global Healthcare Summit in New Delhi Concludes with Call to Bridge the Digital Gap In Healthcare Delivery

New Delhi (January 4, 2023): The 17th annual Global Healthcare Summit by the American Association of Physicians of Indian Origin (AAPI) came to a close with a call and commitment to help bridge the Digital Gap in Healthcare delivery system in India with the effective utilization of modern technology.

The flagship conference with the theme, “Cutting Edge in Healthcare and Artificial Intelligence” held at the pioneering All India Medical Institute of Medical Sciences (AIIMS) and Le Meriden Hotel was attended by over a hundred delegates from around the world and over 250 physicians and medical students from several Medical Schools and Hospitals from across India was held in New Delhi from January 1st to 3rd, 2024.

AAPI 2024 Collage 5In her welcome address, Dr. Anjana Samadder, President of the American Association of Physicians of Indian Origin (AAPI) said, “I extend my warmest greetings to each and every one of you attending this prestigious 17th annual Global Healthcare Summit in New Delhi and Manipal. For the first time it is being held in two cities, in collaboration with prestigious institutions, such as AIIMS, New Delhi and MAHE in Manipal. As the president of AAPI, I’m honored to welcome a diverse gathering of experts, policymakers, healthcare professionals, and advocates dedicate dedicated to advancing global health. I want to thank was speakers and sponsors for their contributions.”

For the first time ever, AAPI is hosting the annual Global Healthcare Summit (GHS) in two cities in India, giving delegates, who are coming from the United States to participate and gain a unique perspective and experience India from the North to the South ,

AAPI’s 17th annual Global Healthcare Summit (GHS) 2024 was held at the at the Le Meridien Hotel from January 1-3rd and will be held at the Kasturba Medical College, Manipal, MAHE in Karnataka from January 4th to 6th, 2023. The GHS was inaugurated at the prestigious Le Meridien Hotel in New Delhi with a memorable New Year’s Day Eve celebration on December 31st, 2023.

GHS is being organized by AAPI in collaboration with AAIMS, Kasturba Medical College in Manipal, the Indian Medical Association, and the Government of the State of Karnataka and the Global Association of Indian Medical Students (GAIMS),

Dr. Sampat Shivangi, Chair of GHS 2024 said, “With the rapidly changing healthcare landscape, AAPI has rightly chosen to focus on the future of Healthcare and Artificial Intelligence during the GHS 2024, and is being organized in collaboration with AIIMs, and University of Manipal, which are in the league of the best academic centers. With the invention of Artificial Intelligence, we want to explore its impact on Medicine and Healthcare in the 21st century.

The annual event of AAPI, GHS has contributed to ushering in new ways of providing healthcare to India’s 1.4 billion people, who live in the congested urban centers and in the rural/remote regions of the country. The 17th annual GHS will build on past initiatives and add several new programs, Dr. Samadder added.

AAPI, which has been leading efforts to help streamline medical education in India to meet the global standards, assembled a galaxy of medical regulatory organization leaders from India, the United Kingdom and the United States during the GHS on January 2, 2024.

Leaders of National Board of Examination in Medical Science (NBEMS) India, National Board of Examination in Medical Science (NBME) USA, and the Federation of State Medical Boards (FSMB) were among the panelists that discussed and educated the aspiring medical students from some of the premium Medical Schools in India who had keenly participated at the panel discussion.
Dr. Lokesh Edara, BOT-Chair Elect, Dr. Sumul N. Raval, current Secretary of AAPI, and Dr. Shubam Anand, Chairman of Global Association of Indian Medical Students (GAIMS) led and coordinated the initiatives.

Dr. Peter Katsufrakis, President and CEO, NBME,USA, Dr Humayun Chaudhry, President and CEO of the Federation of State Medical Boards, Jeffrey D. Carter, MD (Missouri) Chair of the FSMB, Dr. Sarvam TerKonda (Past Chair, FSMB USA), Ms. Katie Templeton JD (Chair-Elect, FSMB,USA), and Prof. Hasmukh Shah, Recruitment and Training in UK were some of the others from the Medical education field, who were part of the distinguished panelists. Dr. Abhijat Sheth represented NMBE – India. FSMB was represented by Dr. Humayun Chaudhry, President and CEO of the Federation of State Medical Boards. Dr. Sheth presented the NBEMS mission and PG NEET examination, FMGE examination and more than 50 specialties for postgraduate and super specialties courses they are conducting and graduating.

AAPI Collage 2 (3)During GHS AAPI entered into a groundbreaking partnership with CLIRNET, India’s leading digital healthcare platform with the objective of running a Mentorship & Observership program jointly. While announcing the new initiative Dr. Samadder emphasized the imperative for healthcare professionals to stay at the forefront of innovation. She also highlighted that the collaboration between AAPI and CLIRNET marks a significant milestone in advancing clinical training in India.

AAPI in collaboration with WHEELS Foundation has announced a $10,000 award towards the Project – Kanya: Sanitary Napkin Machine. The announcement was made during a joint panel discussion held as part of the GHS on ‘Menstrual Health’ (under the banner of ‘Kanya Conference’). The Kanya Challenge Award seeks to catalyze groundbreaking advancements in menstrual hygiene for Indian women through the development and commercialization of absorbent materials made from indigenous Indian resources.

The Panel Session was led by Dr. Anajana Samadder, Dr. Sumul Rawal, Secretary, AAPI, Anitha Thampi (of MCup), Jayadeep Mandal: Aakar Innovations & Aakar Social Ventures, Prof Virendra Kumar Vijay (of IIT-Delhi’s UBA Program) speaking on UBA supporting Saukhyam: Dr. Meenakshi Bharat, a Gynecologist and Fertility specialist who is a green campaigner, an advocate for Clean India. Prof Satish Agnihotri: Professor, Centre for Technology Alternatives for Rural Areas (CTARA), IIT Bombay with messages from Dr. Raj Shah, Dr. Vriti Khurana and Ratan Agarwal.

In his keynote address, Dr. Anupam Sibal, Chair of GHS – Delhi highlighted the enormous accomplishments of India and Indian Americans across many spectrums. He pointed to the advances in Medical Education in India, particularly since its independence, “In the past seven to eight decades, we’ve made considerable progress in higher education, and this is just a snapshot of the area. We have 149 institutes of national importance, more than 1000 universities and more than 50,000 colleges. fourth highest number of doctoral graduates in the world, the fourth highest research output in the world. We produce 6.5 million graduates every year 1.5 million engineers, 300,000 MBAs and 100,000 graduates.:

In his address, M. Srinivasan, Director of AIIMS said, “It is my pleasure that we are onboard with AAPI for its 17th annual Global Healthcare Summit. AIIMS New Delhi was established in 1956 to accomplish the trinity of mission, advanced medical education, cutting edge research, and quality patient care. I am certain that this conference will act as a platform for exchange of ideas and collaboration across the domains for cutting edge research and breakthrough in medical education. We look forward to meeting professionals, researchers and experts in the field of healthcare and research from across the globe.”

Dr. Lokesh Edara, Chair of AAPI BOT said, “AAPI’s GHS is yet another way of continuing with our constant commitment towards making quality healthcare affordable and accessible to all the people of India. In addition, GHS 2024 focusses on promoting Healthcare Technology including Artificial Intelligence in the Healthcare arena.”

Several prominent physicians and academicians are participating at the GHS and are leading the keynote addresses and are chairing various academic sessions that are being organized during the summit. Latest Advances, CME, ELS, Discussions on Research Methodology, and Scientific Writing by Academic Experts are part of the summit.

AAPI Collage 4The CEO Forum addressed by eminent panelists that included, Air Marshal Sadhana Nair, Saurav Kasera, Sreeprasad Guduppa, Sudharshan Jain, Shenoy Robinson, Karthikeyan, IPS, and Suresh Samuel, in their eloquent addresses spoke on Equity, Ethics, and how to adapt to the changing landscape in the healthcare arena and make a positive and lasting impact, benefitting the physicians, industries and the larger population.

Physician Burnout and mitigating mental health issues among physicians was the major theme during the evening session, moderated by Dr. Shubham Anand, Dr. Inderpal Chadda, and Dr. Chanchal Pal. Distinguished panelists included: Dr. Sreenivasan, Director of AIIMS; Dr. Suresh Kumar, Director of LNJP Hospital; Dr. Subhash Giri, Director of LHMC; Dr. Ishwar Singh, Director of Indira Gandhi Hospital; Dr. Vinay Kumar, President, RDA, AIIMS; and Dr. Rohan Krishnan, Chairman, FAIMAR.

Dr. Bhavani Sreenivasan, Chair of AAPI Publications eloquently moderated the Women’s Forum on “Breaking Barriers and Shaping the Future of Women.” Air Marshal Dr. Sadhana Nair, Dr. Anita Ratnam, Dr. Damayante Karkare, Dr. Madhushree Katwal and Mrs. Geetha Athreya shared with the audience, quoting from their personal experiences about how they overcame challenges in life and became role models in their own way.

GHS was packed with day long workshops on various relevant topics, Trainings, Research Contest, Scientific Workshops and Panel Discussions on how modern technology is being used in the vast medical field. On New Years Day, participants went on a pilgrimage to Rishikesh, the holy shrine under the foothills of the Himalayas, seeking blessings from the Almighty.

Dr. Sumul Raval, Secretary of AAPI said, “Harnessing the power of Indian Doctors worldwide, the AAPI Global Healthcare Summit platform has evolved with the support of prominent global and Indian medical associations. AAPI’s mission is to make a positive and meaningful impact on the healthcare delivery system both in the US and in India.”

Healthcare in India is one of the largest sectors, in terms of revenue and employment. India is making significant improvements in its healthcare infrastructure and is building modern medical facilities throughout India. Doctors of Indian origin have made tremendous progress in the 21st century and India is now being touted as a medical tourism hub.

The Global Healthcare Summit has come a long way from the first Indo-US Healthcare Summit launched by AAPI USA in 2007. Since then, AAPI has organized 16 Indo – US/Global Healthcare Summits and developed strategic alliances with various organizations.

Highlighting the importance of the flagship annual GHS, Dr. Samadder said, “This summit serves as a powerful platform for knowledge exchange, collaboration, and the forging of meaningful partnerships. The work we do today paves the way for a healthcare landscape that is more efficient, accessible and affordable toward all individuals. For more details, please visit: www.aapiusa.org/

India’s Role in Rebuilding and Revival of Post-War Middle East

Can there be a Permanent Solution to the Plight of Palestinians and Israelis?

Feature and Cover India’s Role in Rebuilding and Revival of Post War Middle East

The recent release of a number of Israeli and Palestinian hostages and the temporary week long truce, which ended on December 1st should have been an occasion for the global community to reflect on how we could try to strive for not just a cease-fire but for long-lasting peace and economic development in the region.

While on the one hand, Israel has achieved significant economic development despite being surrounded by Islamic countries, on the other hand, Gaza remains backward and dependent primarily on Israel for even its basic needs of water, electricity, fuel, and employment for quite a few of its residents.

The attack by Hamas on Israel on October 7 demonstrated to the world the brutality and the barbarism of the terrorists. The reprisals by Israel have resulted in a lot of destruction, death, and misery for the people of Gaza in the West Bank. There is a much greater sense of insecurity for both the Israelis and the Palestinians.

This has also led to a very significant surge in anti-Semitic and anti-Muslim hate crimes not only in the region but in the US, Europe, and other countries.

Is the world destined to continue down the spiral of more wars, hatred, death, and destruction? Or is there an alternative vision or path possible?

Brief background

A lot has already been written and discussed about the conflict’s historical evolution and origins. The Israel-Palestine issue has persisted for decades and has resulted in considerable human suffering. Resolving the plight of the Palestinians and Israelis is of utmost importance for regional peace. Focusing on economic empowerment, employment opportunities, and education for the Palestinians could perhaps serve as a powerful tool to counter the allure of extremist ideologies and promote peace. The acceptance by the Islamic countries of the right of Israel to exist as a free country is also an essential requirement.

The dust of war eventually settles, but its scars are often long-lasting, especially in regions plagued by protracted conflicts like the Middle East. Yet, as daunting as the task of rebuilding might seem, the post-war era can serve as an inflection point, an opportunity to sow seeds of lasting peace and prosperity.

War robs individuals, particularly youth, of their aspirations, thrusting them into a vortex of despair and, often, extremist ideologies. So, the question is, how can we pivot from devastation to a renaissance in the post-war Middle East?

How can we aspire for a prosperous Palestinian and Israeli population living in peace and harmony, reaping the benefits of regional economic cooperation, and providing a model for conflict resolution worldwide?

Economic Integration: The Power of Unity

The prospect of the India-Middle East Europe Economic Corridor (IMEEEC) need not be seen only as an economic initiative but also as a gesture for peace in a conflict-prone region. By linking Bharat to Europe via the Middle East, we’re not merely talking about trade and investment; we’re fostering an environment where economies are interdependent, thus making conflict detrimental to all.

The India-Middle East Europe Economic Corridor (IMEEEC) can possibly bring significant investments and trade opportunities for Palestinians and others in the region. Developing Special Economic Zones (SEZ) within Palestine in collaboration with Israel and other countries involved in IMEEEC would focus on manufacturing, technology, and services, drawing investment from nations. This would be a win-win situation, as the corridor will bolster the economies of all participant countries.

Imagine the ripple effects of infrastructure projects intertwining Gaza, the West Bank, and Israel into this corridor. These aren’t just roads, ports, and rails but lifelines of hope, conduits of opportunity.

Investing in Youth and Women: The Beacon of Hope

Youth and women are the torchbearers of our future. However, radical voices can seductively intercept a future shadowed by unemployment. By aligning with nations like Bharat, known for its prowess in the IT sector, we can equip the youth and women with sought-after skills. The twofold vision is to reduce unemployment and nurture ambassadors of peace, who have far more to lose in times of conflict. Bharat has already been extending phenomenal support under the ITEC (Indian Technical and Economic Cooperation) Program to the citizens of many of these countries for many decades now. Bharat, therefore, has the experience and the expertise in this regard.

Moreover, let’s incentivize peace. If companies from the IMEEEC region employ Palestinian youths, they should benefit from tax breaks and other incentives.

  1. Skill Development: Collaborate with international agencies to establish vocational training centers. Partner with countries like India, which has vast experience in IT and service sectors, to train youth in these domains.
  2. Job Fairs and Employment Drives: Regularly organize job fairs featuring companies from Israel, Saudi Arabia, and other Middle Eastern countries to promote employment among Palestinian youths.
  3. Incentives for Employers: Provide tax breaks and financial incentives to companies from the IMEEEC region that employ a significant percentage of Palestinians.

Education: The Pillar of Progress

Schools must become the sanctuaries of hope and enlightenment in our quest for lasting peace. Through partnerships with global universities, we can elevate academic standards and instill values of coexistence and unity. When children are taught stories of camaraderie, not conflict, they’ll pen a different, peaceful chapter for the region.

  1. Educational Exchange Programs: Collaborate with universities in Israel, India, Europe, and the Middle East to offer scholarships for Palestinian students.
  2. Upgraded Curriculum: Ensure that the curriculum in Palestinian schools is in line with international standards. Focus on teaching critical thinking, STEM, peace education, and coexistence.
  3. Teacher Training Programs: Collaborate with international educational organizations to train teachers, ensuring high academic standards.

Promoting Peace, Countering Terrorism, and Anti-Semitism:

Bharat has always condemned terrorism in the strongest terms and has shown zero tolerance for terrorism in any shape or form. Promoting peace, countering terrorism, and addressing anti-Semitism requires a multi-pronged approach, encompassing education, dialogue, policy reform, and community engagement.

  1. Media and Education: Promote peace, unity, and coexistence narratives in Palestinian media and educational content. Counter any narratives of hatred and division. Incorporate lessons on the Holocaust, the history of Jews, and the contributions of diverse groups to human civilization to foster understanding and dispel myths.
  2. Youth Engagement: Establish peace clubs in schools and universities that organize events promoting peace and understanding. Promote exchange programs where individuals can immerse themselves in different cultures and religions to foster understanding.
  3. Interfaith Dialogues: Encourage interfaith dialogues within Palestine and between Palestinians and Israelis to foster understanding and unity. Set up interfaith discussions where religious leaders can address common misconceptions about their beliefs and highlight similarities.
  4. Hate Crime Legislation: Strengthen laws that penalize hate crimes, ensuring they are adequately enforced.
  5. Counter-radicalization Programs: Develop programs explicitly targeting individuals at risk of radicalization, offering them support, education, and alternative perspectives.
Ambassador Pradeep Kapur

Ambassador Pradeep Kapur is an acknowledged “luminary diplomat,” with a distinguished career working with leaders and policymakers in different continents of the world: Asia, Africa, Europe, North America, and South America. He was the author and editor of many books. Kapur was Ambassador of India to Chile and Cambodia and Secretary at the Indian Ministry of External Affairs before joining as an academic in reputed universities in the USA and India. A graduate of the globally acclaimed Indian Institute of Technology, Delhi (IIT-D), he is Executive Director of Smart Village Development Fund (SVDF); International Economic Strategic Advisor, Intellect Design Arena; and Chairman, Advisory Council, DiplomacyIndia.com. His healthcare contributions include setting up of BP Koirala Institute of Health Sciences in Eastern Nepal, which is acclaimed as an exemplary bilateral India Nepal initiative.

Joseph M Chalil

Dr. Joseph M. Chalil, Chief Medical Officer at Novo Integrated Sciences, Inc., is a renowned physician executive with international recognition for his extensive contributions to healthcare innovation and research. Currently pursuing an LLM in Medical Law and Ethics at the University of Edinburgh Law School, he holds influential roles as Chairman of the Complex Health Systems Advisory Board and Adjunct Professor at Nova Southeastern University, Florida. Dr. Chalil, a U.S. Navy Medical Corps veteran, also serves as Chief Strategic Advisor for the American Association of Physicians of Indian Origin (AAPI) and is a Fellow of the American College of Healthcare Executives. His impactful book, “Beyond the Covid-19 Pandemic,” reflects his commitment to transforming global healthcare systems. A respected figure in healthcare and media, Dr. Chalil is known for his leadership in healthcare administration, balanced media representation, and insightful discussions on Indian TV news channels, showcasing his expertise in areas such as US-India relations, geopolitical issues, and public policy.

The Abraham Accords 2.0: A New Dawn in Middle Eastern Diplomacy

The Middle East, often perceived as a complex web of animosities and alliances, witnessed a historical turn with the signing of the Abraham Accords in 2020. These agreements, brokered with the significant involvement of the United States, marked a paradigm shift in the diplomatic relations between Israel and several Arab nations.

Named after the patriarch Abraham, a revered figure in Judaism, Christianity, and Islam, the Abraham Accords are a series of normalization agreements between Israel and various Arab countries, including the United Arab Emirates (UAE), Bahrain, Sudan, and Morocco.

Before 2020, only two Arab nations—Egypt (1979) and Jordan (1994)—had established full diplomatic relations with Israel. The Abraham Accords, therefore, represent a significant expansion of Israel’s formal recognition within the Arab world.

The Accords entail the establishment of full diplomatic ties, including the opening of embassies, direct flights, trade deals, and broader cooperation in sectors such as technology, energy, and medicine.

The stymied Israel-Saudi Arabia Peace Accord needs to be restarted. This isn’t just about peace agreements; it’s a cultural and economic confluence. We’re not just linking economies; we’re linking destinies. Mutual investments and cultural exchanges between nations have historically proven to be robust peacekeepers.

MBS and Biden with Modi
Picture: PMO India

India/Bharat: A Potential Peace Broker in the Middle East

India’s unique positioning in global politics and its historical ties and soft power make it a potential mediator in the volatile Middle East, particularly between Arabs and Israelis. Bharat has managed to maintain cordial relations with both Arab nations and Israel. Historically, Bharat has supported the Palestinian cause, while in recent decades, it has fostered robust ties with Israel, particularly in the defense, agriculture, and technology sectors. This dual affinity ensures that India is seen as a neutral player, which is essential for effective mediation.

The significant Indian diaspora in the Middle East, especially in the Gulf countries, strengthens Bharat’s cultural and economic ties with the region. This diaspora contributes to their resident countries’ economies and acts as a bridge between their homeland and the Middle East. Their presence can be leveraged as they symbolize the mutual respect and shared values between Bharat and the Middle East.

Every brick we lay in the post-war Middle East can be a stepping stone towards an enduring peace or another block in an endless maze of conflicts. By integrating our economies, investing in the youth and women, and reimagining education, we don’t just rebuild post-war Palestine and ensure the future security of Israel; we revive hope, unity, and a promise of a brighter, peaceful tomorrow.

A prosperous and peaceful Palestinian society living in peace with Israel can be realized through a combination of regional cooperation, economic initiatives, and education. A focus on these areas will provide Palestinian youth with hope and purpose, making the ideologies of hate and extremism less attractive. Bharat has emerged as an essential global player, as was apparent during the G20 Summit and the Voice of Global South Summit recently in Bharat. Due to the high stakes for all countries and its greater acceptance as an essential global entity, Bharat can endeavor to line up the support of the USA, Europe, Japan, South Korea, Australia, New Zealand, and other like-minded countries in these efforts. With the cooperation of regional powers and the international community, a brighter future for Palestine, Israel, and the entire region is within reach.

Given its deep-rooted connections, neutrality, and the respect it commands in the Middle East, Bharat can play a pivotal role in fostering peace in the region. While the challenges in the Middle East are complex, Bharat’s involvement can provide a fresh perspective and a neutral ground for dialogue. As the world’s largest democracy, Bharat can be a beacon of hope for a peaceful Middle East.

Fiery Fourth Republican Debate: Personal Clashes, Trump’s Absence, and Culture War Unfold in Intense Showdown

The high-stakes fourth Republican presidential debate on Wednesday night highlighted why former President Donald Trump has been avoiding the 2024 primary debate circuit. The event featured four contenders: former South Carolina Gov. Nikki Haley, Florida Gov. Ron DeSantis, former New Jersey Gov. Chris Christie, and entrepreneur Vivek Ramaswamy. However, the debate was marked by intense infighting among the candidates, diverting attention from the primary focus on the frontrunner.

Despite the smallest debate field to date and the Iowa caucuses approaching in less than six weeks, the candidates utilized the two-hour debate to showcase their policy beliefs and emphasize major differences. However, the evening was dominated by personal attacks, with Ramaswamy referring to Haley as “lipstick on a Dick Cheney,” Christie mocking Ramaswamy’s “smartass mouth,” and DeSantis claiming Haley “caves every time the left comes after her.”

The candidates seemed united in their belief that establishing themselves as the GOP’s sole alternative to Trump was essential before making a concentrated case against him. However, this strategy also underscored why Trump’s absence from the debates hasn’t affected his standing in the polls. Although there were occasional attacks on the former president, such as Christie’s anti-Trump campaign message and Haley’s criticism of his China approach, the majority of the debate was dominated by clashes between the present candidates.

DeSantis and Ramaswamy Target Haley

The debate’s first hour highlighted Haley’s increasing prominence in the race, as both DeSantis and Ramaswamy focused on criticizing her. DeSantis wasted no time taking aim at Haley, drawing her into a dispute over transgender bathroom usage. Ramaswamy continued his critique from the third debate, targeting Haley for her association with Boeing while serving on its board.

DeSantis and Ramaswamy collaborated at various points, criticizing Haley’s recent support from donors like Reid Hoffman and Larry Fink. Ramaswamy even held up a notepad with the message “Nikki = Corrupt.” Haley defended herself, stating she welcomed support but wouldn’t let it dictate her policies, adding that her competitors would accept similar support if offered.

Christie, however, broke the pattern by defending Haley against Ramaswamy’s foreign policy insults, emphasizing her intelligence and accomplishments. Haley expressed gratitude for Christie’s support.

Christie’s Resurgence and Criticisms

Chris Christie, who has struggled to recreate the success of the 2016 presidential primary debates, regained some momentum in Tuscaloosa. He portrayed his opponents as immature and unprepared for the job, making it challenging for DeSantis and Ramaswamy.

Christie criticized DeSantis for avoiding basic questions and challenged him on sending US troops to rescue American hostages in Gaza. Later, when asked about Trump’s fitness for office, Christie insisted on a straightforward answer, accusing DeSantis of being afraid or not listening. He also targeted Ramaswamy’s tendency to backtrack on comments, labeling him the “most obnoxious blowhard in America.”

In a departure from his previous allegiance to Trump, Christie reserved his most severe criticism for all three opponents, accusing them of being afraid to offend the former president and emphasizing the importance of speaking the truth.

Avoidance of Trump Criticism

While the candidates engaged in intense personal clashes, Chris Christie attempted to refocus the debate by highlighting Trump’s significant lead in the polls. He compared his rivals to characters avoiding saying the name of the villain in the Harry Potter series, suggesting they were hesitant to directly confront Trump.

Christie implied that candidates refrained from criticizing Trump directly to safeguard their chances of becoming his vice presidential nominee or securing future presidential prospects. He emphasized the necessity of telling the truth, even if it meant offending, to avoid denial and secure the party’s success.

DeSantis’ Culture War and Criticism of Haley

DeSantis, known for his “war on woke,” shifted the focus to domestic culture war issues like environmental, social, and corporate governance (ESG) investing and transgender rights. He used these issues to paint Haley as a moderate, criticizing her stance on gender-affirming care for transgender minors.

DeSantis accused Haley of opposing a bill in Florida to prevent gender mutilation of minors, linking her support from wealthy donors to the ESG investing movement. He argued that these donors sought to impose a left-wing agenda on the country through economic power.

Haley clarified her position, stating that while she believed the law should stay out of it, parents should take the lead in such matters. She emphasized that she did not endorse youth gender transition.

Ramaswamy’s Conspiracy Theories

Vivek Ramaswamy, potentially in his last appearance on a GOP debate stage, embraced extreme conspiracy theories. He asserted that the January 6, 2021, Capitol attack was an “inside job,” claimed the 2020 election was “stolen by Big Tech,” and accused the government of lying about Saudi Arabia’s involvement in the 9/11 attacks.

Ramaswamy also endorsed the “great replacement” theory, a racist conspiracy suggesting non-White people are being brought in to replace White voters. He labeled it a basic statement of the Democratic Party platform. In his closing statement, he declared the “climate change agenda” a hoax.

The fourth Republican primary debate showcased intense personal clashes, candidates avoiding direct criticism of Trump, and a divergence into culture war issues. Each contender sought to position themselves as the GOP’s primary alternative, but the evening was marked by memorable confrontations and minimal attention on Trump’s absence from the debate stage.

403 Indian Students Lost Abroad Since 2018: Government Addresses Concerns, Canada Tops List with 91 Fatalities

The government announced on Thursday that 403 Indian students have lost their lives abroad since 2018 due to a variety of reasons, including natural causes, accidents, and medical conditions. Canada has reported the highest number of fatalities among 34 nations, with 91 Indian students succumbing to different circumstances.

Minister of State for External Affairs, V Muraleedharan, provided this information in a written response to a question raised in Rajya Sabha, stating, “According to the information available with the ministry, 403 incidents of death of Indian students abroad have been reported since 2018.” To address the well-being of Indian students studying abroad, heads of mission/post and senior officials engage in regular interactions with universities and educational institutions.

Canada leads the list with 91 reported deaths of Indian students since 2018, followed by the United Kingdom (48), Russia (40), the United States (36), Australia (35), Ukraine (21), Germany (20), Cyprus (14), and Italy and the Philippines (10 each), according to data submitted by the ministry. Minister Muraleedharan emphasized, “The safety and security of Indian students abroad is one of the foremost priorities for the Government of India.”

He assured that Indian missions and posts remain vigilant, closely monitoring the well-being of students. In case of any untoward incident, prompt action is taken by engaging with the authorities of the host country to ensure a thorough investigation and appropriate punishment for the perpetrators. The government is committed to providing comprehensive consular assistance to distressed Indian students, including emergency medical care and lodging, whenever necessary.

Addressing concerns about the high number of student deaths, External Affairs Ministry spokesman Arindam Bagchi referred to the increasing influx of Indian students into Canada. Bagchi stated during a weekly briefing, “I don’t know if this is an issue that merits taking up with the government. There are individual incidents where there has been foul play and others….Our consulates do reach out to families; we also take up such cases with the local authorities.”

In essence, the government’s response highlights the tragic loss of 403 Indian students abroad since 2018 and the varied causes contributing to these incidents. The emphasis on the safety and security of Indian students, coupled with ongoing efforts by Indian missions and posts, reflects the commitment to addressing concerns and providing assistance in distressing situations.

Minister Muraleedharan’s assurance of swift action and engagement with host country authorities underscores the proactive approach taken to investigate incidents and ensure justice. Additionally, the acknowledgment of the increasing number of Indian students in Canada as a factor in the higher death toll aims to contextualize the statistics and prompt further examination.

The government’s commitment to consular assistance, encompassing medical care and lodging, reaffirms the dedication to supporting distressed Indian students abroad. The complex nature of these incidents, involving various countries and circumstances, underscores the need for continuous monitoring and diplomatic efforts to address challenges faced by Indian students studying overseas.

Exploring the Depths of Spirituality: Insights from Pew Research

The terms “spiritual” and “spirituality” have posed a challenge for researchers and scholars in the realm of religion, defying easy definition. What constitutes being spiritual? Does it entail a sense of wonder, well-being, or peace? Is belief in God or a higher power a prerequisite? These terms appear so elastic that they encompass a myriad of disparate ideas and experiences.

A recent study conducted by Pew Research delves into the meaning of “spiritual” for those who identify with the term, shedding light on the beliefs and practices of individuals who consider themselves “spiritual but not religious.” In their report titled “Spirituality Among Americans,” Pew surveyed over 11,000 people earlier this year, revealing that 7 in 10 U.S. adults describe themselves as spiritual in some way.

The study finds that almost half of respondents identify as both religious and spiritual. This suggests a dual engagement, where individuals participate in religious institutions while also maintaining personal spiritual practices or perspectives outside formal religious traditions. Meanwhile, 22% of U.S. adults identify as “spiritual but not religious,” 21% claim neither spiritual nor religious affiliation, and 10% identify as religious but not spiritual.

The shifting landscape of religious affiliation in the United States has witnessed increased diversity in recent years. While Christianity remains the predominant faith, there has been a rise in the numbers of Jews, Muslims, Hindus, Buddhists, and other religious groups. However, there is an overarching trend of declining religious affiliation, indicating a reduced identification with specific religious groups.

Lead Pew researcher Becka Alper notes the ongoing attempt to make sense of this shift, asking, “Is the U.S. public becoming more secular? Are they becoming more spiritual?” The study aims to provide a comprehensive understanding of spiritual beliefs, practices, and experiences.

Key findings from the survey include:

– 83% of all U.S. adults believe in the existence of a soul or spirit alongside the physical body.

– 81% acknowledge the presence of something spiritual beyond the natural world, even if it is imperceptible.

– 74% assert that there are aspects science cannot explain.

– 45% report experiencing a sudden connection with something beyond this world.

– 38% claim to have felt a strong connection with a departed person communicating from beyond.

Regarding the meaning of “spiritual,” the majority (74%) associate it with “being connected to something bigger than myself.” A substantial 70% specify that it means “being connected with God,” while 64% interpret it as “being connected with my true self.” Only 40% equate spirituality with adherence to a specific religious faith. The term also encompasses various other interpretations, such as a connection with nature, other people, deceased loved ones, open-mindedness, or the continuation of family traditions.

A recurring theme across these interpretations is the idea of being “connected.”

Notably, evangelical Christians, predominantly white, and members of historically Black Protestant churches share similar experiences. Both groups overwhelmingly report a deep sense of well-being at least once a month due to their spiritual beliefs and practices, a sentiment less prevalent among other religious groups like Catholics or Mainline Protestants.

In allowing respondents to describe in their own words what being spiritual means, Pew received a diverse range of anonymous responses, including:

– “Being one with your soul, emotions, feelings, actions.”

– “Believing in something larger and more creative than science.”

– “One with the universe!”

– “The belief that a supreme being is the creator of the universe, and that humans’ existence in this realm is transient.”

– “It means having a relationship with God and a belief system that includes a responsibility to do what is right.”

Given that this survey marked the first time Pew posed many of these questions specifically about spirituality, it serves as a baseline rather than establishing trends. Pew plans to continue exploring these themes in subsequent years, offering a deeper understanding of the evolving landscape of religion and spirituality among Americans.

Alleged Hands-On Images of Samsung Galaxy S24 Ultra Emerge Online

Unverified hands-on images of the rumored Samsung Galaxy S24 Ultra have surfaced online, providing a sneak peek into the design of the anticipated flagship smartphone. These images, which have garnered attention from Samsung enthusiasts, showcase the bottom and top edges of the device, hinting at some notable design modifications compared to its predecessor, the Galaxy S23 Ultra. Notably, the leaked visuals reveal a distinctive elongated strip-like design for the bottom speaker on the Galaxy S24 Ultra, setting it apart from its forerunner.

One of the noteworthy alterations is the introduction of 8.6mm thin bezels, marking a slimmer profile when contrasted with the Galaxy S23 Ultra. The bottom edge of the smartphone, as depicted in the leaked images, discloses a SIM tray and microphone, accompanied by a USB Type-C port and a speaker grille. Notably, the speaker grille stands out with its long rectangular strip design, a departure from the six pill-shaped holes seen on the Galaxy S23 Ultra. Additionally, the air vents appear to have been relocated to the top, contributing to a revised aesthetic.

In these purported hands-on images shared by tipster Ice Universe on X (formerly Twitter), a flat design for the S Pen is suggested, introducing a potential shift from the previous model’s design. The right spine of the smartphone reveals the presence of volume rockers and a power button, notable for their increased thickness compared to the Galaxy S23 Ultra. The incorporation of Titanium alloy material is claimed to enhance the device’s texture.

An intriguing revelation from the leaked visuals is the reduced thickness of the Galaxy S24 Ultra, measuring at 8.6mm, in contrast to the 8.9mm body of its predecessor. Despite the detailed insights provided by the leaked images, Samsung has yet to make any official announcements or disclosures regarding the Galaxy S24 Ultra, leaving room for speculation and anticipation among consumers.

Tipster Ice Universe, also known as @UniverseIce, took to X to share these alleged hands-on images, shedding light on the possible design and features of the upcoming flagship smartphone. The images portray a SIM tray, microphone, USB Type-C port, and speaker grille on the bottom edge of the device, emphasizing the distinctive rectangular strip design for the speaker. The relocation of air vents to the top is evident, providing a visual distinction from the Galaxy S23 Ultra. Additionally, the leaked images suggest a flat design for the S Pen, adding a touch of novelty to the potential features of the Galaxy S24 Ultra.

The right side of the smartphone exhibits volume rockers and a power button, with a noticeable increase in thickness compared to the previous model. The incorporation of Titanium alloy material is touted to offer an improved texture for the device, enhancing the overall user experience. The reduction in thickness, down to 8.6mm, is a notable departure from the Galaxy S23 Ultra’s 8.9mm body, potentially contributing to a sleeker and more ergonomic design.

Given the absence of official confirmation from Samsung regarding the Galaxy S24 Ultra, it is essential to approach this information with caution, recognizing the speculative nature of these leaks. The hands-on images and details shared by tipster Ice Universe provide an intriguing glimpse into the possible design evolution of Samsung’s flagship handset, yet the veracity of these claims remains unverified until an official announcement is made.

In recent weeks, the Galaxy S24 Ultra has been the subject of numerous speculations and leaks, offering insights into its expected features and specifications. Among the anticipated highlights is a 6.8-inch QHD+ display boasting a 120Hz refresh rate, promising a visually immersive experience for users. The device is rumored to be powered by the Snapdragon 8 Gen 3 SoC, paired with 12GB of RAM and storage options ranging from 256GB to 1TB, catering to diverse user preferences.

The imaging capabilities of the Galaxy S24 Ultra are said to include a quad rear camera setup, comprising a remarkable 200-megapixel wide-angle camera, a 12-megapixel ultra wide-angle sensor, a 50-megapixel telephoto camera featuring 5x optical zoom, and a 10-megapixel telephoto sensor with 3x optical zoom. On the front, a 12-megapixel selfie shooter is expected to deliver impressive photography capabilities for users.

To support these advanced features, the Galaxy S24 Ultra is rumored to house a robust 5,000mAh battery, equipped with super-fast charging 2.0 and fast wireless charging 2.0 capabilities. This powerhouse of a battery is anticipated to ensure prolonged usage without compromising on charging speed, aligning with the demands of modern smartphone users.

As the anticipation builds around the potential launch of the Samsung Galaxy S24 Ultra, these leaked images and speculative details contribute to the excitement within the tech community. However, until Samsung officially unveils the device and provides concrete details, it is prudent for consumers and enthusiasts alike to approach these leaks with a level of skepticism, acknowledging the speculative nature of pre-release information.

UN Secretary-General Invokes Rarely Used Article 99 Amid Escalating Gaza Crisis

In a move not seen in decades, U.N. Secretary-General Antonio Guterres activated a long-dormant provision known as “Article 99” to raise an alarm about the deepening humanitarian crisis in Gaza. As the Israeli offensive intensified and civilian casualties mounted, Guterres utilized this rarely exercised power to alert the Security Council of an impending “humanitarian catastrophe” and called for an immediate humanitarian cease-fire.

Article 99, embedded in the United Nations Charter, grants the secretary-general the authority to bring attention to any situation that, in their judgment, may jeopardize international peace and security. Edith M. Lederer, the chief U.N. correspondent for The Associated Press, elucidates the significance of this seldom-invoked provision.

Lederer explains, “It’s a provision of the United Nations Charter, the U.N.’s constitution. It states that the secretary-general — the U.N.’s top diplomat — may bring to the attention of the Security Council ‘any matter which, in his opinion, may threaten the maintenance of international peace and security.'” This provision bestows added influence upon the secretary-general, recognizing that ultimate authority at the U.N. lies with its 193 member nations and the 15 countries on the Security Council.

The infrequent use of Article 99 is underscored by its last invocation during the 1971 conflict leading to the creation of Bangladesh. Guterres took this step because he perceives the situation in Gaza as at risk of a “complete collapse” of the humanitarian system and civil order, emphasizing the urgency of his action.

Given the pivotal role of the United States, which holds veto power, the effectiveness of Article 99 remains uncertain. Arab and Islamic nations swiftly responded to Guterres’s plea, with the United Arab Emirates presenting a resolution to the Security Council, urging an immediate humanitarian cease-fire. The resolution is slated for a vote on Friday morning.

However, the U.S., Israel’s staunch ally, has not endorsed a cease-fire. Deputy Ambassador Robert Wood expressed on Tuesday that the Security Council’s role is not to impede ongoing diplomacy in the Israel-Gaza conflict, stating that a resolution at this time “would not be useful.” While this suggests a potential veto, the U.S. has not definitively declared its stance.

Despite the potential for a U.S. veto, Guterres invoked Article 99 due to his concern for the deteriorating humanitarian situation in Gaza. He highlighted in his letter that the territory’s humanitarian system and operations are on the brink of collapse. The ongoing Israeli Defense Forces bombardment, coupled with the lack of shelter and essential supplies, may lead to a breakdown of public order, making even limited humanitarian assistance impossible.

Guterres’s letter also warned of escalating conditions, pointing to the possibility of epidemics and a mass displacement of Palestinians into neighboring countries. He envisions a looming disaster and emphasizes the gravity of the situation. Past secretaries-general have brought threats to international peace and security before the Security Council without specifically invoking Article 99. Instances include Congo in 1960, the U.S. hostage crisis in Iran (1979), the Iran-Iraq war (1980), and Myanmar in 2017.

The reasons for not invoking Article 99 in these cases remain unknown, and many of the former secretaries-general are no longer alive. Guterres, however, has been vocal about both the Hamas attacks on Israel and the alarming death toll of Palestinian civilians in Gaza, underscoring the urgency of international intervention.

Parth Mehta: Navigating Entrepreneurial Peaks, From Startup Triumphs to Corporate Leadership

Parth Mehta ’19 challenges the conventional question of “where do you want to be in five years?” by advocating for a present-focused approach. According to him, instead of fixating on a distant future, one should strive to build for the current moment. When the information technology graduate established Startup Tribes, his initiative aimed at democratizing startup and entrepreneurial support, he relied heavily on sheer determination and an unwavering commitment to achieving nothing less than 100%, with the understanding that the rest would unfold over time.

In the wake of his company’s acquisition by a leading player in startup ecosystem development, Mehta, now 26, lives by the mantra, “At the top of one mountain, is the bottom of the next,” signifying his perpetual quest for new challenges. Despite achieving success at a relatively young age, he remains driven by a willingness to take risks, a characteristic that has defined his journey thus far.

Even after the acquisition, Mehta found himself mentoring and advising founders of high-growth companies in Silicon Valley and New York City, illustrating his relentless commitment to entrepreneurship. His break from this fast-paced lifestyle was a rarity, occurring back in 2017 while he was still a student at NJIT.

For Mehta, embracing the journey with resolute determination and a belief in destined inevitability places one at the pinnacle. He contends that this realm is inhabited by visionary founders, Olympic athletes, and champions in their respective fields—individuals who transform the most challenging dreams into reality. Through meaningful connections with esteemed CEOs and founders, Mehta discovered that excelling in this space requires breaking away from a conventional, run-of-the-mill lifestyle.

As the Senior Leader in Product Management at SS&C Intralinks, a prominent player in virtual data rooms for mergers and acquisitions, Mehta oversees the entire security and compliance product suite. His journey to this role began when the company approached him while he was conducting workshops on entrepreneurial product management skills in Silicon Valley. Despite the role originally being tailored for an expert with over a decade of experience, Mehta’s unique background as both an entrepreneurial leader for a product and an entire tech company set him apart.

Navigating high-pressure situations, handling high-risk tasks, and managing resource constraints while successfully launching products and engaging various stakeholders represent a distinctive skill set that individuals like Mehta bring to the table. Transitioning from a startup to a corporation, he likens the experience to steering a speedboat and then captaining a battleship, where heightened awareness of interdependencies and the potential domino effect of small changes is crucial. Mehta asserts that managing $50 million provides a blueprint for managing $500 million and beyond.

In his role leading the company’s cybersecurity product line, Mehta collaborates closely with senior executives, embodying a strong sense of accountability and ownership. His confidence in delivering results at an age where such responsibility is less common stems from his experience working in highly stressful, high-stakes environments. His extensive subject matter expertise in cybersecurity, coupled with past founder experiences, positions him well to tackle critical challenges with a significant impact.

Despite his success in his 20s, Mehta remains grounded, emphasizing the importance of strong character and moral fiber in navigating adversity. His achievements have not come without sacrifices, as he acknowledges the toll on his internal body clock and the sacrifices made in his social life. Yet, he takes nothing for granted and maintains an outlook centered on gratitude.

Startup Tribes, founded by Mehta at the age of 22, aimed to ‘democratize’ entrepreneurship. In the initial two years, he took no salary, and in the third year, he kept his income below that of a fast-food chain employee, prioritizing the well-being of his staff and company. Working tirelessly, sometimes up to 20 hours a day, he reflects on the intensity of those years with a touch of humor, suggesting that even with a 100-hour work week over four years, he might still be underpaid.

The challenging backdrop of starting a new company during the onset of COVID added to the complexity. However, Mehta, drawing on the mentorship of Suresh U. Kumar, director of entrepreneurial programs at NJIT, navigated these challenges. Kumar’s experience as a serial entrepreneur, including successfully founding a company after 9/11, provided Mehta with valuable insights into building a startup ecosystem during periods of uncertainty.

Startup Tribes initially addressed challenges faced by university entrepreneurship centers, and Mehta secured his first customer based on merit and trust rather than the best pitch deck. As industries shifted to remote operations due to COVID, Mehta adapted, expanding his company’s scope to digitize entrepreneurship support organizations and startup accelerators, ultimately leading to the acquisition in 2022.

Mehta’s accomplishments have come at a cost, impacting his internal body clock and social life. Yet, he values the friendships cultivated, especially with peers over 45 years old who run billion-dollar companies. Despite moments of uncertainty during his company’s evolution, Mehta’s strong character enabled him to navigate extreme hardships.

In prioritizing making a difference over making money, Mehta has consistently adhered to his guiding principle. His decision to forgo a high-paying job on Wall Street right after school in favor of Startup Tribes underscores his commitment to providing resources, access to capital, and tools to underserved entrepreneurs. Beyond his role at Intralinks, Mehta collaborates with Kumar at TiE NJ, chairing the Emerging Entrepreneurs Special Interest Group, dedicated to helping young founders and first-time entrepreneurs acquire tangible skills in their initial startup years.

Mehta’s perspective embodies an ongoing journey of personal and professional evolution, marked by a willingness to embrace criticism and feedback for skill refinement, character development, and moral compass alignment. His resounding philosophy emphasizes contentment with the present coexisting with an unwavering pursuit of excellence, aiming for a life free of regrets.

Final GOP Presidential Debate Unveils Intense Battle Between Haley and DeSantis for Trump Alternative, as Christie Defies Calls to Bow Out

The final GOP presidential debate of the year unfolded on Wednesday, featuring prominent figures such as Nikki Haley, Ron DeSantis, Chris Christie, and Vivek Ramaswamy. Hosted by NewsNation, a sister news organization of The Hill, the two-hour event in Tuscaloosa, Ala., became a stage where Haley and DeSantis vied to solidify their positions behind former President Trump, who opted to skip the debate once again. Moderators Elizabeth Vargas, Megyn Kelly, and Eliana Johnson pressed the candidates on Trump, casting his shadow over the proceedings. CNN has also announced plans to host two Republican primary debates in January.

Haley, the former United Nations ambassador, found herself under the spotlight as the potential second-tier candidate to beat. Threatening to overshadow DeSantis as the leading Trump alternative, Haley faced challenges from DeSantis and Ramaswamy during the debate. However, former New Jersey Governor Chris Christie came to her defense, rebuffing Ramaswamy’s insults with a firm stance, declaring, “stop insulting her.” Despite the scrutiny, Haley maintained her composure, expressing gratitude for the attention and asserting her neck-and-neck position with DeSantis in recent Iowa caucus polls.

DeSantis, the Governor of Florida, emerged as a winner in the debate, delivering a strong performance that injected new momentum into his campaign. Responding to questions about his low poll numbers, DeSantis dismissed the polls, highlighting his landslide reelection in Florida last year and criticizing Haley for allegedly succumbing to pressure. Once considered a shoo-in alternative to Trump, DeSantis now faces a challenge from Haley’s rising popularity, leaving the primary outcome uncertain.

Chris Christie, despite facing calls to exit the race, demonstrated resilience within the GOP field. Taking a bold stance against Trump, Christie labeled him a “dictator” and a “bully,” urging fellow candidates to denounce the former president. In Alabama, Christie unequivocally stated, “His conduct is unacceptable. He’s unfit, and be careful of what you’re gonna get.” Christie’s refusal to back down showcased his determination to maintain relevance in the crowded GOP race.

Entrepreneur Vivek Ramaswamy, whose favorability among voters continues to decline, utilized the prime-time platform to launch personal attacks and promote conspiracy theories. His performance, including a scribbled note targeting Haley, drew strong reactions from the audience. Christie, in a memorable moment, called out Ramaswamy, saying, “This is the fourth debate that you would be voted in the first 20 minutes as the most obnoxious blowhard in America, so shut up for a while.”

Even in his absence, former President Trump loomed large as a dominant force. Trump’s decision to skip all debates has not diminished his lead in the primary field. The day before the crucial debate, he made headlines with comments during a Fox News town hall, where he asserted that he would not act as a dictator except on day one. While Haley and DeSantis compete for second place in recent polls, with Haley at 10 percent and DeSantis at 11 percent, Trump maintains a commanding 60-point lead over the field.

ITServe Leadership Welcomes H-1B Visa Renewal Program Benefitting IT Professionals

ITServe Alliance, with an active membership of 2,200 + members who are small & medium-sized prestigious IT service companies, with similar interests across the United States, has expressed its overwhelming support for the new U.S. State Department’s Pilot Domestic Visa Renewal Program, limited to H1B Visas, which is launched in December of this year, mainly benefiting Information Technology professionals.

The pilot initiative by the U.S. State Department aims to alleviate long wait times for visa appointments, initially issuing 20,000 visas to foreign nationals already in the US in the IT sector with their significant skilled workforce presence.

Highlights of the H-1B Visa Renewal Program:

> The Pilot Visa Renewal Program aims to have around 20,000 work visa renewals, constituting approximately 10% of the anticipated 583,420 H-1B visa holders.

> The program will reduce the waiting period, ease the process of renewals, and eradicate the need for individuals to go back to their home country for appointments.

> Presently, visa applicants must wait for an average period of 130 days for appointments in their home country. Moreover, individuals are restricted from traveling abroad until their visa has been renewed every three years.

> The streamlined renewal process also intends to free up valuable time for US missions abroad to concentrate on new candidates.

> A formal notice in the U.S. Federal Register will be published this month and it will detail the procedures, requirements, and guidelines for the first round of applicants, covering 20,000 cases from December to February. This will pave the way for the State Department’s plan to extend the program for more employment categories in 2024.

Lobby Day ITServeIn the past few years, ITServe leadership has continuously reiterated the need for a Domestic Visa Renewal Program with the US Congress and Department of State officials. ITServe has expressed gratitude and appreciation to Department of State for listening to its request and now bringing back this program.

“The U.S. needs to maintain its leadership in technology and innovation,” Vinay Mahajan, ITServe Alliance President said. “The U.S. has a large skills gap – availability of workers vs the openings for talent in the IT sector. We need the brightest minds from all over the world to keep our wide lead in technology and innovation.This new initiative is a good step to achieve this goal. ”

A major objective of ITServe has been to educate lawmakers and the larger American community, using digital and traditional methods on the benefits of favorable immigration programs to businesses and eliminate misconceptions by meeting, collaborating, and lobbying with Congressmen and Senators to work together and help write and amend laws that are helpful to ITServe community.

Vinod Babu Uppu, ITServe Governing Board Chair said, “I want to express our sincere gratitude and appreciation to the hundreds of ITServe members, who continue to advocate with their local Lawmakers on behalf of ITServe, and make our voices heard on the corridors of power.”

H-1Bs are temporary, nonimmigrant visas for foreign workers with at least a bachelor’s degree, and they often go to technology workers. Currently, the number of H-1B visas is limited to 65,000 each year, although there are an additional 20,000 available to workers who have a master’s degree or higher from a US university. Enhancing the current H1-B CAP limits – from 65,000 to 130,000 per year has been a major area where ITServe has placed its efforts in recent years.

Lobby Day 2ITServe is aware that H-1B visa holders play a critical role in bolstering the U.S. economy, fostering innovation, and enriching the fabric of American society through their skills, contributions, and diverse backgrounds, and knowledge to American workplaces. They facilitate knowledge transfer and skills development by engaging in research and development activities, particularly in STEM fields, which contribute to scientific advancements and technological progress.

H-1B visa holders, possessing specialized skills and expertise in fields like STEM, which are vital for American companies to stay competitive in the global market, are a highly skilled foreign workers pool that brings numerous benefits to the United States. They fill in critical skill gaps in the labor market, contributing to economic growth and innovation, thus leading to increased productivity and competitiveness in various industries, by creating new job opportunities by starting businesses and driving entrepreneurship.

High-Skilled Immigration Reform for Employment (HIRE) Act, introduced by US Congressman Raja Krishnamoorthi, D-Illinois covers the above increase. The Bill would strengthen U.S. competitiveness by helping to close the skills gap – the space between the skills required for jobs that employers need to fill, and the skills possessed by current prospective employees.

Lobby Day 3ITServe leadership believes that immigration laws are becoming more inclusive, which is a positive development with a commitment to easing restrictions on lawful immigrants. The evolving landscape aims to create a more accessible and accommodating environment for skilled professionals seeking opportunities in the United States.

“ITServe Alliance will continue to support and advocate for immigration reforms that will help America maintain its tech leadership in the world,” said Siva Moopanar, Director of ITServe Alliance Policy Advocacy Committee (PAC).

Founded in 2010, ITServe’s vision has been to empower local communities by creating, retaining, and fostering employment opportunities within the United States. Moreover, ITServe is committed to corporate social responsibility (CSR) and actively contributing to local communities nationwide, particularly in the realm of STEM (Science, Technology, Engineering, and Math) education. For more details, please visit: www.itserve.org

Hopes And Expectations From COP28: The World Is At A Tipping Point On Climate Change

What happens in COP28 on Dubai’s climate conference battleground in the first half of December 2023 may not result in bloodshed but its consequences could be drenched in blood, mass migration, and starvation.

Happily, about 70,000 participants including political leaders, diplomats, business managers, academicians, and researchers will be participating in COP28. The COP -Conference of Parties – is held annually by the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change (UNFCCC). This is the 28th COP scheduled to start in Dubai, United Arab Emirates, known as the expo-city, ever happy to welcome tourists and visitors.

Hopes And Expectations From COP28 (Yahoo)
Picture: Yahoo

Sadly, it is the time when the number of battlegrounds around the world is on the rise without any end in sight! Ukraine and Russia in northern Europe; Israel and Palestine in the Middle East; internal wars in Syria, Sudan and Sahel. United Nations Security Council, which is charged with ensuring international peace and security, continues the efforts to stall the battles but has not succeeded in ensuring the peace.

One more battleground, on the Gulf of Oman and the Persian Gulf, is opening from 30th November to 12th December in the expo-city of Dubai. The battleground will be over on 12th December, but the planetary-level war will certainly continue. It has the potential to be termed World War III, the war between humanity and nature. The UN Security Council is not charged to even start a dialogue for a ceasefire and making peace in that war.  It is left to Bonn, Germany-based UNFCCC to fight the cause of WWII!

Categorically, all humans to varying degrees are responsible for starting and continuing this war. The choice of path to human development has now caused nearly irreversible damage to nature. It is the turn of nature now to hit back. Nature is reacting by causing droughts, floods, landslides, and wildfires that have started affecting human society across the borders of the countries. The hostages are poor of the world and they are rising in numbers.

World caught in a vicious cycle of chaos

As per a UN report released this year, extreme weather has caused the deaths of two million people and $4.3 trillion in economic damage over the past 50 years. The tragedy is that the poor suffer the most in extreme weather. Rich people have economic muscles, not only to ensure their survival but continue their onslaught on nature by emitting greenhouse gases. The richest one percent of the global population is responsible for the same amount of carbon emissions as the world’s poorest two-thirds, or five billion people, according to the research results released in  November 2023. The worst is that rich people continue to invest their money more in polluting industries.

The planet is caught in a vicious circle of chaos in which even the rich would perish. We do not know when but perish they will. Because the rich depend on the market consisting of these five billion people to make their money. As the market starts suffering the rich would suffer too! As the doomsday scenario says, ‘sixth planetary extinction’ is on the way. The fifth extinction was 65 million years ago when dinosaurs and the ecosystem vanished.

To use the United Nations term used in Agenda 21, rather sarcastically, ‘No one is left behind’ by nature in its climate onslaught. And nature has been literally ‘inclusive’ in the destruction of human habitats!  But let us not make a mistake, this larger war is also the result of the battles between factions. Factions include global south and global north, developed and developing countries. The list of factions also includes small-island-developing countries (SIDS), least developed countries (LDCs), indigenous groups, powerful fossil fuel businesses, farmers, and so on.

What happens in COP28 on Dubai’s climate conference battleground in the first half of December 2023 may not result in bloodshed but its consequences could be drenched in blood, mass migration, and starvation. COP after COP, the post-Paris Climate Agreement in 2015, the pledges and promises made by 198 countries that are party to climate conventions. 195 countries that are Parties to the Paris Climate Agreement committed through Nationally Determined Contributions NDCs to reduce emissions of greenhouse gases. What is more, the commitments are made by the developed countries to provide USD 100 billion to the developing countries for reducing emissions. But the promises and pledges are not met, and implementation is not only slow but miserable and inadequate and almost suicidal.

The decade from 2010 to 2019 had the highest increase in greenhouse gas emissions in human history; the last four months of 2023 are the hottest on record; the last 11 months have caused the highest economic losses due to extreme climate events. The window to limit warming to 1.5°C, the target set by the world leaders in the Paris Climate Agreement, is rapidly closing; and the gap between where emissions should be and where they are is widening fast as per the UNEP Emission Gap Report (EGR) released recently.

So what one should expect from 2023

Experts have stated over the last year the expectations: strong action-oriented negotiations; making mitigation and adaptation finance available to developing countries as a matter of emergency; operationalizing loss and damage fund; focussing on non-CO2 greenhouse gases like methane; community-based and sub-national climate actions; undertaking out-of-box technologies, including carbon dioxide removal (CDR); space reflected solar electricity and so on.

And what is NOT expected from COP28

Firstly, the world is not expecting non-verified claims by countries, particularly by world leaders in COP28. Such claims promote greenwashing – misleading the public to believe that climate action is being taken for net zero. There is more risk from greenwashing than the climate crisis itself, as stated by UN Secretary-General Antonio Guterres.

Secondly, the world is NOT  expecting that the vital issues related to mitigation, adaptation and finance are sidelined and duped by conned climate diplomacy. Recently, we have witnessed commotions like denouncing UAE’s presidency as ‘oil nation’s presidency’; prioritizing the action on mitigating fugitive methane by ignoring the reduction of emissions of carbon dioxide; including private finance in meeting the governmental public finance pledge of USD100 billion annually from 2020; asking China to contribute to the finances to developing countries; prioritizing carbon-offset;  changing the definitions of developing countries to ‘least-developing-countries; uncertain schemes like carbon-trading and carbon removal by overlooking the mitigation through lifestyle change.

Thirdly, the world is NOT expecting speeches by world leaders with deceptive declarations and diplomacy-coated false promises delivered in the COP. In this context decision of President Joe Biden not to attend COP28 is indeed welcome. Better not to be there than tricking the world with fake pledges!

Fourthly, the world is NOT expecting alternative technologies like battery-operated EVs and solar panels to be considered climate-friendly unless the environmentally friendly reuse, recycling and disposal of panels and batteries are integral parts of such technologies.

Fifthly, the world is not expecting the issue of climate justice to be discussed without historical context. Recently, the report has revealed that carbon emissions during colonial rules of Europeans and Japanese were assigned to the countries that were engaged in colonial rules after the industrial revolutions. The world, in this context, is not expecting to keep the International Court of Justice excluded from the issue of climate crimes during World War III. Punitive measures could range from exposing the countries by ‘naming and shaming’ to more serious ‘climate-sanctions’.

Can Dubai succeed in meeting these expectations? Let us wait to see by the end of COP28 if the negotiators are serious about delivering what the world is expecting and also not expecting.

(The author is a noted environmentalist, former Director UNEP, and Founder Director, Green TERRE Foundation, Pune, India. Views are personal)

Read more at: https://www.southasiamonitor.org/spotlight/hopes-and-expectations-cop28-world-tipping-point-climate-change

Modi Announces Green Credit Initiative At COP28

Prime Minister Narendra Modi said on December 1, 2023 that India has shown the world the perfect balance of ecology and economy. He made the remarks while delivering an address at the high-level segment of COP28 in Dubai.

“Despite India having 17 percent of the world’s population, our share in global carbon emissions is only less than 4 percent. India is one of the few economies in the world that is on track to meet the NDC targets,” the PM said adding that his country is continuously making progress to achieve the goal of reaching net zero by 2070.

He highlighted that targets related to emissions intensity were achieved 11 years ago while non-fossil fuel targets were achieved nine years ahead of schedule. Additionally, the PM underscored that efforts are being made to reduce emission intensity to 45 percent by 2030 and increase the share of non-fossil fuel to 50 percent.

“India has consistently given importance to the issue of climate in its G-20 Presidency with the spirit of One Earth, One Family, One Future,” Modi said enumerating the various green initiatives launched by India, including the Global Biofuels Alliance and Mission LiFE – Lifestyle for Environment.

Modi Announces Green Credit Initiative At COP28 (FE)
Picture: FE

Urging participation from the COP states, Modi announced the launch of the Green Credits initiative, a campaign that aims to facilitate mass participation as an effective response to the challenge of climate change. The program’s long-term goal is to restore degraded and abandoned land and river catchment areas through the issuance of green credits to plant trees there.

At a joint session, the United Arab Emirates and India officially launched the Green Credits initiative and unveiled a website that would compile policies and best practices that encourage eco-friendly behaviors.

The Prime Minister concluded his address by expressing India’s commitment to the UN Framework for Climate Change Process and proposed to host the COP-33 summit in India in 2028. In the hopes of a successful COP28, he advocated for an inclusive and equitable energy transition, as well as the continuous development of innovative technologies and their transfer to other countries, to propel collective progress toward a secure future.

Asserting that the world does not have much time to correct the mistakes of the last century, PM Narendra Modi on Friday announced a ‘Green Credit Initiative’ focused on creating carbon sinks through people’s participation and also proposed to host the UN climate conference in 2028, or COP33, in India.

Carbon sinks are essentially anything that absorbs more carbon from the atmosphere than it releases.

What is it?

Addressing the high-level segment for heads of states and governments during the UN climate conference (COP28) in Dubai, Modi called for a pro-planet, proactive and positive initiative.

He further said the Green Credits Initiative goes beyond the commercial mindset associated with carbon credits, which are essentially permits that allow entities to emit certain amount of carbon dioxide or other greenhouse gases.

The Green Credit Initiative is similar to the Green Credit Programme, notified domestically in October. It is an innovative, market-based mechanism designed to reward voluntary environmental actions in different sectors by individuals, communities and the private sector.

‘India has walked the talk’

Asserting that India has presented a great example to the world of striking balance between development and environment conservation, PM Modi said India is among the only few countries in the world on track to achieve the national action plans to restrict global warming to 1.5C, the guardrail to avoid worsening of the impact of the changing climate.

Modi called for maintaining a balance between mitigation and adaptation and said that energy transition across the world must be “just and inclusive.” He also urged rich countries to transfer technologies to help developing nations combat climate change.

Meetings that matter

On the sidelines of the COP28 summit, Modi met with the King of Bahrain, Hamad bin Isa Al Khalifa, and said that India deeply values its strong ties with the Gulf nation.

Modi also met Ethiopian PM Abiy Ahmed Ali, UAE Vice President Sheikh Mohammed bin Rashid Al Maktoum and Israeli President Isaac Herzog.

While Israel has a war going on with Hamas, the other countries (Bahrain, Ethiopia and UAE) have deep economic ties with India.

Pope Francis Urges World Religions To Unite Against Environmental Devastation

(Reuters) – Pope Francis said on Sunday that it was essential for all world religions to unite in opposing the “rapacious” devastation of the environment.

The 86-year-old pope had planned to preside at the opening of the Faith Pavilion at the C0P28 climate conference in Dubai but a lung inflammation forced him to remain in the Vatican.

Secretary of State Cardinal Pietro Parolin read the pope’s message in his place, as he did with Francis’ main address to the conference on Saturday.

“Religions, as voices of conscience for humanity, remind us that we are finite creatures, possessed of a need for the infinite,” the pope said, noting that a Faith Pavilion was a first at a COP conference.

“For we are indeed mortal, we have our limits, and protecting life also entails opposing the rapacious illusion of omnipotence that is devastating our planet,” he said.

Pope Francis Urges World Religions To Unite Against Environmental Devastation (NCR)
Picture: NCR

Religions, he said, “need, urgently, to act for the sake of the environment”, educate their members to “sober and fraternal lifestyles” instead of wasteful ones and work for a return to the individual contemplation of nature’s grandeur.

“This is an essential obligation for religions, which are called to teach contemplation, since creation is not only an ecosystem to preserve, but also a gift to embrace,” Francis said.

“A world poor in contemplation will be a world polluted in soul, a world that will continue to discard people and produce waste,” he said.

In his main address to the conference on Saturday, Francis repeated his call for the elimination of fossil fuels.

Hundreds of Catholic institutions around the globe have announced plans to divest from them.

But a Reuters investigation found that in the United States, the world’s top oil and gas producer and where about a quarter of the population is Catholic, not a single diocese has announced it has let go of its fossil fuel assets.

In his address to faith leaders, Francis also said peace and stewardship of the planet were interdependent.

“Before our very eyes, we can see how wars and conflicts are harming the environment and dividing nations, hindering a common commitment to addressing shared problems like the protection of the planet,” he said

(Reporting by Philip Pullella; Editing by Bernadette Baum)

Ambassador Garcetti Describes U.S-India Relationship As “Multiplicative, Not Additive”

The United States Ambassador to India, Eric Garcetti, said that the United States views India as a “strategic partner” and “crucial player” in the “global discussion” to help resolve critical issues and usher in lasting peace.

The ambassador highlighted the increasing cooperation between the two countries under various initiatives. Speaking at a session organized by the Observer Research Foundation on the recently held India- US 2+2 Ministerial dialogue and the road ahead, Garcetti said that a large part of the discussions focused on peace.

“I think the joint statements reflect that both countries resolved to promote a resilient, rules- based international order to safeguard free, open, inclusive Indo Pacific through the Quad, and other mechanisms,” he said.

Featured & Cover Ambassador Garcetti Describes U S India Relationship As “Multiplicative Not Additive”“On global issues, the ministers discussed the tragic humanitarian consequences of the conflict in Ukraine and in the Middle East, reiterating their stance with Israel against terrorism, but also seeking to alleviate civilian suffering and adherence to international humanitarian law,” he added.

“The importance of it continues even in the most challenging modern times, that we are faced, with two wars globally, among others, with tensions diplomatically, with economic challenges. That the United States continues to prioritize India and that India continues to prioritize the United States speaks volumes, first and foremost, of the friendship that underpins our relationship, and the importance that we place upon this relationship.”

The ambassador highlighted the increasing cooperation between the two countries, under initiatives like  the Roadmap for U.S.- India Industrial Cooperation, U.S.- India Defense Acceleration Ecosystem, and the U.S. India Initiative on Critical Emerging Technology, or iCET.

“The 2+2 was still centered as something critical, important, and that he wanted to do speaks volumes of this relationship.  Secretary Blinken had engaged with counterparts across the Middle east and in the Indo Pacific before coming here, to make headway on some of the world’s most urgent issues and I think that positioned him for a very good discussion with his Indian friends here. And New Delhi’s inclusion in this ambitious diplomatic agenda is a clear sign not just of India’s importance to us as America, but also to the global conversation, at a moment when we need to continue to have Indian leadership in the world,” the Ambassador pointed out.

“Our countries discussed ways to deepen our science and our technology partnerships to harness technology for the global good instead of technology that harms us and divides us, technology that can connect us and protect us. And these efforts are moving forward at a record-breaking speed under iCET,” he asserted.

Highlighting the recent collaborations between high ranking officials between the two nations, he pointed to how “a little over a week ago, we welcomed Secretary Blinken and Secretary Austin here. It was Secretary Austin’s third time in India, second this year, and Secretary Blinken’s third time this year alone. There are all sorts of metrics I point out to, like for instance, our Secretary of Treasury, Jan Yellen. This was the number one country she went to in the world, outside of the United States, four times. And this is unprecedented, to see the level of engagement of higher-level officials from both sides in each other’s countries.”

The ambassador asked, “How do you build, sustain, establish peace in the world? And how can we have durable peace that the United States and India work on across the world in the face of new and existing threats? And by those threats, I don’t just mean war. A peace that’s threatened by health challenges, by climate challenges, by poverty, by perceived or real divisions between geography, North, South, East, West. The joint statements reflect that both countries resolved to promote a resilient, rules- based international order to safeguard free, open, inclusive Indo Pacific through the Quad, and other mechanisms.”

On US investment in India, Garcetti said he looks forward to welcoming additional visitors around December and January on the iCET themes, which will be a major investment in Indian technology by US private companies.

In conclusion, he said that the US-India 2+2 is deeper than a usual bilateral meeting. “Increasingly, the United States and India really see each other as collaborators in figuring out the global architecture and the global solutions to some of the toughest things that we face, and that work to promote peace, to promote more prosperity, to protect our planet and our people,” the Ambassador noted.

Shahina K.K Receives CPJ International Press Freedom Award

Shahina K.K, an Indian journalist was among the four recipients of the Committee to Protect Journalists’ (CPJ) International Press Freedom Awards. The awards ceremony held in New York City was chaired by Meredith Kopit Levien, president and CEO of The New York Times Company, who recognized Shahina for her undying commitment to journalism despite facing legal challenges and harassment. She has dedicated her career to shedding light on critical issues such as gender, human rights, and marginalized communities.

Shahina, also known as Shahini Nafeesa is a veteran Indian journalist who has worked across print and broadcast media to shed light on issues such as gender, human rights, and marginalized communities, along with the injustices they face. CPJ has been documenting the myriad ways in which she has been attacked and intimidated since at least 2010.

Shahina, currently a senior editor for Outlook magazine, was one of the first journalists in India to be charged under the Unlawful Activities (Prevention) Act, or UAPA, a draconian anti-terror law extensively weaponized against journalists in the country for over a decade.

She has continued her reporting in various posts despite awaiting trial for a case opened in 2010, when localShahina K K Receives CPJ International Press Freedom Award 2 government officials in Karnataka state sought to criminalize her reporting published in Tehelka, a prominent investigative magazine where she worked at the time. Her report cast doubt on a police investigation into 2008 bomb blasts in Bengaluru, alleging that the police had fabricated witness statements to arrest a local Muslim cleric.

She faces three charges under the penal code, including criminal intimidation, intent to commit a criminal act, and criminal conspiracy, and one count under UAPA pertaining to threatening witnesses. As of June 2023, Shahina is out on bail pending trial. If convicted, she faces a maximum of three years in prison and a fine.

A Muslim by birth, Shahina has also been subjected to extensive harassment by Indian right-wing groups seeking to silence her reporting on religious minorities and vulnerable caste groups. She has faced persistent online harassment and lewd threats, and in 2020, several right-wing publications falsely implicated her in that Bengaluru bombing.

Based in Kochi, in the southern state of Kerala, Shahina has worked as a reporter, production associate, and news anchor with well-known news outlets including Asianet News, Janayugom, Open, and The Federal. She also has contributed to The Washington Post.

By honoring Shahina with this year’s IPFA, CPJ shines a spotlight on India’s increasingly repressive environment for press freedom, with the targeting of journalists under draconian security laws, and toxic online campaigns particularly aimed at vilifying women journalists and ethnic or religious minorities.

Shahina stands out as one of the first journalists in India to face charges under a draconian anti-terror law. Despite the ongoing trial since 2010, she has continued reporting on exposing injustices and holding authorities accountable. nThe case against Shahina stems from her reporting on a questionable police investigation, where local government officials sought to criminalize her work. As of June 2023, Shahina is out on bail, awaiting trial. If convicted, she could face up to three years in prison with an additional fine.

Besides being held in court, Shahina has been subjected to harassment by political groups in India. These groups have reportedly tried to suppress her reporting on religious minorities and vulnerable caste groups. The International Press Freedom Award acknowledged Shahina’s resilience in the face of adversity, honoring her dedication to the principles of free and unbiased journalism.

Shahina is the fourth Indian to achieve this recognition, with notable contributions to OPEN magazine, Tehelka, and Asianet News. She was awarded the Chameli Devi Jain Award for Outstanding Women Mediapersons in 2011. Moreover, she was an activist in the 2014 fight against moral policing, the ‘Kiss of Love’ movement.

In her acceptance speech, Shahina said, “As time went on I made a conscious effort to derive more from my courtroom experiences. I met many people who had unusual encounters with the legal system, with a significant number of them being victims of fabricated cases. This resulted in a series of articles that illuminated the challenges endured by the marginalized population in the state of Karnataka in India. As I sought to understand legal abuse, I pursued a law degree ultimately I earned.”

SRK Tops IMDb List Of 2023’s Most Popular Indian Stars

Bollywood superstar Shah Rukh Khan is leading the pack in the 2023 IMDb top 10 list of most popular Indian stars. In 2023, the Badshah of Bollywood gave two major blockbusters, Jawan and Pathaan, which are respectively the No. 2 and 3 biggest Hindi movies ever worldwide.

Riding high on the back-to-back success of “Pathaan” and “Jawan”, superstar Shah Rukh Khan has emerged as numero uno on IMDb’s top 10 list of most popular Indian stars of 2023, which is otherwise dominated by female stars like Alia Bhatt, Deepika Padukone and Wamiqa Gabbi.

IMDb has announced its list of the year’s most popular Indian stars, with Shah Rukh Khan landing in first place. IMDb determines the star rankings by page views worldwide. Scroll down for the full list.

Also making the cut high on the list are Alia Bhatt and Deepika Padukone. Bhatt, whose credits include Oscar winner RRR, this year starred in Netflix’s Heart of Stone with Gal Gadot and Jamie Dornan, and Karan Johar’s Rocky Aur Rani Kii Prem Kahaani.

SRK Tops IMDb List Of 2023’s Most Popular Indian Stars (The Hindu)
Picture: The Hindu

Veteran actress Padukone was seen this year with Shah Rukh Khan in both Jawan and Pathaan. On deck, she has Siddharth Anand’s Fighter also starring Hrithik Roshan, and Rohit Shetty’s Singham Again with Akshay Kumar (who appears at No. 9 on the list released today).

Alia said: “I thank my audience for bringing me to the position that I am at. While I hope to continue entertaining them, I am filled with only love and gratitude. I also promise to keep working hard and bringing more inspiring stories and characters on screen.”

In the fourth position is actress Wamiqa Gabbi, who said: “This is my debut on the IMDb Most Popular Indian Stars list, and I am delighted! The fact that IMDb represents the sentiment of the global audience makes this even more special for me. I’ve had a busy year working across genres and languages, and it makes me happy and grateful that my fans have appreciated that. I look forward to working with the same dedication on my upcoming projects and returning the love showered upon me,” she added.

The talented actress has had an outstanding year, marked by the success of four massively popular projects that have firmly established her as one of the most sought-after new faces in the entertainment industry. Wamiqa has showcased her versatility, leaving audiences and critics alike calling her one of the most promising new talents that has made it big in 2023.

Notably, Wamiqa has emerged as a powerful force, trailing only behind the trio of Shah Rukh Khan, Alia Bhatt and Deepika Padukone. Her meteoric rise in 2023 has solidified her status, with fans eagerly anticipating her every move.

“I am truly humbled and elated to find myself among the esteemed names on IMDb’s Annual 10 Most Popular Celebrities List for 2023. This journey has been nothing short of a dream, and the love and support from audiences around the world have been overwhelming. This year has been a whirlwind of opportunities and learning, and I am immensely grateful for the chance to collaborate with incredibly talented individuals and especially all my directors. To be ranked as the 4th most popular celebrity of the year is both an honor and a responsibility,” said an elated Wamiqa.

She added, “This is my debut on the IMDb Most Popular Indian Stars list, and I am delighted! The fact that IMDb represents the sentiment of the global audience makes this even more special for me. From Vishal Bhardwaj’s spy thriller Khufiya and detective drama Charlie Chopra & the Mystery of Solang Valley and Vikramaditya Motwane’s period drama Jubilee, to the heartwarming web series Modern Love Chennai, and as well as the Punjabi film Kali Jotta, I’ve had a busy year working across genres and languages, and it makes me happy and grateful that my fans have appreciated that. I look forward to working with the same dedication on my upcoming projects and returning the love showered upon me.”

Looking ahead to 2024, Wamiqa shows no signs of slowing down, gearing up for her next venture alongside Varun Dhawan in a film produced by Atlee. Additionally, she is set to star in Shiddat 2 and a major South Indian project titled Genie. With this promising lineup ahead, Wamiqa is poised to continue her ascent as one of the industry’s brightest new stars.

Shah Rukh’s “Jawan” co-stars Nayanthara, who features in the fifth spot, and Vijay Sethupathi also feature in the list. Nayanthara made her Hindi cinema debut with the movie, while Sethupathi (who is on number 10) was the main antagonist. He also played a cop in the Prime Video series “Farzi”.

Nayanthara, Tamannaah Bhatia, Kareena Kapoor Khan and Sobhita Dhulipala are placed on the fifth, sixth, seventh and eighth spots respectively. Then comes Bollywood’s ‘Khiladi’ Akshay Kumar, who stands ninth. After Akshay, in the tenth spot is star Vijay Sethupathi.

All the three stars had major wins on streaming platforms — Tamannaah in “Lust Stories 2”, Kareena in “Jaane Jaan” and Sobhita in “Made in Heaven 2”.

Actor Akshay Kumar’s much-discussed cameo in “OMG 2”, “Mission Raniganj” and “Selfiee” helped him land in the ninth spot on the ranking by the website, a go-to place for information on movies, TV and celebrities.

“From Shah Rukh Khan’s return to the big screen with two blockbusters, to Alia Bhatt starring in international thriller ‘Heart of Stone’, the IMDb Most Popular Indian Stars of 2023 list reveals the Indian stars who generated the most fan excitement and engagement across the IMDb global audience this year,” said Yaminie Patodia, head of IMDb India, in a statement.

“Our unique year-end top 10 list is compiled based on the page views of hundreds of millions of fans globally who rely on IMDb to discover, decide what to watch, and learn more about their favorite stars,” Patodia added.

Bhatt, who came in second after her “Dear Zindagi” co-star Shah Rukh, thanked her fans.

“The IMDb Most Popular Indian Stars of 2023 list reveals the Indian stars that generated the most fan excitement and engagement across the IMDb global audience this year,” said Yaminie Patodia, head of IMDb India. “Our unique year-end top 10 list is compiled based on the page views of hundreds of millions of fans globally who rely on IMDb to discover, decide what to watch, and learn more about their favorite stars.”

IMDb Top 10 Most Popular Indian Stars of 2023

  1. Shah Rukh Khan
  2. Alia Bhatt
  3. Deepika Padukone
  4. Wamiqa Gabbi
  5. Nayanthara
  6. Tamannaah Bhatia
  7. Kareena Kapoor Khan
  8. Sobhita Dhulipala
  9. Akshay Kumar
  10. Vijay Sethupathi

Indian Community Bids Farewell to Ambassador Randhir Kumar Jaiswal

The Indian American community in the New York region organized a farewell dinner in honor of India’s Consul General in New York Randhir Jaiswal, who returns to India soon to take over another important assignment as spokesperson for the Ministry of External Affairs. Held at the Moghul restaurant’s banquet hall in Edison, NJ on November 20, 202 hundreds of Indian Americans and leaders representing several community organizations attended the event, sharing of their fond memories of their close association with the Consul General of India.

Indian Community Bids Farewell to Ambassador Randhir Kumar Jaiswal 2Nearly 400 people attended the Federation of Indian Association’s farewell for one of the most memorable diplomats in recent history from India, one who had weathered the storm of COVID, brought the diaspora of Indian Americans closer to the Consulate, and who oversaw the delivery of consular services to the doors of many communities in the 10 states of the United States which were under his jurisdiction – for a period of 3 years.

In addition to Consul General Jaiswal and his wife Abha, the leadership and executive committee of FIA-NYNJCT, there were several high-profile guests who came to bid a fond farewell, among them Dr. Sudhir Parikh, advisor to FIA and chairman of Parikh Worldwide Media, Deputy Consul General Dr. Varun Jeph, Mayor of Edison Sam Joshi, Mayor of West Windsor Hemant Marathe, and H.R. Shah of TV Asia, to name a few. Edison, NJ, which boasts possibly the highest number of people of Indian origin, presented a proclamation in the name of CG Jaiswal, to him, at the event.

In all the speeches delivered at the event, the departing Consul General was recognized for his easy accessibility toIndian Community Bids Farewell to Ambassador Randhir Kumar Jaiswal those in his jurisdiction. Whether it was opening the Consulate to numerous community events, or going to many other events where he was honored and where he was making the presence of India felt in the diaspora.

Dr. Sudhir Parikh said CG Jaiswal was the “exceptional” person for exceptional times, when Covid hit, and India celebrated its 75th independence year. As soon as he landed, “he right away recognized the plight of the Indian students. … he did such an excellent handling of the situation,” Dr. Parikh recalled. He also helped many Indian organizations channel their assistance to India including the FIA, to help victims there; He took the Consulate to the community, holding consular camps all over the 10-state jurisdiction. “Jaiswalji has broken the record with events every other day. I have seen the last 23 Consuls General work here, and I can tell,” Dr. Parikh said.

Describing him as a “people person” – “calm, cool, always smiling,” Dr. Parikh said, whose quality of making one feel he or she is the center of his attention – “I really appreciate that quality.”

Edison Mayor Sam Joshi speaking at the farewell function for Indian Consl General in New York Randhir Jaiswal, hosted by FIA Nov. 20, at Edison, NJ. PHOTO ITV Gold

Edison’s Mayor Joshi said he had come to see CG Jaiswal not only as a diplomat but as a friend. He recounted an instance of when a building burnt down in Edison and most of those affected were Indian origin. He called CG Jaiswal about their passports etc., and they got the help needed.

“On behalf of all of Edison, thank you so much,” the Mayor said, and he read out from a special proclamation issued for the time and effort the Indian diplomat had given to help Edison citizens, and for his “superior leadership.”

Consul General Jaiswal in his speech, praised the Indian community for helping and supporting him and his team to carry out their duties. “In this 3 years, we have received excellent support in meeting our responsibilities,” he said, describing it as a “very healthy relationship” between the Consulate and the people it served. He added that he is most impressed by the achievements of the Indian American community and the second generation.

After Covid hit, “Since May of 2020, the Indian Consulate has been open every day of the week,” CG Jaiswal told the audience, something not seen in any other consulate around the world. He recounted some highlights during his tenure – such a the raising of the Indian flag at Times Square; people coming at 2 am at night to listen to Prime Minister Narendra Modi’s telecast speech; and the 8,000 who came to the White House to welcome PM Modi during his state visit to Washington, which he said, speaks volumes for the community’s achievements and recognition.

Deputy Consul General Jeph spoke of how the Consular team worked diligently under CG Jaiswal’s leadership, and how community engagement was the departing diplomat’s primary objective.

Ankur Vaidya, chairman of FIA, spoke emotionally about how CG Jaiswal had served his Motherland in taking up the diplomatic path of the Indian Foreign Service. “You have championed the diaspora,” Vaidya noted, adding, that the farewell was more to recognize and salute the journey to serve their nation. He also recognized Abha Jaiswal for her steadfast support without which the hard task would not have been possible.
Vaidya recalled the millions and millions of dollars in aid sent by organizations from the US and how the CG facilitated all that. “Kudos for putting that effort … to you and your team.”

From a time when going to the Consulate was intimidating, Vaidya said, today, people want to visit the building and see for themselves. “May your career shine…” to bring India and US closer together, he added.

Ambassador Randhir Kumar Jaiswal , on July 19, assumed charge as Consul General of India in New York . He succeeded Ambassador Sandeep Chakravorty  who remained Consul General from April 2017 to June 2020. Ambassador Jaiswal ‘s last posting was as  Joint Secretary cum Social Secretary to the President of India Ramnath Kovind . A 1998 Indian Foreign Service officer, Jaiswal headed the foreign affairs office of the Rashtrapati Bhavan and advised  the President on India’s foreign policy. He had earlier served as Consul General of India in Johannesburg ,South Africa.

Jaiswal is no stranger to New York. He had earlier worked as a Counselor at the Permanent Mission of India to the United Nations in New York. Jaiswal, an officer of the 1998 batch of the Indian Foreign Service, will succeed the current spokesperson, Arindam Bagchi, who has been appointed India’s permanent representative to the United Nations (UN) in Geneva.

During his diplomatic career of more than two decades, Jaiswal has served in Portugal, Cuba, South Africa and at India’s permanent mission to the UN in New York. Jaiswal has also served in the external affairs ministry as the deputy secretary, looking after relations with the US and as joint secretary managing ties with countries in western Europe. In mid-2017, he was deputed to serve the President as the joint secretary responsible for international relations. He was appointed in his current position of consul general in New York in July 2020.

Jaiswal has also been part of the Indian delegation at climate change conferences. He has a masters degree in history from Delhi University.

Nine Indians On ‘TIME’s 100 Climate’ List

The Times has published its annual list of influential business executives who have embedded climate goals into their initiatives. Nine prominent leaders hailing from India have been named to the ‘Time 100 Climate’, the magazine’s first-ever list of the world’s most influential leaders driving business to real climate action.

The list, which includes CEOs, founders, philanthropists, musicians, policymakers and government officials from across the world, comes ahead of the 2023 UN Climate Change Conference, scheduled to take place in the United Arab Emirates (UAE) from November 30.

“It’s fair to say climate leadership is ­embedded across all of our coverage today. But we believe more could be done to draw attention to the people who are shaping and leading climate action,” Time said, releasing the list last week.

Ajay Banga, who assumed the role of president of the World Bank Group in June, has been named one of the 100 Most Influential Climate Leaders in Business for 2023. Speaking at the 2023 World Bank Group-IMF Annual Meetings in Morocco, Banga stated, “If you can’t breathe and you can’t drink clean water, there’s very little point in eradicating poverty.”

In October 2023, Banga highlighted the urgency of the situation, stating, “Time is of the essence.” His commitment to aligning financial incentives and loans with climate-friendly initiatives shows a proactive approach to tackling global challenges. Banga works for a sustainable and equitable future.

Geeta Aiyer, founder of Boston Common Asset Management, is among the five Indian Americans on the list. Leading a firm with over $5 billion in assets, Aiyer works to address biodiversity loss and invest in earth renewal. Emphasizing their impact on global food supply, water access, and technology development, Aiyer called for swift government legislation to guide corporate company policies. Moreover, she also stressed the intersectionality of climate change and human rights, urging activists to advocate for stricter policies.

Nine Indians On ‘TIME’s 100 Climate’ List

Rajiv J. Shah, president of The Rockefeller Foundation, spearheaded climate-focused initiatives. Notably, the foundation launched the Coal to Clean Credit Initiative, aiming to shift from coal to renewable energy in emerging economies.

Rajiv advocated for expanding access to renewable electricity, emphasizing its potential to improve lives and avert a climate crisis. He urges climate activism to prioritize vulnerable populations and calls for wealthy countries to fulfill and exceed their climate financing commitments.

Jigar Shah, Director of the U.S. Department of Energy Loan Programs Office, led the public investment of hundreds of billions into clean infrastructure and energy projects. He works to meet the 2030 climate goals using cost-effective technologies.

Moreover, Jigar tries to implement solutions that save money. He also identified climate technologies deserving more attention and funding, including enhanced geothermal, low-impact hydro, small modular nuclear reactors, carbon sequestration, hydrogen, and long-duration energy storage.

Manoj Sinha, CEO of Husk Power Systems, made it on the list. He achieved profitability with 200 minigrids across Asia and Africa. Advocating for long-term systemic change, he calls for a carbon tax, corporate emission offsets, and investor support for renewable innovations.

Nine Indians On ‘TIME’s 100 Climate’ List 2

Sinha emphasizes solarizing the agricultural value chain and underscores the need for a uniform carbon tax, considering cumulative emissions and societal equity. His vision reflects a holistic approach to sustainable solutions.

Sanjayan is a conservation scientist and CEO of Conservation International (CI), a non-profit working with governments and companies to conserve nature, primarily in the Global South.

Sanjayan’s skills as a science communicator have helped CI facilitate powerful partnerships for environmental protection.

The organisation created the Restore Fund in 2021 alongside Apple, which this year pledged $200 million in additional funding to support nature-based carbon removal technologies.

Seema Wadhwa is executive director for environmental stewardship for Kaiser Permanente, one of the largest health care providers in the US.

By 2050, it aims to be net zero. Under Wadhwa’s leadership, this year Kaiser Permanente’s office in Santa Rosa, California, was recognised as the country’s first net-zero medical facility.

Amit Kumar Sinha is managing director and CEO of Mahindra Lifespaces, the real estate and infrastructure development arm of Indian conglomerate company Mahindra Group.

Since 2013, Mahindra Lifespaces says it has had an entirely green portfolio, prioritizing water efficiency, passive energy design, renewables, and more.

In January of 1938, TIME’s editors considered how the sun might become a future energy source. A year later, TIME observed that scientists were seeing evidence of a warming planet. In 1953, TIME cautioned that an “invisible blanket” of greenhouse gases, at its present rate of increase, would “raise the earth’s average temperature 1.5° Fahrenheit every 100 years.”

The term ­climate change, as we currently understand it, was first used by TIME when the editors named the “Endangered Planet” the Person of the Year for 1988.

Much great work engaging with the climate story has been created by TIME journalists in the years since, and this year is no exception. It’s fair to say climate leadership is ­embedded across all of our coverage today. But we believe more could be done to draw attention to the people who are shaping and leading climate action. That is why we’ve created the inaugural TIME100 Climate list.

The TIME100 Climate is not only a community, it is an argument for how we see the future: we are recognizing those who are connecting climate action and business value, because we believe progress for the planet will come from the engagement with and leadership by the business world.

To assemble this list, TIME tried to capture the latest economic and scientific thinking by selecting individuals who are leading change across five critical areas: energy, nature, finance, culture, and health. Our reporters, editors, and colleagues at TIMECO2 sought out measurable, scalable achievements and prioritized recent action.

“Our hope is that decades from now, the creation of the TIME100 Climate will be seen as another watershed moment for TIME and our coverage of the planet,” Time wrote. .

Hindus In The US Celebrate Ancient Sun Festival

(RNS) — An ancient ritual as old as Hinduism itself has traveled through time and space all the way to the waters of California’s Bay Area.

Starting at sundown on Friday (Nov. 17), hundreds of Hindus will wade into the waters of Quarry Lakes, a manmade lake in Fremont, California, to express reverence to nature, which they believe to be God manifest.

The festival of Chhath, which originated in the Indian state of Bihar, is devoted to Surya, the god of the sun. Worshippers thank Surya for providing light, warmth and life by fasting for three days and offering solitary prayers and fruits.

The ritual celebrating the rising and setting sun predates the Hindu gods that are more commonly known today, and stems from the earliest tradition of Hinduism, known as Vedic Hinduism.

But Chhath’s rituals, stemming from the earliest roots of Hinduism, known as Vedic Hinduism, which was prevalent in India more than 3,000 years ago, predate the Hindu gods we know today by some 1,400 years.

With a focus on meditation and gratitude, the Vedic tradition, named for the Vedas, its sacred texts, is still present in yoga’s Sun Salutation, or suryanamaskar.

“What I really value in Chhath is a connection to my roots and to an ancient tradition,” said Pushpita Prasad, a Bihari Californian who has participated in the festival in recent years. “It makes me feel very powerful to be a part of something that my ancestors might have been doing thousands of years ago.”

While it began with a single family’s observance in 2011, the Quarry Lakes Chhath has turned into an event that will draw 1,700 people this year — a number limited by the Quarry Lakes park authority’s cap on attendance. With more than 4,000 Hindus expressing interest, the event is sold out in minutes after word spreads that registration is open.

“People become very nostalgic about this,” said Sunil Singh, who founded the Quarry Lakes celebration with his wife, Shalini. “It is the holiest and most auspicious festival in Bihar. “My goal is to encourage the next generation, so they get engaged and they know what Chhath is.”

In India, families celebrating Chhath will travel to the holy waters of the Ganges and Yamuna rivers, considered by many Hindus to be blessed with spiritual properties from their namesake goddesses. They will break their three-day fast with a particular type of wheat that they have grown in a way that ensures it is untouched by birds. They also use a special set of utensils to break the fast.

While details like these are not always the same here in the States, to the Singhs, having the community eagerly show up to perform an ancient practice aimed at being one with nature is enough.

“The puja is not only doing the formalities,” said Shalini, using the Sanskrit word for an act of worship. “The real prayer is how you connect with God. It’s better to do whatever little modifications you can do to keep the culture, and keep your heart clean and pure.”

Hindus In The US Celebrate Ancient Sun Festival

When the couple started the Quarry Lakes Chhath, their daughter was just 4 years old. This year she wrote about her family’s mark on the Bay Area in her college applications.

“Because it’s so big now, it’s not possible for just two people to handle it,” said Shalini. “We are very thankful for our community and our friends for engaging with us from end to end.”

When she came to the U.S. from Bihar, Shalini said, she never expected to celebrate Chhath in a bigger way than she did at home. “My prayers were heard,” she said.

For Manisha Pathak, founder of the Overseas Organization for Better Bihar, the festival creates an awareness about Bihari culture beyond its attendees. “Chhath is so relatable because it’s all about nature, and nature is for everyone,” said Pathak. “It is not just for Biharis.”

A Silicon Valley software engineer, Pathak began performing the ritual herself about 10 years ago. As the puja requires only meditation on the self, it doesn’t require a priest, a rarity in Hinduism.

As with many of the spiritual philosophies of Hinduism, Chhath is said to offer health benefits: The vitamin D from the sun radiates energy within the observer and can be passed along to anyone who is touched by the vrati, or person performing the puja.

“At the end of the puja and the sun rises, when I am gazing at the sun with water in my hands, that is a burst of energy that I absorb,” said Pathak. “It feels like I can move mountains.”

The tradition requires one member of a family to maintain a strict fast from sundown on Friday to sunrise on Sunday. At the end, everyone is fed Thekhua, a famous Bihari treat made of wheat, jaggery (made from cane sugar) and clarified butter, or ghee.

“Chhath puja is an experience of union with God,” said Pathak. “What is God according to Hindu belief? It is nature, the energy, the vibration. You experience that unity when you are standing in water just with your eyes closed. There is stillness there, and it is so amazing.”

Prasad, an advocate for Hindu Americans and board member of the Coalition of Hindus of North America, said the power of this ancient tradition lies in its ability to be celebrated just as fervently in modern times. As a lesser-known festival, she added, Chhath is emblematic of the sheer diversity of beliefs that are honored from every Indian state.

“This is a beautiful ecosystem that has nourished and cherished diversity for thousands of years. It has allowed massively different beliefs to coexist,” she said.

Pathak, who is a Hindustani classical vocalist, posts covers of traditional Chhath folk songs in the Bhojpuri dialect on YouTube for audiences of hundreds of thousands. Many of the songs are dedicated to Chatthi Maya, the goddess associated with Chhath, said to be the protector of children. “As a kid, I used to go to a river and see my whole family doing the puja together,” said Pathak. “And the same feeling comes up here. When I see other people doing it at the same time, those same memories come alive.”

Nicaragua’s Sheynnis Palacios Crowned Miss Universe 2023 In History-Making Contest

In a histroy making beauty pageant, Miss Nicaragua Sheynnis Palacios won the coveted Miss Universe 2023 title, beating her 83 coconstaentans from as many countries during a dazzling pageant on November 18th, 2023 in San Salvador, El Salvador. Tis is the first time ever in the 72 year-old history of the pageant, a conteststant from Nicaragua, a central American country has won the covetetd ttile.

Palacios, 23, a mental-health activist and audiovisual producer, became the first woman from Nicaragua to win the crown at Saturday night’s pageant. The organization shared on Instagram that the new winner copes with anxiety and launched a TV segment called “Understand Your Mind,” in which she interviews experts in emotional care.

Last year’s winner, Miss Universe and Miss USA R’Bonney Gabriel crowned Palacios with the prestigious crown. The 23-year-old, a TV host and model, beat first runner-up Anntonia Porsild from Thailand and second runner-up Moraya Wilson from Australia. The other contestants who made the top 10 to appear in the final were Colombia’s Camila Avella, El Salvador’s Isabella García-Manzo, Peru’s Camila Escribens, the Philippines’ Michelle Dee, Puerto Rico’s Karla Guilfú Acevedo, Spain’s Athenea Pérez and Venezuela’s Diana Silva.

Palacios appeared to secure the win when she confidently answered the question of which woman’s shoes would she like to spend a year in by saying Mary Wollstonecraft, the 18th-century English writer and philosopher. Wollstonecraft was an advocate of women’s rights and is considered one of the forerunners of feminism. Palacios said she wants to work to close the salary gap between the genders so that women can work in any area.

Miss Universe was last held in El Salvador in 1975. This year’s event was another opportunity for President Nayib Bukele to tout changes made under his administration, especially greatly improving the country’s safety.

“El Salvador has changed for good and we have shown it again,” Bukele said Saturday night. “Miss Universe has given us the opportunity to show the world what we are capable of. Thank you for choosing to be part of El Salvador’s rebirth.”

Shweta Sharda, who had represented India at this year’s Miss Universe pageant did not make it to the top 10. Shweta – a 23-year-old model from Chandigarh – won the prestigious Miss Diva Universe title this year. Shweta made Mumbai her home with her mother at the age of 16 to make a career in modelling. Shweta has made silverscreen appearances on several reality shows. She has appeared in Dance India Dance, Dance Deewane, and Dance Plus. Shweta also used to work as a choreographer in the dance reality show Jhalak Dikhhla Jaa. Shweta holds a bachelor’s degree from Indira Gandhi National Open University, and she won the Miss Diva 2023 title this year. Shweta did not make it to the top 10 this year.

Hours before the final, Palacious, who had competed in many pageants before, shared a heartfelt message on Instagram about fulfilling a childhood dream to take part in the global competition.

“Tonight, I dedicate it to my inner child and to each of the girls who yearn to fulfill this dream,” she wrote in Spanish, “even the sky itself is the limit, dream so big that people think it is impossible to achieve, because that is where you know that your dreams and goals will exceed obstacles, and remember to accompany them with determination, perseverance and passion.”

She continued, “My beautiful homeland, thank you for allowing me to be an ambassador of your culture, of your landscapes, of our identity and colonial beauty, my Nicaragua…will be an honor to scream one more night your name and prove to the universe that the homeland may be small but we are full of big dreams.”

Nicaragua’s Sheynnis Palacios Crowned Miss Universe 2023 In History Making Contest

Eighty-four contestants — each representing their home countries — were in contention, but most only briefly: at the beginning of the competition, the field then narrowed to 20 semi-finalists, selected based on their performance in the pageant’s preliminary stage and, in one case, a global fan vote.

As the night progressed, the field was further winnowed; by the time the pageant’s evening gown round played out, only 10 contestants were in the running for the Miss Universe title (and tiara, of course). While it was tradition for the eliminated beauty queens to walk the stage, en masse, to show off their looks at this point, it was usually just a brief — and tightly-choreographed — glimpse at all the sequins, corsetry and fishtail trains.

All that fashion finery was not lost entirely in the blink of an eye, however: each contestant had their runway moment during the aforementioned preliminary proceedings. At the end of it all, multiple other contestants made Miss Universe history at the 72nd event, hosted by Olivia Culpo, Maria Menounos and Jeannie Mai.

Nicaragua’s Sheynnis Palacios Crowned Miss Universe 2023 In History Making Contest

Miss Colombia Camila Avella, a married mother, made the top five. After winning the Miss Colombia title, she posted portraits of herself in her crown and sash, hugging her young daughter, Amelia, and tux-clad husband Nassif Kamle. “Without them, and without the teachings that leave me each day to day, none of this would be possible,” she wrote on Instagram at the time.

2023 was the first year, married women and mothers were allowed to compete. Avella competed alongside Miss Guatemala Michelle Cohn, a mother of two. “MOM QUEEN,” Cohn captioned a pageant portrait of herself on Instagram with her two children.

Plus-size contestant Miss Nepal Jane Dipika Garrett was the pageant’s first body-inclusive contestant and finished in the top 20. “I love my curves! My body is my temple and I will take care of it as holy ground,” she wrote on Instagram, sharing a photo of herself from the swimsuit competition.

For the first time, the pageant included a Miss Pakistan, Erica Robin, who wore a pale-pink, floor-length caftan for the swimsuit competition. “When I was young, I always watched Miss Universe and I used to believe that a woman from Pakistan couldn’t join the greatest Olympics of its kind,” she wrote on Instagram after winning the Miss Pakistan title and celebrated “being able to use my platform for good change and transformation.

Nicaragua’s Sheynnis Palacios Crowned Miss Universe 2023 In History Making Contest

This year’s competitors also included two transgender women: Miss Portugal Marina Machete, who placed in the top 20, and Miss Netherlands Rikkie Valerie Kollé. On Instagram, Machete gave thanks for “the opportunity to share my story and represent the diversity and unshakable strength we have as women” and added, “I’ll keep inspiring the change I want to see in the world!”

Miss Universe pageant represents the most beautiful women in the entire universe. A woman can stand tall and be Miss Universe only if she is ‘confidently beautiful’. Governed by the Miss Universe organization from the US, nearly a hundred women compete annually across the globe for this most celebrated and coveted crown. According to the organisers, the contestants were judged based on several metrics – personal statements, in-depth interviews and presentations in evening gowns and swimwear.  Besides beauty, one’s grace, elegance, attitude, and culture are key aspects that decide the winner.

The winner of this highly honored title righty echoed these sentiments: “Nicaragua, I feel you in my heartbeat, the sound of your marimba runs through my veins,” Palacios, the new Miss Universe 2023 wrote on Instagram. “I will show what Nicaraguans are made of: valor, courage and determination.”

Australia Stun India, Lifts Cricket World Cup 2023

The much anticipated and unbeaten winning spree of the Indian cricket team in the current tournament fell short of the hope and hype Team India had created leading up to the final match of the One Day International World Cup Cricket Tournament on Sunday, November 19, 2023

India’s rivals, Australia won a record-extending sixth men’s Cricket World Cup on Sunday, defying the odds and a partisan home crowd in Ahmedabad, India to defeat host nation  by six wickets.

India failed to live upto the expectations after it had dominated much of this tournament, cruising to 10 consecutive wins and ratcheting up the pressure in this cricket-obsessed nation that has waited 12 years for another one-day trophy.

But its near impregnable batting line-up faltered in the face of Australia’s savvy bowling while Travis Head’s spectacular 137 off 120 balls anchored Australia’s run chase as it cantered towards victory and another World Cup trophy.

Australia quietened the wild support from the 130,000-strong home crowd by dismissing their previously unbeaten opponents for 240 before Travis Head’s sensational century meant they romped to victory with seven overs to spare. After their bowlers expertly took advantage of a slow pitch, Australia were themselves reduced to 47-3 as India hit back in an electric new-ball spell.

But Head and Marnus Labuschagne calmly weathered the storm with a stand of 192 as Indian hope drifted away from the world’s largest cricket stadium. Head was caught for 132 from 120 balls with just two runs needed, but Glenn Maxwell flogged the winning runs a ball later while Labuschagne ended 58 not out from 110.

The superb victory means Australia extend their record as the most successful side in 50-over World Cup history and now sit four titles clear of the rest of the pack. It also caps a six-month period in which they beat India to win the World Test Championship and retained the Ashes in England.

India, meanwhile, were left crestfallen as their bid for a first white-ball title since 2011 – an achievement which looked unstoppable as they made rampant progress through the semi-final and group stage – fell at the final hurdle.

One of Australia’s greatest nights

This was supposed to be India’s day in front of an enormous home crowd with their prime minister Narendra Modi, who this stadium is named after, up in the stands. Instead, it ended in crushing disappointment as Head produced one of the great World Cup knocks and Australia ran out surprise and comfortable winners.

By the time 29-year-old Head reached his century, some in the vast stands had already made their exit, while seamer Mohammed Siraj was in tears at the end.

Australia were contenders when this tournament began, without being tipped by many to go all of the way, just like when they won the 2021 T20 World Cup. Their campaign hit serious jitters early on with defeats in their opening two games, first by India and then South Africa, but they have won the title with nine consecutive victories, beating every team in the tournament in a row. Australia may have won it all before, but this ranks as one of their greatest nights.

Australia Stun India Lifts Cricket World Cup 2023

Indeed, Australia and India opened their campaigns against each other in Chennai on October 8, when star India batter Virat Kohli combined with KL Rahul to steer his team’s chase of a moderate total and get their first win of the tournament.

India were in a similar situation in Ahmedabad, where Kohli (54) and Rahul (66) once again came together for a rescue act. However, India’s batting collapse on the biggest stage saw them put up a paltry target of 241 at the end of 50 overs.

Australia’s bowlers, led by Mitchell Starc’s brilliant display of fast bowling with figures of 3-55 in his 10 overs, kept the Indian batting powerhouse at bay with regular dismissals. Captain Cummins ended with figures of 2-34 in 10 overs, while fellow seamer Josh Hazlewood had 2-60 in his 10 overs.

Head ends India’s dream

Head did not play in the first four games of Australia’s campaign because of a broken hand, but Australia kept him in their squad, knowing the match-winning quality he possesses. He scored 109 in his first appearance against New Zealand but this innings was on another level as he first dealt with intense pressure before punishing the bowling.

After his opening partner Warner nicked the first ball of the chase through the slips, Head crashed two boundaries to settle Australian nerves. Warner then edged a wide ball to slip for seven off Mohammed Shami, while Mitchell Marsh and Steve Smith both fell to the brilliant Jasprit Bumrah.

The crowd was alive again at that stage, although Smith’s lbw decision would have been overturned had he reviewed. Those wickets came in a manic opening period in which India took the upper hand but also gave up 15 extras in the powerplay alone, those in blue seemingly too eager to defend their low score.

content Australia Stun India Lifts Cricket World Cup 2023

Batting became easier on a slow pitch that had offered more turn in the day, and Head took advantage. He cracked 14 fours and four sixes, with the sixes all pumped high over mid-wicket. On 99 he would have been run out as he scampered to three figures, had Ravindra Jadeja’s throw hit from cover.

He was finally out for 137, caught at deep mid-wicket attempting to finish in style. As he left the field he was embraced by Labuschagne and was congratulated by the Indians with the result already decided.

Superb Aussies tie down India

Head’s innings will take the headlines, but this victory was built on a sensational performance with the ball and a brave decision to bowl first at the toss by Pat Cummins.

Captain Rohit Sharma gave India a rapid start with 47 from 31 balls, but from 76-1 in the 10th over, Australia applied a stranglehold on India’s star-studded batting line-up and did not let go.

Head played a crucial hand too, brilliantly catching Rohit as he ran back from cover, before Shreyas Iyer was caught behind off Cummins four balls later to leave the hosts 81-3.

That left Virat Kohli and KL Rahul to attempt a rebuild, but the canny Australia bowlers kept the scoring to a crawl through a mix of short, slower balls and athletic fielding, all while captain Cummins mixed his pack to great effect.

Kohli and Rahul put on 67 in 109 balls before the former captain played on to Cummins for 54 in the 29th over to leave the vast stadium stunned in silence. Rahul then nicked a beauty from Starc, ending any real hope of a significant India score.

India’s lower order had hardly been needed in this tournament, and when finally called upon, Ravindra Jadeja managed only nine and Suryakumar Yadav 18 with just four boundaries coming after the first 10 overs.

India’s worst performance with the bat came at the worst possible time in the tournament, but huge credit must go to Cummins and his champion attack.

‘We saved our best for last’ – what they said

 Australia captain Pat Cummins: “We saved our best for last and a couple of big-match players stood up and we’re pretty chuffed. We were desperate in the field, I thought it all started against South Africa last week. The boys were fantastic. We’ve got an ageing squad but we are still throwing ourselves around. We were really chuffed with 240 because we were happy with anything under 300.”

India captain Rohit Sharma: “We were not good enough today but I’m really proud of the team and how we played from game one. We tried everything we could from our side but it wasn’t supposed to be. We were looking at 270 or 280 but then we kept losing wickets. We couldn’t get a partnership together and that is exactly what Australia did to win the game, they stitched a good partnership after they lost three wickets.”

Player of the match, Australia’s Travis Head:

“Not in a million years did I think that would happen [being man of the match today and in the World Test Championship final]. What an amazing day. I’m just thrilled to be a part of it. It is a lot better than being sat on the couch at home! I’m very lucky that everything went well and I was able to get back and the support that the boys showed, I didn’t think this would happen. I was nervous in the first 20 balls but Marnus [Labuschagne] batted brilliantly and it is great to bat with him. It was an amazing partnership.”

Nikki Haley ‘Most Favored’ Probable, After Trump For US Presidency In 2024

Former UN Ambassador Nikki Haley has been rising in the polls in early voting states, especially after her strong performances in the three GOP sponsored presidential debates – Milwaukee, San Francisco and Florida. Though she still lags far behind Donald Trump, she argues she’s strongest nominee to take on President Joe Biden, US media reports said.

Her latest debate performance prompted more than $1 million in donations — and drew in Ray Hunt, a billionaire backer. She’s still banking on a breakthrough to catch up to the front-runner. Over the course of the two-hour face-off, Ms. Haley displayed her foreign policy credentials, parried attacks on her record and even transformed her shoes into a campaign weapon.

The Wall Street Journal (WSJ) says she’s what the US “needs to take on Trump and Biden in the 2024 presidential race”. “I don’t think you need to be 80 years old to go be a leader in D.C.,” she told Fox News in January. “It’s time for a new generation of leadership,” she said in the campaign video she released recently.

According to Policitco, “the pioneering former governor of South Carolina and Trump’s first United Nations ambassador, the 51-year-old daughter of Indian immigrants, was a Trump critic who became a Trump appointee who now officially is a Trump rival. Throughout her compelling, nearly two-decade-long political ascent, she has been nimble, or as her critics would say, uncommonly calculating. People who know her call her ambitious because she is.”

Haley was born to Indian Sikh parents who immigrated to the US from Canada. Her father is a biologist and her mother a lawyer turned boutique shop owner, that’s now a million dollar franchise. They came with $8 dollars in their pockets.

At 13, Haley began overseeing the store’s financial books, and after graduating from Clemson in 1994 with a bachelor’s degree in accounting, she became the company’s Chief Financial Officer. Haley met her husband William Michael Haley in the college, and got married in 1996. They have two children.Nikki Haley ‘Most Favored’ Probable After Trump For US Presidency In 2024

Haley’s career in politics began in 2004 when she defeated a longstanding incumbent to win a seat in the South Carolina House. Haley then ran for Governor in 2009, making her the first person to be elected the Governor of South Carolina who wasn’t a white. It has been a gradula rise to her prominence to national stage for this talented Indian American presidential candidate.

However, months of campaigning, a series of strong debate performances, healthy campaign accounts and rising numbers in surveys of early voting states haven’t been enough to put Ms. Haley within striking distance of Mr. Trump, who remains the dominant front-runner. While Ms. Haley’s support has increased, particularly in Iowa, voters have yet to flock to her candidacy in overwhelming numbers. One recent poll of Iowa had Ms. Haley tied at 16 percent support with Gov. Ron DeSantis of Florida — with Mr. Trump 27 points ahead.

There are some signs major donors are turning their attention to her. Harlan Crow, a wealthy real estate developer, hosted a fund-raiser for her in October with well-connected real estate and oil and gas donors in attendance. Former Gov. Bruce Rauner of Illinois, a top giver to Mr. DeSantis, transferred his allegiance to Ms. Haley after the first debate. Last week, one of former Vice President Mike Pence’s top donors — the Arkansas poultry magnate Ron Cameron — said he would back her, after Mr. Pence dropped out of the race.

Haley, who served in Trump’s Cabinet as the U.S. ambassador to the United Nations, has said frequently on the campaign trail that Trump is unlikely to beat President Joe Biden in a general election, citing his four criminal indictments and mounting legal troubles.

If Trump becomes the nominee, she said, Republicans could see more losses on down-ballot races. Haley argued she could lead the party to “win up and down the ticket, governor’s races, congressional seats, all of those seats.”

“It’s not just the presidential. We’re trying to win across the board. I can do that,” she added

ITServe’s Women’s Panel Discusses ‘Direct Client Engagement in the World of Contingent Workforce’

A panel of distinguished women leaders from across the United States were part of a high-powered discussion on ‘Direct Client Engagement in the World of Contingent Workforce’ on the final day of ITServe Alliance’s flagship Synergy 2023 at the world-famous Harrah’s Resort in Atlantic City in New Jersey on Friday, October 27, 2023.

ITServe womenKeisha Stephens, CCWP, Director of People Operations, Empowering Employees for Success & Driving Operational Excellence, SIA DE&I Influencer and Contingent Workforce Program Game Changer; Pamela Randall, CCWP, a Talent Solution Strategist, Change Agent with Sustainable Results and Making Possible a Better Future; Jamhali Portus, a Global Contingent Workforce Management Professional, who is passionate about creating the best-in-class contingent workforce management program with a focus on Quality, Efficiency, Cost and Risk; and, Semonie Kong, a CWP Program Manager, Atlassian, were the panelists at the lively and enlightening discussion that focussed on empowering women.

Moderated by Shabana Siraj and Lavanya Poosarla, the distinguished speakers on the panel shared with the audience a wealth of knowledge about this crucial topic, and it was heartening to see a packed audience who found it to be one of the standout sessions.

“Personally, one of the event’s highlights for me was moderating the panel discussion titled ‘Direct Client Engagement in the World of Contingent Workforce,” said Siraj. “What made this event more special was that it was an all women’s panel, highlighting the diverse perspectives and talents that are driving innovation in our industry.”

ITServe women leadersITServe Alliance Synergy 2023 has marked a significant milestone in its 13-year history, and one couldn’t be more thrilled with the outcome. This event brought together an impressive lineup of keynote speakers who covered a diverse array of topics, ranging from leadership and technology to startups, immigration, PAC, M&A, and the CIO & CTO Forum.

ITServe had esteemed speakers such as @Steve Forbes from Forbes, @Jack Kass from OpenAI, Kevin O’Leary from Shark Tank, @Sheila Blair from FDIC, former Secretary of State Hillary Clinton, and @Praneesh Murthy, former CEO of IGATE, sharing their valuable insights and expertise.

“Thank you to everyone who made ITServe Alliance Synergy 2023 a resounding success. Looking forward to continued collaboration and growth in the years to come, particularly for all the efforts by Vinay Mahajan, President of ITServe; Venu Sangani, Synergy Director; Jagadeesh Mosali, President-Elect ITSErve; and Vinay Parachuri,” said  Poosarla.

ITServe Women's panelKey ITServe members who were instrumental in organizing the discussions included;  Hima Kolanagireddy, Deepali Sontakke, Jyoti Vazirani, Pushyami Duvvuri, Divya Bala, Ruchi(Joshi) Anand, Anna Kolluri, Ranjani Mohana, Nazeera Dawood, and Sangita Datta.

Founded in 2010, ITServe Alliance is the largest association of Information Technology Services organizations functioning across the United States. Established to be the voice of all prestigious Information Technology companies functioning with similar interests across the United States, ITServe Alliance has evolved as a resourceful and respected platform to collaborate and initiate measures in the direction of protecting common interests and ensuring collective success. ITServe Alliance now has 21 Chapters in several states across the United States, bringing the Synergy Conference to every part of this innovation country. For more information, please visit: www.itserve.org

During Diwali, “Dispel the Inner Darkness through the Light of Knowledge”

Gopi Diwali at Times Square, presented by KIA, lit up the heart of Times Square, celebrating cultural diversity, equity, and inclusion. Aligned with the NYC Diwali school holiday, the event transcended the traditional symbolism of Diwali, focusing on illuminating the inner self and fostering unity, enlightenment, love, peace, and harmony for a more peaceful world.

“The festival aimed to unite people from diverse backgrounds, focusing on education to foster unity and diversity, prioritized including children and teaching them to be responsible citizens, compassionate individuals, and good neighbors.”, said the Founder of Diwali at Times Square, Neeta Bhasin.

One of the evening’s highlights was the grand Diya (lamp) lighting on stage, synchronized with the countdown on the One Times Square tower. The ceremony drew distinguished guests, including Eric Adams, NYC Mayor, Senator Chuck Schumer, Deputy Mayor Meera Joshi, Consul General of India Randhir Jaiswal, Assemblywoman Jenifer Rajkumar, Justice Karen Gopee, and various esteemed dignitaries.

During Diwali Dispel the Inner Darkness through the Light of Knowledge 2The Gopi, a California-based family-run dairy company, emphasized the universal message of peace and love through Diwali. Annie Keropian-Dilsizian, Gopi’s Marketing Manager, highlighted the event’s historic significance. Festival goers received complimentary full-size product samples, including Gopi Lassi and Paneer, to add joy and tradition to their Diwali celebrations.

Steven Center, COO & EVP of Kia America, expressed “Diwali’s core values of balance, harmony, and joy are mutual guiding principles of Kia’s ‘Opposites United’ design philosophy, which takes inspiration from the contrasts found in nature and humanity, that’s why Kia is proud to participate as presenting sponsor of Diwali in Times Square and recognize the festival of lights.”

The festival showcased an awards segment, honoring outstanding individuals: Neera Tanden the recipient of the “Woman of the Year in Public Service” US Domestic Policy Council Director, expressed gratitude “Celebrating Diwali in Times Square was a pleasure. Thanks to Neeta Bhasin and the Board for recognizing my commitment to improving lives. This event honored the invaluable contributions of the Indian American community, enriching and strengthening America”.

Procter and Gamble COO, Shailesh Jejurikar, was honored with the “Man of the Year in Private Service” Award said “I am humbled and honored by this recognition. As I reflect on my career, I am inspired by Procter & Gamble’s commitment since its founding 185 years ago to improve consumers’ everyday lives. This dedication fuels my determination to create a meaningful and lasting impact.”

Assemblywoman Jenifer Rajkumar who played a pivotal role in establishing the NYC School Holiday and strong support for Diwali at Times Square was honored with the ‘Samman Award’.

NYC Mayor Eric Adams declared October 28th as Diwali Day.

Senator Chuck Schumer who never misses Diwali at Times, loves the Indian community. In support of the community Senator said ‘I wrote laws to allow more Indians to come to America and New York. The more Indians are in New York, the better New York is. I will change the law to make it more so”.

Randhir Jaiswal, the Consul General of India, NY stated, “As we celebrate Diwali in Times Square, we mark not just a festival but a milestone in the recognition of our culture, as Diwali becomes a public holiday in schools.”

The “Light Up Concert” dazzled with Bollywood star Mika Singh, Indian American sensation Shuba, and local talents, making it a vibrant celebration of cultural diversity and impactful individuals.

A R Helping Hands Diwali at Times Square is an annual event that celebrates Diwali with grandeur, bringing together people from diverse backgrounds to embrace unity in diversity, honor outstanding achievements, and celebrate the festival of lights.

We are honored to receive a message from Prime Minister Modi, extending heartfelt greetings for the joyous occasion of Diwali.

India-US Défense Ties Key Pillar For World Peace, Stability: Blinken, Austin

Amidst the ongoing conflicts in Israel, Hamas, and the Russia-Ukraine war, the ongoing fifth India-US 2+2 Ministerial Level Talks in New Delhi, has been described as very crucial.

US Secretary of State Antony J Blinken and Secretary of Defense Lloyd Austin, both are for meetings with their Indian counterparts, Defense Minister Rajnath Singh and External Affairs Minister S Jaishankar.

Blinken has said that India-US defense cooperation is “a key pillar” for bolstering the partnership of the two countries in “international peace and security, and specifically, working to promote the rules-based order and uphold the principles at the heart of the UN Charter: sovereignty, territorial integrity, independence.”

“Our defense cooperation, which we’re strengthening again today, is a key pillar of that work,” Blinken said in his opening remarks at the 2+2 India-US Ministerial Dialogue that began in the national capital earlier in the day

Also in his opening remarks, US Defense Secretary Lloyd Austin said in his opening remarks that there have been “impressive gains in building our major defense partnership over the past year, and that will help us contribute even more together to the cause of peace and stability. We’re integrating our industrial bases, strengthening our interoperability, and sharing cutting-edge technology,” he added.

India US Défense Ties Key Pillar For World Peace StabilityBlinken said the two countries were taking very concrete steps to deliver on the vision that President Joe Biden and Prime Minister Narendra Modi put forward at their meeting in Washington in June.

“We are promoting a free and open, prosperous, secure, and resilient Indo-Pacific, including by strengthening our partnership through the Quad, with Japan and Australia,” he explained.

Blinken went on to say that “one significant way we’re doing that is by enhancing maritime domain awareness: sharing commercial satellite data with countries in the region to boost their capacity, for example, to combat illegal fishing, piracy, drug trafficking”.

“We’re also coordinating humanitarian relief and disaster response efforts in the Indo-Pacific. We’re harnessing together the power of innovation to make our economies more resilient and to make our communities more secure, while expanding inclusive economic opportunity.

“That’s evident in the cooperation on semiconductors and advanced biotechnology; on our unprecedented investments in deploying clean energy at scale in our countries as well as across the region; and our joint research and exploration projects in space,” he added.

The top diplomat mentioned the people-to-people ties between the two countries and the steps that are being taken to reduce visa wait times and facilitate travel between India and the US.

Jaishankar held “an open and productive discussion” with visiting US Secretary of State Antony Blinken here on Friday on strengthening strategic New Delhi-Washington ties, the fallout of the raging Israel-Hamas war and regional issues including the geopolitical situation in the Indo-Pacific region.

The meeting took place ahead of the fifth edition of the India-US 2+2 Defence and Foreign Ministers’ Dialogue. “Pleased to meet with Secretary of State @SecBlinken this morning. An open and productive conversation on further developing our strategic partnership,” Jaishankar posted on X.

“This visit has a particular significance because we need to follow up on PM Modi’s June visit and President Biden’s September visit. This is a 2+2 Ministerial Dialogue, so we take a broader view of what we are doing.”

The central focus of these talks is to address the ongoing conflicts and regional security concerns while strengthening the strategic ties between India and the United States. The agenda is expansive, encompassing the India-US Strategic Relationship, as well as exploring avenues to enhance bilateral relations and collaboration within international forums such as the QUAD (Quadrilateral Security Dialogue) and I2U2.

One prominent subject for discussion is the military standoff on the northern borders between India and China. Both countries have a vested interest in resolving this standoff amicably, thereby contributing to regional stability.

Another matter of great concern is the global security implications of the Russia-Ukraine war. As members of the QUAD, a coalition dedicated to ensuring security in the Indo-Pacific region, India and the U.S. are likely to deliberate on their respective roles in the context of this global event. The ongoing conflict between Hamas and Israel in the Gaza region may also find a place on the agenda, with a focus on containment to prevent further escalation.

-+=